2020 Chevrolet Traverse Owner's Manual

TraverseOwner’s Manual

84337754 Achevrolet.com (U.S.)chevrolet.ca (Canada)

2020 Traverse

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K

20_CHEV_Traverse_COV_en_US_84337754A_2019APR18.ai 1 4/4/2019 9:42:08 AM20_CHEV_Traverse_COV_en_US_84337754A_2019APR18.ai 1 4/4/2019 9:42:08 AM

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-13527526) - 2020 - CRC - 4/10/19

Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . . 7

Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99

Instruments and Controls . . . . . . 104

Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 155

Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 164

Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

Service and Maintenance . . . . . 326

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340

Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 343

Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 353

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358

Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . 366

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369


2 Introduction

Introduction

The names, logos, emblems,slogans, vehicle model names, andvehicle body designs appearing inthis manual including, but not limitedto, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET,the CHEVROLET Emblem, andTRAVERSE are trademarks and/orservice marks of General MotorsLLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates,or licensors.

For vehicles first sold in Canada,substitute the name “GeneralMotors of Canada Company” forChevrolet Motor Division wherever itappears in this manual.

This manual describes features thatmay or may not be on the vehiclebecause of optional equipment that

was not purchased on the vehicle,model variants, countryspecifications, features/applicationsthat may not be available in yourregion, or changes subsequent tothe printing of this owner’s manual.

Refer to the purchasedocumentation relating to yourspecific vehicle to confirm thefeatures.

Keep this manual in the vehicle forquick reference.

Canadian Vehicle OwnersA French language manual can beobtained from your dealer, atwww.helminc.com, or from:

Propriétaires Canadiens

On peut obtenir un exemplaire dece guide en français auprès duconcessionnaire ou à l'adressesuivante:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170USA

Using this ManualTo quickly locate information aboutthe vehicle, use the Index in theback of the manual. It is analphabetical list of what is in themanual and the page number whereit can be found.

Danger, Warning, andCautionWarning messages found on vehiclelabels and in this manual describehazards and what to do to avoid orreduce them.

Litho in U.S.A.Part No. 84337754 A First Printing ©2019 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.


Introduction 3

{ Danger

Danger indicates a hazard with ahigh level of risk which will resultin serious injury or death.

{ Warning

Warning indicates a hazard thatcould result in injury or death.

Caution

Caution indicates a hazard thatcould result in property or vehicledamage.

A circle with a slash through it is asafety symbol which means “DoNot,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not letthis happen.”

SymbolsThe vehicle has components andlabels that use symbols instead oftext. Symbols are shown along withthe text describing the operation orinformation relating to a specificcomponent, control, message,gauge, or indicator.

M : Shown when the owner’smanual has additional instructionsor information.

* : Shown when the servicemanual has additional instructionsor information.

0 : Shown when there is moreinformation on another page —“see page.”

Vehicle Symbol Chart

Here are some additional symbolsthat may be found on the vehicleand what they mean. See thefeatures in this manual forinformation.

u : Air Conditioning System

G : Air Conditioning Refrigerant Oil

9 : Airbag Readiness Light

! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)

$ : Brake System Warning Light

9 : Dispose of Used ComponentsProperly

P : Do Not Apply High PressureWater

B : Engine Coolant Temperature

_ : Flame/Fire Prohibited

H : Flammable

[ : Forward Collision Alert

R : Fuse Block Cover LockLocation

+ : Fuses

j : ISOFIX/LATCH System ChildRestraints


4 Introduction

Q : Keep Fuse Block CoversProperly Installed

| : Lane Change Alert

@ : Lane Departure Warning

A : Lane Keep Assist

* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp

: : Oil Pressure

X : Park Assist

~ : Pedestrian Ahead Indicator

O : Power

7 : Rear Cross Traffic Alert

I : Registered Technician

/ : Remote Vehicle Start

> : Seat Belt Reminders

I : Side Blind Zone Alert

h : Stop/Start

7 : Tire Pressure Monitor

d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC)

a : Under Pressure

V : Vehicle Ahead Indicator


Introduction 5

Instrument Panel Overview


6 Introduction

1. Air Vents 0 162.

2. Turn Signal Lever. See Turnand Lane-Change Signals0 150.

IntelliBeam® System Button (IfEquipped). See Exterior LampControls 0 146.

3. Instrument Cluster (Uplevel)0 114 orInstrument Cluster (BaseLevel) 0 117.

Driver Information Center (DIC)Display. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 133.

4. Windshield Wiper/Washer0 106.

Rear Window Wiper/Washer0 107.

5. ENGINE START/STOP Button.See Ignition Positions 0 181.

6. Hazard Warning Flashers0 150.

7. Light Sensor. See AutomaticHeadlamp System 0 149.

8. Infotainment 0 155.

9. Dual Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 156.

10. Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats 0 47 (If Equipped).

11. Power Outlets 0 109.

12. Wireless Charging 0 110 (IfEquipped).

13. USB Port. See the infotainmentmanual.

Auxiliary Jack. See theinfotainment manual.

14. Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 197.

Driver Mode Control Knob. SeeDriver Mode Control 0 199 (IfEquipped).

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 226(If Equipped).

15. Electric Parking Brake 0 195.

16. Shift Lever. See AutomaticTransmission 0 190.

Manual Mode 0 192.

17. Steering Wheel Controls 0 105.

18. Horn 0 106.

19. Steering Wheel Adjustment0 105 (Out of View).

20. Cruise Control 0 202.

Adaptive Cruise Control 0 204(If Equipped).

Heated Steering Wheel 0 105(If Equipped).

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 218 (If Equipped).

21. Hood Release. See Hood0 249.

22. Fog Lamps 0 150 (IfEquipped).

23. Data Link Connector (DLC)(Out of View). See MalfunctionIndicator Lamp (Check EngineLight) 0 124.

24. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 146.

25. Instrument Panel IlluminationControl 0 151.


Keys, Doors, and Windows 7

Keys, Doors, andWindows

Keys and LocksKeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)

System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . 15Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 19Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

DoorsLiftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Vehicle SecurityVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 28Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . 29

Exterior MirrorsConvex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Automatic Dimming Mirror . . . . . 31Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

Interior MirrorsInterior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 31Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . 31Automatic Dimming Rearview

Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Rear Camera Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

WindowsWindows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

RoofSunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

Keys and Locks

Keys

{ Warning

Leaving children in a vehicle witha Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter is dangerous andchildren or others could beseriously injured or killed. Theycould operate the power windowsor other controls or make thevehicle move. The windows willfunction with the RKE transmitterin the vehicle, and children orothers could be caught in the pathof a closing window. Do not leavechildren in a vehicle with an RKEtransmitter.


8 Keys, Doors, and Windows

The key that is part of the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter canbe used for all locks.

Remove the key by pressing thebutton on the side of the RKEtransmitter near the bottom and pullthe key out. Never pull the key outwithout pressing the button.

If it becomes difficult to turn the key,inspect the key blade for debris.

See your dealer if a new transmitteris needed.

If locked out of the vehicle, seeRoadside Assistance Program0 347.

With an active OnStar or connectedservice plan, an OnStar Advisormay remotely unlock the vehicle.See OnStar Overview 0 358.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemSee Radio Frequency Statement0 353.

If there is a decrease in the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) operatingrange:

. Check the distance. Thetransmitter may be too far fromthe vehicle.

. Check the location. Othervehicles or objects may beblocking the signal.

. Check the transmitter's battery.See “Battery Replacement” laterin this section.

. If the transmitter is still notworking correctly, see yourdealer or a qualified technicianfor service.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System OperationThe Keyless Access system allowsfor vehicle entry when the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter iswithin 1 m (3 ft). See “KeylessAccess Operation” later in thissection.

The RKE transmitter may work up to60 m (197 ft) away from the vehicle.



Other conditions can affect theperformance of the transmitter. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System 0 8.

With Remote Start and PowerLiftgate Shown

Q : Press to lock all doors. The turnsignal indicators may flash and/orthe horn may sound on the secondpress to indicate locking. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 137. If thedriver door is open when Q is

pressed, and Open DoorAnti-Lockout is enabled throughvehicle personalization, all doors willlock and then the driver door will

immediately unlock. See VehiclePersonalization 0 137. If a

passenger door is open when Q is

pressed, all doors lock.

Pressing Q may also arm the

theft-deterrent system. See VehicleAlarm System 0 28.

K : Press to unlock the driver door.Press unlock again withinfive seconds to unlock all doors.The RKE transmitter can beprogrammed to unlock all doors onthe first button press. See VehiclePersonalization 0 137. The turnsignal indicators may flash toindicate unlocking has occurred.See Vehicle Personalization 0 137.

Pressing K may also disarm the

theft-deterrent system. See VehicleAlarm System 0 28.

For vehicles with the manualliftgate, unlocking all doors will alsounlock the liftgate.

b : If equipped, press twicequickly to open or close the liftgate.Press again to stop the powerliftgate.

7 : Press and release one time toinitiate vehicle locator. The exteriorlamps flash and the horn chirpsthree times. Press and hold 7 for at

least three seconds to sound thepanic alarm. The horn sounds andthe turn signals flash for

30 seconds, or until 7 is pressed

again or the vehicle is started.

/ : If equipped, first press andrelease Q then immediately press

and hold/ for at least

four seconds to start the enginefrom outside the vehicle using theRKE transmitter. See RemoteVehicle Start 0 15.

Keyless Access Operation

The Keyless Access system allowsthe doors to be locked and unlockedand the liftgate to be accessed



without removing the RKEtransmitter from a pocket, purse,briefcase, etc. The RKE transmittershould be within 1 m (3 ft) of theliftgate or door being opened.

Keyless Access can beprogrammed to unlock all doors onthe first lock/unlock press from thedriver door. Keyless Unlocking canalso be turned off. See VehiclePersonalization 0 137.

If equipped with memory seats, RKEtransmitters 1 and 2 are linked toseating positions of memory 1 or 2.See Memory Seats 0 44.

Keyless Unlocking/Locking fromthe Driver Door

When the doors are locked and theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) ofthe driver door handle, pressing thelock/unlock button on the driver doorhandle will unlock the driver door.If the lock/unlock button is pressedagain within five seconds, allpassenger doors will unlock.

Driver Shown, Passenger Similar

Pressing the lock/unlock button willcause all doors to lock if any of thefollowing occur:

. It has been no more thanfive seconds since the first lock/unlock button press.

. Two lock/unlock button presseswere used to unlock all doors.

. Any vehicle door has openedand all doors are now closed.

Keyless Unlocking/Locking fromPassenger Doors

When the doors are locked and theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) ofthe door handle, pressing the lock/unlock button on that door handlewill unlock all doors. Pressing thelock/unlock button will cause alldoors to lock if any of the followingoccur:

. The lock/unlock button was usedto unlock all doors.

. Any vehicle door has openedand all doors are now closed.

Disable/Enable Keyless Unlockingof Exterior Door Handles andLiftgate

If equipped, keyless unlocking of theexterior door handles and liftgatecan be disabled and enabled.

Disabling Keyless Unlocking:

With the vehicle off, press and holdQ and K on the RKE transmitter atthe same time for approximatelythree seconds. The turn signallamps will flash four times quickly toindicate access is disabled. Using



any exterior handle to unlock thedoors or open the liftgate will causethe turn signal lamps to flash fourtimes quickly, indicating access isdisabled. If disabled, disarm thealarm system before starting thevehicle.

Enabling Keyless Unlocking:

With the vehicle off, press and holdQ and K on the RKE transmitter atthe same time for approximatelythree seconds. The turn signallamps will flash twice quickly toindicate access is enabled.

Passive Locking

This vehicle will lock severalseconds after all doors are closed ifthe vehicle is off and at least oneRKE transmitter has been removedor none remain in the interior.

If other electronic devices interferewith the RKE transmitter signal, thevehicle may not detect the RKEtransmitter inside the vehicle.If passive locking is enabled, thedoors may lock with the RKE

transmitter inside the vehicle. Donot leave the RKE transmitter in anunattended vehicle.

To customize the doors toautomatically lock when exiting thevehicle, see “Remote Lock, Unlock,Start” under Vehicle Personalization0 137.

Temporary Disable of PassiveLocking

Temporarily disable passive lockingby pressing and holding K on theinterior door switch with a door openfor at least four seconds, or untilthree chimes are heard. Passivelocking will then remain disableduntil Q on the interior door ispressed, or until the vehicle isturned on.

Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

When the vehicle is turned off andan RKE transmitter is left in thevehicle, the horn will chirp threetimes after all doors are closed. Toturn on or off, see VehiclePersonalization 0 137.

Remote No Longer in Vehicle Alert

If the vehicle is on with a door open,and then all doors are closed, thevehicle will check for RKEtransmitter(s) inside. If an RKEtransmitter is not detected, theDriver Information Center (DIC) willdisplay NO REMOTE DETECTEDand the horn will chirp three times.This occurs only once each time thevehicle is driven. See VehiclePersonalization 0 137.

Keyless Liftgate Opening

Press the touch pad on the liftgatehandle to open the liftgate if theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft).

Key Access

To access a vehicle with a weaktransmitter battery, see Door Locks0 16.

Programming Transmitters tothe Vehicle

Only RKE transmitters programmedto the vehicle will work. If atransmitter is lost or stolen, areplacement can be purchased and



programmed through your dealer.The vehicle can be reprogrammedso that lost or stolen transmitters nolonger work. Each vehicle can haveup to eight transmitters matchedto it.

Programming with RecognizedTransmitters

A new transmitter can beprogrammed to the vehicle whenthere are two recognizedtransmitters.

To program, the vehicle must be offand all of the transmitters, bothcurrently recognized and new, mustbe with you.

1. Remove the key by pressingthe button on the side of theRKE transmitter near thebottom and pull the key out.Never pull the key out withoutpressing the button.

2. Remove the key lock cylindercap on the driver door handle.See Door Locks 0 16. Placethe two recognized transmittersin the transmitter pocket.

3. Insert the vehicle key of thetransmitter into the key lockcylinder on the driver doorhandle and turn the key,counterclockwise, to the unlockposition five times within10 seconds.

The DIC displays READY FORREMOTE #3, 4, 5, ETC.

4. Place the new transmitter intothe transmitter pocket. Thetransmitter pocket is inside thecenter console storage areabetween the driver and frontpassenger seats, underneaththe liner.

5. Press ENGINE START/STOP.When the transmitter is learnedthe DIC display will show that itis ready to program the nexttransmitter.

6. Remove the transmitter fromthe transmitter pocket andpress the transmitter K or Qbutton.

To program additionaltransmitters, repeat Steps 3–5.

When all additional transmittersare programmed, press andhold ENGINE START/STOP for12 seconds to exitprogramming mode.

7. Put the key back into thetransmitter.

8. Replace the key lock cylindercap. See Door Locks 0 16.

Programming without RecognizedTransmitters

If two currently recognizedtransmitters are not available, followthis procedure to program up toeight transmitters. This feature isnot available in Canada. This



procedure will take approximately30 minutes to complete. The vehiclemust be off and all of thetransmitters you wish to programmust be with you.

1. Remove the key by pressingthe button on the side of theRKE transmitter near thebottom and pull the key out.Never pull the key out withoutpressing the button.

2. Remove the key lock cylindercap on the driver door handle.See Door Locks 0 16. Insertthe vehicle key of thetransmitter into the key lockcylinder on the driver doorhandle and turn the key,counterclockwise, to the unlockposition five times within10 seconds.

The DIC displays REMOTELEARN PENDING,PLEASE WAIT.

3. Wait for 10 minutes until theDIC displays PRESS ENGINESTART BUTTON TO LEARNand then press ENGINESTART/STOP.

The DIC will again displayREMOTE LEARN PENDING,PLEASE WAIT.

4. Repeat Step 2 two additionaltimes. After the third time allpreviously known transmitterswill no longer work with thevehicle. Remaining transmitterscan be relearned during thenext steps.

The DIC display should nowshow READY FOR REMOTE# 1.

5. Place the new transmitter intothe transmitter pocket. Thetransmitter pocket is inside thecenter console storage areabetween the driver and frontpassenger seats, underneaththe liner.

6. Press ENGINE START/STOP.When the transmitter is learnedthe DIC display will show that itis ready to program the nexttransmitter.

7. Remove the transmitter fromthe transmitter pocket andpress the transmitter K or Qbutton.



To program additionaltransmitters, repeat Steps 4–6.

When all additional transmittersare programmed, press andhold ENGINE START/STOP for12 seconds to exitprogramming mode.

8. Put the key back into thetransmitter.

9. Replace the key lock cylindercap. See Door Locks 0 16.

Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery

When the vehicle is started, if thetransmitter battery is weak, the DICmay display NO REMOTEDETECTED or NO REMOTE KEYWAS DETECTED PLACE KEY INTRANSMITTER POCKET THENSTART YOUR VEHICLE. The DICmay also display REPLACEBATTERY IN REMOTE KEY.

To start the vehicle:

1. Open the center consolestorage area by opening thearmrest.

2. Place the transmitter in thetransmitter pocket.

3. With the vehicle in P (Park) orN (Neutral), press the brakepedal and ENGINESTART/STOP.

Replace the transmitter batteryas soon as possible.

Battery Replacement

Replace the battery if the DICdisplays REPLACE BATTERY INREMOTE KEY.

Caution

When replacing the battery, donot touch any of the circuitry onthe transmitter. Static from yourbody could damage thetransmitter.

The battery is not rechargeable. Toreplace the battery:

1. Press the button on the side ofthe RKE transmitter and pullthe key out. Never pull the keyout without pressing the button.



2. Separate the two halves of thetransmitter using a flat toolinserted into the area near thekey slot.

3. Remove the battery by pushingon the battery and sliding ittoward the bottom of thetransmitter.

4. Insert the new battery, positiveside facing the back cover.Push the battery down until it isheld in place. Replace with aCR2032 or equivalent battery.

5. Snap the battery cover back onto the transmitter.

6. Reinsert the key.

Remote Vehicle StartIf equipped, this feature allows theengine to be started from outside ofthe vehicle.

/ : This button will be on the RKEtransmitter if the vehicle has remotestart.

The climate control system will usethe previous settings during aremote start. The rear defog maycome on during a remote startbased on cold ambient conditions.The rear fog indicator light does notcome on during a remote start.

If the vehicle has auto heated orventilated seats, they may come onduring a remote start. See Heatedand Ventilated Front Seats 0 47.

If equipped with a remote startheated steering wheel, it may comeon during a remote start when it iscold outside, if enabled. See HeatedSteering Wheel 0 105 andVehicle Personalization 0 137.

Laws in some local communitiesmay restrict the use of remotestarters. For example, some lawsmay require a person using remotestart to have the vehicle in view.Check local regulations for anyrequirements.

Do not use the remote start featureif the vehicle is low on fuel. Thevehicle could run out of fuel.

Other conditions can affect theperformance of the transmitter. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System 0 8.

Starting the Engine Using RemoteStart

1. Press and release Q on theRKE transmitter.

2. Immediately press and hold /for at least four seconds or untilthe turn signal lamps flash. Theturn signal lamps flashingconfirms the request to remotestart the vehicle has beenreceived.



During the remote start thedoors will be locked and theparking lamps will remain on aslong as the engine is running.

The engine will shut off after15 minutes unless a timeextension is done or thevehicle is started.

3. With the RKE transmitter in thevehicle, press the brake pedaland start the vehicle to drive.

Extending Engine Run Time

The engine run time can also beextended by another 15 minutes,if during the first 15 minutesSteps 1 and 2 are repeated whilethe engine is still running. Anextension can be requested30 seconds after starting. Thisprovides a total of 30 minutes.

The remote start can only beextended once.

When the remote start is extended,the second 15-minute period isadded on to the first 15 minutes fora total of 30 minutes.

A maximum of two remote starts,or a remote start with an extension,are allowed between ignition cycles.

The ignition must be turned on andthen off before the remote startprocedure can be used again.

Canceling a Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do any ofthe following:

. Press and hold / until theparking lamps turn off.

. Turn on the hazard warningflashers.

. Turn the vehicle on and then off.

Conditions in Which Remote StartWill Not Work

The remote start will not operate ifany of the following occur:

. An RKE transmitter is in thevehicle.

. The hood is not closed.

. The ignition is in any mode otherthan off.

. The hazard warning flashersare on.

. There is an emission controlsystem malfunction.

. The engine coolant temperatureis too high.

. The oil pressure is low.

. Two remote vehicle starts or astart with an extension havealready been used.

. The vehicle is not in P (Park).

Door Locks

{ Warning

Unlocked doors can bedangerous.

. Passengers, especiallychildren, can easily openthe doors and fall out of amoving vehicle. The doorscan be unlocked andopened while the vehicle ismoving. The chance of

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

being thrown out of thevehicle in a crash isincreased if the doors arenot locked. So, allpassengers should wearseat belts properly and thedoors should be lockedwhenever the vehicle isdriven.

. Young children who get intounlocked vehicles may beunable to get out. A childcan be overcome byextreme heat and can sufferpermanent injuries or evendeath from heat stroke.Always lock the vehiclewhenever leaving it.

. Outsiders can easily enterthrough an unlocked doorwhen you slow down or stopthe vehicle. Locking thedoors can help prevent thisfrom happening.

To lock or unlock the doors from theoutside:

. Press Q or K on the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation 0 8.

. Use the key in the driver door.The key lock cylinder is coveredwith a cap.

To lock or unlock the doors from theinside:

. Press Q or K on the power doorlock switch.

. Push down on a door lock knobto lock a door.

. Pull the door handle once tounlock the door. Pull the handleagain to unlatch it.

Keyless Access

If equipped, the RKE transmittermust be within 1 m (3 ft) of theliftgate or door being opened. Pressthe button on the door handle toopen. See “Keyless AccessOperation” in Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation 0 8.



Driver Door Key Lock CylinderAccess (In Case of DeadBattery)

To access the driver door key lockcylinder:

1. Pull the door handle (1) to theopen position and hold it openuntil cap removal is complete.

2. Insert the key into the slot (3)on the bottom of the cap (2)and lift the key upward.

3. Move the cap (2) rearward andremove.

4. Use the key in the cylinder.

To replace the cap:

1. Pull the door handle (1) to theopen position and hold it openuntil cap installation iscomplete.

2. Insert the two tabs (6) at theback of the cap between theseal (5) and the metal base (4).

3. Slide the cap forward andpress the forward edge toinstall the cap in place.

4. Release the door handle.



5. Check that the cap is secure.

Free-Turning Locks

The door key lock cylinder turnsfreely when either the wrong key isused, or the correct key is not fullyinserted. The free-turning door lockfeature prevents the lock from beingforced open. To reset the lock, turnit to the vertical position with thecorrect key fully inserted. Removethe key and insert it again. If thisdoes not reset the lock, turn the keyhalfway around in the cylinder andrepeat the reset procedure.

Power Door Locks

Q : Press to lock the doors.

K : Press to unlock the doors.

Delayed LockingThis feature delays the locking ofthe doors until five seconds after alldoors are closed.

Delayed locking can only be turnedon when the Open DoorAnti-Lockout feature has beenturned off.

When Q is pressed on the powerdoor lock switch while the door isopen, a chime will sound threetimes indicating delayed locking isactive.

The doors will lock automaticallyfive seconds after all doors areclosed. If a door is reopened beforethat time, the five-second timer willreset when all doors are closedagain.

Press Q on the door lock switch

again or press Q on the RKEtransmitter to lock the doorsimmediately.

This feature can also beprogrammed. See VehiclePersonalization 0 137.

Automatic Door LocksThe doors will lock automaticallywhen all doors are closed, theignition is on, and the vehicle isshifted out of P (Park).

If a vehicle door is unlocked andthen opened and closed, the doorswill lock either when your foot is



removed from the brake or thevehicle speed becomes faster than13 km/h (8 mph).

To unlock the doors:

. Press K on a door.

. Shift the transmission intoP (Park).

Automatic door locking cannot bedisabled. Automatic door unlockingcan be programmed. See VehiclePersonalization 0 137.

Lockout ProtectionIf the vehicle is started or in ACC/ACCESSORY and the power doorlock switch is pressed with thedriver door open, all the doors willlock and only the driver door willunlock.

If the vehicle is off and locking isrequested while a door is open,when all doors are closed thevehicle will check for RKEtransmitters inside. If an RKEtransmitter is detected and thenumber of RKE transmitters inside

has not reduced, the driver door willunlock and the horn will chirp threetimes.

Lockout Protection can be manuallyoverridden with the driver door openby pressing and holding Q on thepower door lock switch.

Open Door Anti-Lockout

If Open Door Anti-Lockout is turnedon and the vehicle is off, the driverdoor is open, and locking isrequested, all the doors will lock andthe driver door will unlock. TheOpen Door Anti-Lockout feature canbe turned on or off. See VehiclePersonalization 0 137.

Safety LocksThe rear door safety locks preventpassengers from opening the reardoors from inside the vehicle.

Manual Safety Locks

If equipped, the safety lock is on theinside edge of the rear doors. Touse the safety lock:

1. Move the lever down to thelock position.

2. Close the door.

3. Do the same for the otherrear door.

To open a rear door when the safetylock is on:

1. Unlock the door by activatingthe inside handle, by pressingthe power door lock switch,



or by using the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE)transmitter.

2. Open the door from theoutside.

When the safety lock is enabled,adults and older children will not beable to open the rear door from theinside. Cancel the safety locks toenable the doors to open from theinside.

To cancel the safety lock:

1. Unlock the door and open itfrom the outside.

2. Move the lever up to unlock.Do the same for the other door.

Doors

Liftgate

{ Warning

Exhaust gases can enter thevehicle if it is driven with theliftgate or trunk/hatch open,or with any objects that passthrough the seal between thebody and the trunk/hatch orliftgate. Engine exhaust containscarbon monoxide (CO) whichcannot be seen or smelled. It cancause unconsciousness and evendeath.

If the vehicle must be driven withthe liftgate or trunk/hatch open:

. Close all of the windows.

. Fully open the air outlets onor under the instrumentpanel.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Adjust the climate controlsystem to a setting thatbrings in only outside airand set the fan speed to thehighest setting. See“Climate Control Systems”in the Index.

. If the vehicle is equippedwith a power liftgate, disablethe power liftgate function.

See Engine Exhaust 0 189.

Caution

To avoid damage to the liftgate orliftgate glass, make sure the areaabove and behind the liftgate isclear before opening it.

Manual Liftgate

To unlock the liftgate, press K onthe power door lock switch or pressK on the Remote Keyless Entry



(RKE) transmitter twice withinfive seconds. See Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation 0 8.

To open the liftgate, press the touchpad in the liftgate handle and lift up.

If equipped with Keyless Access,the liftgate can be opened whenlocked if the RKE transmitter iswithin 1 m (3 ft) of the liftgate. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 8.

Use the pull cup to lower and closethe liftgate. Do not press the touchpad while closing the liftgate. Thiswill cause the liftgate to beunlatched.

The liftgate has an electric latch.If the battery is disconnected or haslow voltage, the liftgate will notopen. The liftgate will resumeoperation when the battery isreconnected and charged.

Always close the liftgate beforedriving.

Power Liftgate Operation

{ Warning

You or others could be injured ifcaught in the path of the powerliftgate. Make sure there is no onein the way of the liftgate as it isopening and closing.

Caution

Driving with an open andunsecured liftgate may result indamage to the power liftgatecomponents.

If equipped with a power liftgate, thepower liftgate switch is on the driverdoor. The vehicle must be inP (Park).

The modes are:

. MAX: Opens to maximumheight.

. 3/4: Opens to a reduced heightthat can be set from 3/4 to fullyopen. Use to prevent the liftgatefrom opening into overheadobstructions such as a garagedoor or roof-mounted cargo. Theliftgate can be manually openedall the way.

. OFF: Opens manually only.



To power open or close the liftgate,select MAX or 3/4 mode.

. Pressb twice quickly on theRKE transmitter until the liftgatemoves.

. Press8 on the driver door.The driver door must beunlocked.

. Press the touch pad in theliftgate handle after unlocking alldoors. A locked vehicle can beopened if the RKE transmitter iswithin 1 m (3 ft) of the liftgate.

. Pressl on the bottom of theliftgate to close.

Press any liftgate button, the touchpad, orb on the RKE transmitterwhile the liftgate is moving to stop it.Pressing any liftgate button orpressingb twice quickly on theRKE transmitter restarts theoperation in the reverse direction.Pressing the touch pad on theliftgate handle will restart themotion, but only in the openingdirection

Caution

Manually forcing the liftgate toopen or close during a powercycle can damage the vehicle.Allow the power cycle tocomplete.

The power liftgate may betemporarily disabled under extremelow temperatures, or after repeatedpower cycling over a short period oftime. If this occurs, the liftgate canstill be operated manually.

If the vehicle is shifted out ofP (Park) while the power function isin progress, the liftgate will continueto completion. If the vehicle isaccelerated before the liftgate hascompleted moving, the liftgate maystop or reverse direction. Check forDIC messages and make sure theliftgate is closed and latched beforedriving.

Falling Liftgate Detection

If the power liftgate automaticallycloses after a power opening cycle,it indicates that the system isreacting to excess weight on theliftgate or a possible support strutfailure. A repetitive chime will soundwhile the falling liftgate detectionfeature is operating. Remove anyexcess weight. If the liftgatecontinues to automatically closeafter opening, see your dealer forservice before using the powerliftgate.

Interfering with the power liftgatemotion or manually closing theliftgate too quickly after poweropening may resemble a supportstrut failure. This could also activate



the falling liftgate detection feature.Allow the liftgate to complete itsoperation and wait a few secondsbefore manually closing the liftgate.

Obstacle Detection Features

If the liftgate encounters an obstacleduring a power open or close cycle,the liftgate will automatically reversedirection and move a short distanceaway from the obstacle. Afterremoving the obstruction, the powerliftgate operation can be used again.If the liftgate encounters multipleobstacles on the same power cycle,the power function will deactivate.After removing the obstructions,manually close the liftgate which willallow normal power operationfunctions to resume.

If the vehicle is locked while theliftgate is closing, and an obstacle isencountered that prevents theliftgate from completely closing, thehorn will sound as an alert that theliftgate did not close.

Pinch sensors are on the sideedges of the liftgate. If an object iscaught between the liftgate and the

vehicle and presses against asensor, the liftgate will reversedirection and open fully. The liftgatewill remain open until it is activatedagain or closed manually.

Setting the 3/4 Mode

To change the position the liftgatestops at when opening:

1. Select MAX or 3/4 mode andpower open the liftgate.

2. Stop the liftgate movement atthe desired height by pressingany liftgate button. Manuallyadjust the liftgate position ifneeded.

3. Press and holdl at thebottom of the liftgate until theturn signals flash and a beepsounds. This indicates thesetting has been recorded.

The liftgate cannot be set below aminimum programmable height.If there is no light flash or sound,then the height adjustment may betoo low.

Manual Operation

Select OFF to manually operate theliftgate. See “Manual Liftgate” at thebeginning of this section.

Caution

Attempting to move the liftgatetoo quickly and with excessiveforce may result in damage to thevehicle.

Operate the liftgate manually with asmooth motion and moderatespeed. The system includes afeature which limits the manualclosing speed to protect thecomponents.

Hands-Free Operation

If equipped, the liftgate may beoperated with a kicking motionunder the left side of the rearbumper at the location of theprojected logo. The RKE transmittermust be within 1 m (3 ft) of the rearbumper to operate the power liftgatehands-free.



The hands-free feature will not workwhile the liftgate is moving. To stopthe liftgate while in motion use oneof the liftgate switches.

The hands-free feature can becustomized. See VehiclePersonalization 0 137. Choose fromthe following:

On-Open and Close : The kickingmotion is activated to both open andclose the liftgate.

On-Open Only : The kicking motionis activated to only open the liftgate.

Off : The feature is disabled.

Kick Zone

To operate, move your foot in aforward kicking motion under the leftside of the rear bumper at thelocation of the projected logo, thenpull it back. The kick must comewithin 14 cm (6 in) of the rearbumper to activate.

Caution

Splashing water may cause theliftgate to open. Keep the RKEtransmitter away from the rearbumper detection area or turn the

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

liftgate mode to OFF whencleaning or working near the rearbumper to avoid accidentalopening.

. Do not sweep your foot sideto side.

. Do not keep your foot under thebumper; the liftgate will notactivate.

. Do not touch the liftgate until ithas stopped moving.

This feature may be temporarilydisabled under some conditions.If the liftgate does not respond tothe kick, open or close the liftgateby another method or start thevehicle. The feature will bere-enabled.

When closing the liftgate using thisfeature, there will be a short delay.The taillamps will flash and a chimewill sound.

Step away from the liftgate before itstarts moving.



Projected Logo

If equipped with this feature, avehicle logo will be projected forone minute onto the ground nearthe rear bumper when an RKEtransmitter is detected withinapproximately 2 m (6 ft). Theprojected logo may not be visibleunder brighter daytime conditions.

1. 1 m (3 ft) Hands-FreeOperation Detection Zone

2. 2 m (6 ft) Projected LogoDetection Zone

The projected logo shows where thekicking motion is to take place.

The projected logo will only beavailable for this RKE transmitterafter it has been out of range for atleast 20 seconds.

If an RKE transmitter is againdetected within approximately 2 m(6 ft) of the liftgate, or anotherhands-free operation has beendetected, the one-minute timer willbe reset.

The projected logo will not workunder these conditions:

. The vehicle battery is low.

. The transmission is not inP (Park).

. Hands Free Liftgate Control isset to off in vehiclepersonalization. See VehiclePersonalization 0 137.

. Power liftgate is turned off.

. The vehicle remains parked for72 hours or more, with no RKEtransmitter use or KeylessAccess operation. To re-enable,press any button on the RKEtransmitter or open and close avehicle door.

The projected logo will not work fora single RKE transmitter when atransmitter:

. Has been left withinapproximately 5 m (15 ft) of theliftgate for several minutes.

. Has been left inside the vehicleand all vehicle doors are closed.

. Has approached the areaoutside of the liftgate five timeswithin 10 minutes.

Lens Cleaning

Clean the recessed lens with a soft,dampened cloth.



Hands-Free Liftgate and Projected Logo Availability

Action Hands-Free Liftgate Projected Logo

RKE transmitter entering projectedlogo detection zone

Operative On for one minute

RKE transmitter left inside projectedlogo detection zone for minimum of10 minutes

Operative Off until RKE transmitter button pressor a door is opened and closed

RKE transmitter brought in and out ofprojected logo detection zone fivetimes or more within 10 minutes

Operative Off for one hour or until RKEtransmitter button press or a door isopened and closed

Vehicle remains parked for more than72 hours

Operative Off until RKE transmitter button pressor a door is opened and closed

Vehicle battery is low Non-operative Off

Transmission is not in P (Park) Non-operative Off

Power liftgate is turned off Non-operative Off

Hands-free liftgate is disabled invehicle personalization

Non-operative Off



Vehicle SecurityThis vehicle has theft-deterrentfeatures; however, they do not makethe vehicle impossible to steal.

Vehicle Alarm SystemThis vehicle has an anti-theft alarmsystem.

The indicator light, on theinstrument panel near thewindshield, indicates the status ofthe system.

Off : Alarm system is disarmed.

On Solid : Vehicle is securedduring the delay to arm the system.

Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured.A door, the hood, or the liftgateis open.

Slow Flash : Alarm system isarmed.

Arming the Alarm System

1. Close the liftgate and the hood.Turn off the vehicle.

2. Lock the vehicle in one ofthree ways:

. Use the RKE transmitter.

. Use the Keyless Accesssystem.

. With a door open, press theinside Q.

3. After 30 seconds the alarmsystem will arm, and theindicator light will begin toslowly flash indicating thealarm system is operating.Pressing Q on the RKEtransmitter a second time will

bypass the 30-second delayand immediately arm the alarmsystem.

The vehicle alarm system will notarm if the doors are locked withthe key.

If the driver door is opened withoutfirst unlocking with the RKEtransmitter, the horn will chirp andthe lights will flash to indicatepre-alarm. If the vehicle is notstarted, or the door is not unlockedby pressing K on the RKEtransmitter during the 10-secondpre-alarm, the alarm will beactivated.

The alarm will also be activated if apassenger door, the liftgate, or thehood is opened without firstdisarming the system. When thealarm is activated, the turn signalsflash and the horn sounds for about30 seconds. The alarm system willthen re-arm to monitor for the nextunauthorized event.



Disarming the Alarm System

To disarm the alarm system or turnoff the alarm if it has been activated:

. Press K on the RKE transmitter.

. Unlock the vehicle using theKeyless Access system.

. Start the vehicle.

To avoid setting off the alarm byaccident:

. Lock the vehicle after alloccupants have left the vehicleand all doors are closed.

. Always unlock a door with theRKE transmitter or use theKeyless Access system.

Unlocking the driver door with thekey will not disarm the system orturn off the alarm.

How to Detect a TamperCondition

If K is pressed and the horn chirpsand the lights flash three times, thealarm was activated while the alarmsystem was armed.

If the alarm system has beenactivated, a message will appear onthe Driver Information Center (DIC).

ImmobilizerSee Radio Frequency Statement0 353.

Immobilizer OperationThis vehicle has a passivetheft-deterrent system.

The system does not have to bemanually armed or disarmed.

The vehicle is automaticallyimmobilized when the transmitterleaves the vehicle.

The immobilization system isdisarmed when the ignition is turnedon or in ACC/ACCESSORY and avalid Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter is in the vehicle.

The security light, in the instrumentcluster, comes on if there is aproblem with arming or disarmingthe theft-deterrent system.

The system has one or more RKEtransmitters matched to animmobilizer control unit in yourvehicle. Only a correctly matchedRKE transmitter will start thevehicle. If the transmitter is everdamaged, you may not be able tostart your vehicle.

When trying to start the vehicle, thesecurity light may come on brieflywhen the ignition is turned on.

If the engine does not start and thesecurity light stays on, there is aproblem with the system. Turn theignition off and try again.

If the vehicle will not change ignitionmodes (ACC/ACCESSORY, on, off),and the RKE transmitter appears to



be undamaged, try anothertransmitter. Or, you may try placingthe transmitter in the transmitterpocket in the center console. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 8.

If the ignition mode will not changewith the other transmitter, or with thetransmitter in the transmitter pocket,your vehicle needs service. If theignition does change modes, thefirst transmitter may be faulty. Seeyour dealer who can service thetheft-deterrent system and have anew RKE transmitter programmed tothe vehicle.

It is possible for the immobilizersystem to learn new or replacementRKE transmitters. Up to eighttransmitters can be programmed tothe vehicle. To program additionaltransmitters, see “ProgrammingTransmitters to the Vehicle” underRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 8.

Do not leave the key or device thatdisarms or deactivates thetheft-deterrent system in the vehicle.

Exterior Mirrors

Convex Mirrors

{ Warning

A convex mirror can make things,like other vehicles, look fartheraway than they really are. If youcut too sharply into the right lane,you could hit a vehicle on theright. Check the inside mirror orglance over your shoulder beforechanging lanes.

The passenger side mirror is convexshaped. A convex mirror's surface iscurved so more can be seen fromthe driver seat.

Power Mirrors

To adjust the mirrors:

1. Pressj or| to choose thedriver or passenger mirror.

2. Press the arrows on the controlpad to move each mirror in thedesired direction.

Folding Mirrors

Manual Folding Mirrors

The mirrors can be folded inwardtoward the vehicle to preventdamage when going through an



automatic car wash. Push the mirroroutward to return it to the originalposition.

Memory Mirrors

The vehicle may have memorymirrors. See Memory Seats 0 44.

Lane Change Alert (LCA)

The vehicle may have LCA. SeeLane Change Alert (LCA) 0 224.

Side Blind Zone Alert

The vehicle may have Side BlindZone Alert. See Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA) 0 224.

Heated MirrorsIf equipped, the heated outsidemirrors turn on when the rearwindow defogger is on and help toclear fog or frost from the surface ofthe mirrors.

K : This button is on the climatecontrol panel.

See “Rear Window Defogger” underDual Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 156.

Automatic DimmingMirrorThe vehicle has an automaticdimming outside mirror on the driverside. The mirror will adjust for theglare of headlamps behind you.

Reverse Tilt MirrorsIf equipped with memory seats, thepassenger and/or driver mirror tiltsto a preselected position when thevehicle is in R (Reverse). Thisallows the curb to be seen whenparallel parking.

The mirror(s) return to the originalposition when:

. The vehicle is shifted out ofR (Reverse), or remains inR (Reverse) for about30 seconds.

. The ignition is turned off.

. The vehicle is driven inR (Reverse) above a set speed.

To turn this feature on or off, seeVehicle Personalization 0 137.

Interior Mirrors

Interior Rearview MirrorsAdjust the rearview mirror for a clearview of the area behind yourvehicle.

Do not spray glass cleaner directlyon the mirror. Use a soft toweldampened with water.

Manual Rearview MirrorIf equipped, push the tab forward fordaytime use and pull it rearward fornighttime use to avoid glare of theheadlamps from behind.

Automatic DimmingRearview MirrorIf equipped, automatic dimmingreduces the glare of headlampsfrom behind. The dimming featurecomes on when the vehicle isstarted.



Rear Camera MirrorIf equipped, this automatic dimmingmirror provides a wide angle cameraview of the area behind the vehicle.

Pull the tab rearward to turn on thedisplay. Push the tab forward to turnit off. When off, the mirror isautomatic dimming. Adjust themirror for a clear view of the areabehind the vehicle while the displayis off.

To adjust the brightness, press thebutton (1) on the back of therearview mirror without covering thelight sensor (2).

Each button press cycles thebrightness between five settings.

{ Warning

The Rear Camera Mirror (RCM)has a limited view. Portions of theroad, vehicles, and other objectsmay not be seen. Do not drive orpark the vehicle using only thiscamera. Objects may appearcloser than they are. Check theoutside mirrors or glance overyour shoulder when making lanechanges or merging. Failure touse proper care may result ininjury, death, or vehicle damage.



The camera that provides the RearCamera Mirror (RCM) image isabove the license plate, next to theRear Vision Camera (RVC).

Troubleshooting

If the tab is in the rearward positionand a blue screen and d aredisplayed in the mirror and thedisplay shuts off, see your dealer forservice.

The RCM may not work properly ordisplay a clear image if:

. There is glare from the sun orheadlamps. This may obstructobjects from view.

. Dirt, snow, or other debris blocksthe camera lens. Clean the lenswith a soft damp cloth.

. The back of the vehicle hasbeen damaged and the positionand mounting angle of thecamera has changed.

Windows

{ Warning

Never leave a child, a helplessadult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,especially with the windowsclosed in warm or hot weather.They can be overcome by theextreme heat and sufferpermanent injuries or even deathfrom heat stroke.



The vehicle aerodynamics aredesigned to improve fuel economyperformance. This may result in apulsing sound when either rearwindow is down and the frontwindows are up. To reduce thesound, open either a front windowor the sunroof, if equipped.

Power Windows

{ Warning

Leaving children in a vehicle witha Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter is dangerous andchildren or others could beseriously injured or killed. Theycould operate the power windowsor other controls or make thevehicle move. The windows willfunction with the RKE transmitterin the vehicle, and children orothers could be caught in the pathof a closing window. Do not leavechildren in a vehicle with an RKEtransmitter.

The power windows work when theignition is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY,or when Retained Accessory Power(RAP) is active. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 186.

Using the window switch, press toopen or pull to close the window.

The windows may be temporarilydisabled if they are used repeatedlywithin a short time.

Window Lockout

This feature stops the rearpassenger window switches fromworking:

. Press2 to engage the rearwindow lockout feature. Theindicator light is on whenengaged.

. Press2 again to disengage.



Window Express Movement

All windows can be opened withoutholding the window switch. Pressthe switch down fully and quicklyrelease to express open thewindow.

If equipped, pull the window switchup fully and quickly release toexpress close the window.

Briefly press or pull the windowswitch in the same direction to stopthat window’s express movement.

Window Automatic ReversalSystem

The express-close feature willreverse window movement if itcomes in contact with an object.Extreme cold or ice could cause thewindow to auto-reverse. Thewindow will operate normally afterthe object or condition is removed.

Automatic Reversal SystemOverride

{ Warning

If automatic reversal systemoverride is active, the window willnot reverse automatically. You orothers could be injured and thewindow could be damaged.Before using automatic reversalsystem override, make sure thatall people and obstructions areclear of the window path.

When the engine is on, override theautomatic reversal system by pullingand holding the window switch ifconditions prevent it from closing.

Programming the PowerWindows

Programming may be necessary ifthe vehicle battery has beendisconnected or discharged. If thewindow is unable to express-up,program each express-closewindow:

1. Close all doors.

2. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/ACCESSORY.

3. Partially open the window to beprogrammed. Then close it andcontinue to pull the switchbriefly after the window hasfully closed.

4. Open the window and continueto press the switch briefly afterthe window has fully opened.

Remote Window Operation

If equipped, this feature allows allthe windows to be opened remotely.If enabled in vehicle personalization,press and hold K on the RKEtransmitter. See VehiclePersonalization 0 137.



Sun Visors

Pull the sun visor down to blockglare. Detach the sun visor from thecenter mount to pivot to the sidewindow and, if equipped, extendalong the rod.

Roof

SunroofIf equipped, the ignition must be onor in ACC/ACCESSORY,or Retained Accessory Power (RAP)must be active to operate thesunroof. See Ignition Positions0 181 andRetained Accessory Power (RAP)0 186.

1. Sunroof Switch (SLIDE)2. Vent Switch (TILT)

Slide Switch

Express-Open/Express-Close :Press and releaseD (1) to

express-open the sunroof. Thesunshade will not openautomatically. Press and releaseg (1) to express-close thesunroof.

Open/Close (Manual Mode) : FullypressD (1) to open the sunroof.

The sunshade will not automaticallyopen with the sunroof. Release tostop at the desired position. Fully

pressg (1) to close the sunroof.

Release to stop at the desiredposition.

Tilt Switch

Vent Feature : PressE (2) to vent

the sunroof. Press again and hold toopen the sunroof. Release to stop atthe desired position. The sunshadewill not open automatically. Press



g (2) to express-close thesunroof. Press again to stop themovement.

The front sunshade can only beopened and closed manually. Thesunshade can be opened bypushing up on the handle, andclosed by pulling forward on thehandle until it latches. Do not try toclose the sunshade while thesunroof is fully opened or in the ventposition.

If equipped, the rear sunshade canonly be opened or closed manually.To open, press the latch button (ifequipped) on the handle whilepushing up to unlatch it. Thesunshade will retract to the openposition. To close the sunshade, pullthe handle forward until it latches.

The sunroof cannot be opened orclosed if the vehicle has anelectrical failure.

Automatic Reversal System

The sunroof has an automaticreversal system that is only activewhen the sunroof is operated inexpress-close mode.

If an object is in the path whileexpress closing, the reversal systemwill detect an object, stop, and openthe sunroof again.

If frost or other conditions preventclosing, override the feature byclosing the sunroof in manual mode.To stop movement, release theswitch.

Dirt and debris may collect on thesunroof seal or in the track. Thiscould cause an issue with sunroofoperation or noise. It could also plugthe water drainage system.

Periodically open the sunroof andremove any obstacles or loosedebris. Wipe the sunroof seal androof sealing area using a cleancloth, mild soap, and water. Do notremove grease from the sunroof.

If water is seen dripping into thewater drainage system, this isnormal.


38 Seats and Restraints

Seats andRestraints

Head RestraintsHead Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

Front SeatsSeat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . 41Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 42Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Heated and Ventilated Front

Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Rear SeatsRear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Heated Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Third Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Seat BeltsSeat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54How to Wear Seat Belts

Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58Seat Belt Use During

Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61Seat Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 62

Seat Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62Replacing Seat Belt System

Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Airbag SystemAirbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 66When Should an Airbag

Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67What Makes an Airbag

Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68How Does an Airbag

Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68What Will You See after an

Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69Passenger Sensing System . . . 70Servicing the Airbag-Equipped

Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74Adding Equipment to the

Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 75Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . 76Replacing Airbag System Parts

after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Child RestraintsOlder Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76Infants and Young Children . . . . 78Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . 80Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 82Lower Anchors and Tethers for

Children (LATCH System) . . . . 83

Replacing LATCH System PartsAfter a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in theRear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in theFront Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95


Seats and Restraints 39

Head RestraintsFront Seats

{ Warning

With head restraints that are notinstalled and adjusted properly,there is a greater chance thatoccupants will suffer a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do notdrive until the head restraints forall occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

The vehicle's front seats haveadjustable head restraints in theoutboard seating positions.

Adjust the head restraint so that thetop of the restraint is at the sameheight as the top of the occupant'shead. This position reduces thechance of a neck injury in a crash.

The height of the head restraint canbe adjusted.

To raise or lower the head restraint,press the button located on the sideof the head restraint, and pull up orpush the head restraint down, andrelease the button. Pull and push onthe head restraint after the button isreleased to make sure that it islocked in place.

The front seat outboard headrestraints are not removable.

Rear Seats

Second Row Seats

The vehicle’s second row seatshave adjustable head restraints inthe outboard seating positions.



The height of the head restraint canbe adjusted. Pull the head restraintup to raise it. Try to move the headrestraint to make sure that it islocked in place.

To lower the head restraint, pressthe button, located on the top of theseatback, and push the headrestraint down. Try to move thehead restraint after the button isreleased to make sure that it islocked in place.

Always adjust the head restraint sothat the top of the restraint is at thesame height as the top of theoccupant's head.

If you are installing a child restraintin the rear seat, see “Securing aChild Restraint Designed for theLATCH System” under LowerAnchors and Tethers for Children(LATCH System) 0 83.

Third Row Seats

The vehicle’s third row seats havehead restraints in the outboardseating positions that cannot beadjusted up or down.

The third row outboard headrestraints are not removable.

The third row outboard headrestraints are designed to be folded.

The head restraint can be folded toallow for better visibility when therear seat is unoccupied.

When folding the seatback down,the head restraint will automaticallyfold out of the way as the seat isfolded down.

Return the lowered head restraint tothe upright position until it locks intoplace. Push and pull on the headrestraint to make sure it is locked.

When an occupant is in the seat,always return the head restraint tothe upright position. Pull the headrestraint up and push it rearwarduntil it locks into place. Push andpull on the head restraint to makesure that it is locked.



Front Seats

Seat Adjustment

{ Warning

You can lose control of thevehicle if you try to adjust a driverseat while the vehicle is moving.Adjust the driver seat only whenthe vehicle is not moving.

To adjust a manual seat:

1. Lift the handle under the seatto unlock it.

2. Move the seat forward orrearward to adjust the seatposition.

3. Release the handle to stop theseat from moving.

4. Try to move the seat back andforth to be sure it is locked inplace.

Seat Height Adjuster

If equipped, move the lever up ordown to manually raise or lowerthe seat.

Power Seat Adjustment

{ Warning

You can lose control of thevehicle if you try to adjust a driverseat while the vehicle is moving.Adjust the driver seat only whenthe vehicle is not moving.

{ Warning

The power seats will work withthe ignition off. Children couldoperate the power seats and beinjured. Never leave childrenalone in the vehicle.



To adjust the seat:

. Move the seat forward orrearward by sliding the controlforward or rearward.

. Raise or lower the front part ofthe seat cushion by moving thefront of the control up or down.

. Raise or lower the entire seat bymoving the rear of the control upor down.

To adjust the seatback, seeReclining Seatbacks 0 42.

To adjust the lumbar support, seeLumbar Adjustment 0 42.

Lumbar Adjustment

Press and hold the control forwardto increase or rearward to decreasesupport.

Reclining Seatbacks

{ Warning

Sitting in a reclined position whenthe vehicle is in motion can bedangerous. Even when buckledup, the seat belts cannot dotheir job.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

The shoulder belt will not beagainst your body. Instead, it willbe in front of you. In a crash, youcould go into it, receiving neck orother injuries.

The lap belt could go up overyour abdomen. The belt forceswould be there, not at your pelvicbones. This could cause seriousinternal injuries.

For proper protection when thevehicle is in motion, have theseatback upright. Then sit wellback in the seat and wear theseat belt properly.



Do not have a seatback reclined ifthe vehicle is moving.

Manual Reclining Seatbacks

{ Warning

If either seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could causeinjury to the person sitting there.Always push and pull on theseatbacks to be sure they arelocked.

To recline the seatback:

1. Lift the lever.

2. Move the seatback to thedesired position, and thenrelease the lever to lock theseatback in place.

3. Push and pull on the seatbackto make sure it is locked.

To return the seatback to the uprightposition:

1. Lift the lever fully withoutapplying pressure to theseatback, and the seatback willreturn to the upright position.


Power Reclining Seatbacks

. Tilt the top of the controlrearward to recline.

. Tilt the top of the control forwardto raise.



Memory Seats

If equipped, memory seats allow twodrivers to save and recall theirunique seat positions for driving thevehicle, and a shared exit positionfor getting out of the vehicle. Otherfeature positions may also besaved, such as power mirrors andpower steering wheel, if equipped.Memory positions are linked to RKEtransmitter 1 or 2 for automaticmemory recalls.

Before saving, adjust all availablememory feature positions. Turn thevehicle on and then press andrelease SET; a beep will sound.

Then immediately press and hold 1,2, orB (Exit) until two beepssound. To manually recall thesepositions, press and hold 1, 2, orBuntil the saved position is reached.Follow the instructions under“Saving Memory Positions.”

The vehicle identifies the currentdriver’s RKE transmitter number (1–8). See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation 0 8. OnlyRKE transmitters 1 and 2 can beused for automatic memory recalls.A Driver Information Center (DIC)welcome message indicating thetransmitter number may display forthe first few ignition cycles followinga transmitter change. For Seat EntryMemory to work properly, save thepositions to the memory button (1 or2) matching the RKE transmitternumber displayed in the DICwelcome message. Carry the linkedRKE transmitter when entering thevehicle.

Vehicle Personalization Settings

. To have the Seat Entry Memorymovement begin when thevehicle is started, select theSettings menu, then Vehicle,then Seating Position, and thenSeat Entry Memory. Select On orOff. See “Seat Entry Memory”later in this section.

. To begin Seat Exit Memorymovement when the vehicle isturned off and the driver door isopened, or when the vehicle isturned off with the driver dooralready opened, select theSettings menu, then Vehicle,then Seating Position, and thenSeat Exit Memory. Select On orOff. See “Seat Exit Memory”later in this section.

. See Vehicle Personalization0 137 for additional settinginformation.

Identifying Driver Number

To identify the driver number:

1. Move your RKE transmitteraway from the vehicle.



2. Start the vehicle with anotherkey or RKE transmitter. TheDIC should display the drivernumber for the other RKEtransmitter. Turn the vehicle offand remove the key or RKEtransmitter from the vehicle.

3. Start the vehicle with the initialkey or RKE transmitter. TheDIC should display the drivernumber of your RKEtransmitter.

Saving Memory Positions

Read these instructions completelybefore saving memory positions.

To save preferred driving positions1 and 2:

1. Turn the vehicle on or to ACC/ACCESSORY.

A DIC welcome message mayindicate driver number 1 or 2.

2. Adjust all available memoryfeatures to the desired drivingposition.

3. Press and release SET; a beepwill sound.

4. Immediately press and hold the1 or 2 memory button matchingthe above DIC welcomemessage until two beepssound.

If too much time passesbetween releasing SET andpressing 1, the memoryposition will not be saved andtwo beeps will not sound.Repeat Steps 3 and 4.

1 or 2 corresponds to the drivernumber. See “Identifying DriverNumber” previously in thissection.

5. Repeat Steps 1–4 for a seconddriver using 1 or 2.

To save the position forB andSeat Exit Memory features, repeatSteps 1–4 usingB. This saves theposition for getting out of thevehicle.

Save preferred memory featurepositions to both 1 and 2 if you arethe only driver.

Manually Recalling MemoryPositions

Press and hold 1, 2, orB to recallthe previously saved memorypositions if you are driver 1 or 2identified in the DIC welcomemessage. RKE transmitters 3–8 willnot recall memory positions.

To stop Manual Memory recallmovement, release 1, 2, orB orpress any of the following controls:

. Power seat

. Memory SET

. Power mirror, with the driver orpassenger side mirror selected

. Power steering wheel,if equipped

Seat Entry Memory

The vehicle identifies the number ofthe current driver’s RKE transmitter(1–8). See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation 0 8. If theRKE transmitter is 1 or 2, and SeatEntry Memory is enabled in vehiclepersonalization, the positions savedto the same memory button number



1 or 2 are automatically recalledwhen the vehicle is turned on,or turned from off to ACC/ACCESSORY. RKE transmitters 3–8will not provide automatic memoryrecalls.

To turn Seat Entry Memory on or off,see “Vehicle PersonalizationSettings” previously in this sectionand Vehicle Personalization 0 137.

The shift lever must be in P (Park)to start Seat Entry Memory. SeatEntry Memory recall will complete ifthe vehicle is shifted out of P (Park)prior to reaching the saved memoryposition.

To stop Seat Entry Memory recallmovement, turn the vehicle off orpress any of the following controls:

. Power seat

. Memory SET, 1, 2, orB



If the saved memory seat positiondoes not automatically recall orrecalls to the wrong positions, thedriver’s RKE transmitter number (1or 2) may not match the memorybutton number that positions weresaved to. Try storing the position tothe other memory button or try theother RKE transmitter.

Seat Exit Memory

Seat Exit Memory is not linked to anRKE transmitter. The position savedtoB is used for all drivers. To turnSeat Exit Memory on or off, see"Vehicle Personalization Settings"previously in this section andVehicle Personalization 0 137.

If turned on, the position saved toB is automatically recalled whenone of the following occurs:

. The vehicle is turned off and thedriver door is opened within ashort time.

. The vehicle is turned off with thedriver door open.

To stop Seat Exit Memorymovement, press any of thefollowing memory controls:

. Power seat

. Memory SET, 1, 2, orB



Obstructions

If something has blocked the driverseat and/or power steering wheelwhile recalling a memory position,the recall may stop. Remove theobstruction and try the recall again.If the memory position still does notrecall, see your dealer.



Heated and VentilatedFront Seats

{ Warning

If temperature change or pain tothe skin cannot be felt, the seatheater may cause burns. Toreduce the risk of burns, use carewhen using the seat heater,especially for long periods oftime. Do not place anything onthe seat that insulates againstheat, such as a blanket, cushion,cover, or similar item. This maycause the seat heater tooverheat. An overheated seatheater may cause a burn or maydamage the seat.

Heated and Ventilated SeatButtons Shown, Heated Seat

Buttons Similar

If equipped, the buttons are near theclimate controls on the center stack.To operate, the engine must berunning.

Press L or M to heat the driver orpassenger seat.

Press { or C, if available, toventilate the driver or passengerseat. A ventilated seat has a fanthat pulls or pushes air through theseat. The air is not cooled.

Press the button once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe button, the seat will change tothe next lower setting, and then tothe off setting. The indicator lightsnext to the buttons indicate three forthe highest setting and one for thelowest. If the heated seats are onhigh, the level may automatically belowered after approximately30 minutes.

The passenger seat may takelonger to heat up.

Auto Heated and Ventilated Seats

When the vehicle is on, this featurewill automatically activate theheated or ventilated seats at thelevel required by the vehicle’sinterior temperature.

The active high, medium, low, or offheated or ventilated seat level willbe indicated by the manual heatedor ventilated seat buttons on thecenter stack. Use the manualheated or ventilated seat buttons onthe center stack to turn auto heatedor ventilated seats off. If thepassenger seat is unoccupied, the



auto heated or ventilated seatsfeature will not activate that seat.The auto heated or ventilated seatsfeature can be programmed toalways be enabled when the vehicleis on.

See Vehicle Personalization 0 137.

Remote Start Heated andVentilated Seats

During a remote start, the heated orventilated seats, if equipped, can beturned on automatically. When it iscold outside, the heated seats willturn on followed by the heatedsteering wheel, if equipped. When itis hot outside, the ventilated seatsturn on. The remote start heated orventilated seats may be canceledwhen the ignition is turned on. Pressthe heated or ventilated seat buttonto use the heated or ventilated seatsafter the vehicle is started.

The heated or ventilated seatindicator lights may not turn onduring a remote start.

The temperature performance of anunoccupied seat may be reduced.This is normal.

The remote start heated orventilated seats may be enabled ordisabled in the vehiclepersonalization menu. See RemoteVehicle Start 0 15 andVehicle Personalization 0 137.

Rear SeatsRear Seat Reminder

If equipped, the message REARSEAT REMINDER LOOK IN REARSEAT displays under certainconditions indicating there may bean item or passenger in the rearseat. Check before exiting thevehicle.

This feature will activate when asecond row door is opened whilethe vehicle is on or up to 10 minutesbefore the vehicle is turned on.There will be an alert when thevehicle is turned off. The alert doesnot directly detect objects in the rearseat; instead, under certainconditions, it detects when a reardoor is opened and closed,indicating that there may besomething in the rear seat.

The feature is active only once eachtime the vehicle is turned on and off,and will require reactivation byopening and closing the second rowdoors. There may be an alert evenwhen there is nothing in the rearseat; for example, if a child entered



the vehicle through the rear doorand left the vehicle without thevehicle being shut off.

The feature can be turned on or off.See Vehicle Personalization 0 137.

Rear Seat Adjustment

The second row seats slide forwardfor more room.

To adjust the seat position:

1. Remove objects on the floor infront of or on the second rowseat, or in the seat tracks onthe floor.

2. Lift the lever below the seatcushion and slide the seatforward or backward.

Entering and Exiting theThird Row

{ Warning

Using the third row seatingposition while the second row isfolded could cause injury in asudden stop or crash. Be sure toreturn the seat to the passengerseating position. Push and pull onthe seat to make sure it is lockedinto place.

{ Warning

If the seatback and seat base arenot locked, the seat could moveforward in a sudden stop or crashand injure the occupant. Alwayspush and pull on the seatbacks tobe sure the seatback and seatbase are locked.

Caution

Folding a rear seat with the seatbelts still fastened may causedamage to the seat or the seatbelts. Always unbuckle the seatbelts and return them to theirnormal stowed position beforefolding a rear seat.

To access the third row from thedriver side (bench seat only):




2. Make sure that the seat belt isunfastened and in the stowedposition.

3. Pull the handle on top of theseat forward and pull the seatforward.

To access the third row from thepassenger side:

The second row passenger sideseat can be easily moved for thirdrow entry or exit with aforward-facing child restraintinstalled using the LATCH system.Remove a rear-facing child restraintbefore moving the seat for third rowentry or exit.

{ Warning

Remove the child from the childrestraint before moving the seatforward for third row entry or exit.Failure to do so may result ininjury to the child.

1. Remove objects on the floor infront of the second row seat,or in the seat tracks on thefloor.

2. Pull the handle on the top orside of the seat forward andpull the seat forward.

Returning the Seat to theSeating Position

To return the second row seat to itsnormal seating position:

1. Remove objects on the floorbehind the second row seat orin the seat tracks on the floor.

2. Push on the seatback until theseat is locked into place.

3. Push and pull on the seatbackand seat cushion to make surethey are locked in place.

4. Check that the seat belt is notunder the seat cushion.



Reclining the Seatbacks

To recline the seatbacks:

1. Leaning rearward in the seat,pull the reclining seatbacklever.

2. Move the seatback to thedesired position, and thenrelease the lever to lock theseatback in place.


Folding the Seatbacks

To fold the second row seatbacks:

1. Remove anything on or underthe seat.

2. Pull up on the recliningseatback lever.

To return the seatback to theseating position, lift the seatbackand push it rearward until it locksinto place. Push and pull on theseatback to make sure it is locked.

Heated Rear Seats

{ Warning

If temperature change or pain tothe skin cannot be felt, the seatheater may cause burns. See theWarning under Heated andVentilated Front Seats 0 47.

If equipped, the buttons are on therear of the center console.



With the engine running, press M orL to heat the left or right outboardseat cushion. An indicator on theclimate control display appearswhen this feature is on.

This feature turns on at the highestsetting. With each press of thebutton, the heated seat changes tothe next lower setting, and then theoff setting. Three lights indicate thehighest setting, and one lightindicates the lowest. If the heatedseats are on high, the level mayautomatically be lowered afterapproximately 30 minutes.

Third Row Seats

{ Warning

Using the third row seatingposition while the second row isfolded, or pushed forward in theentry position, could cause injuryin a sudden stop or crash. Besure to return the seat to the

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

passenger seating position. Pushand pull on the seat to make sureit is locked into place.

Folding the Seatback

Caution

Folding a rear seat with the seatbelts still fastened may causedamage to the seat or the seatbelts. Always unbuckle the seatbelts and return them to theirnormal stowed position beforefolding a rear seat.

To fold the third row seatback:


2. If the second row seat is in thefull rear position, adjust itforward to allow the third rowseat to fold fully flat.

3. Remove anything on or underthe seat.

4. Disconnect the center seat beltmini-latch, using a key in theslot on the mini-buckle, and letthe belt retract into theheadliner.



5. Stow the mini-latch in theholder in the headliner.

6. Pull the release strap locatedon the seatback.

7. Push the seatback forward tolay flat.

8. Repeat for the other seatback,if necessary.

Returning the Seat to theSeating Position

To return the seatback to theseating position:

1. From the rear of the vehicle,raise the seatback to theupright position using the pullstrap on the back of the thirdrow seat, or lift the seatbackand push it into place frominside the vehicle.

{ Warning

If either seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could causeinjury to the person sitting there.Always push and pull on theseatbacks to be sure they arelocked.

2. Push and pull on the seatbackto make sure it is locked inplace.

{ Warning

A seat belt that is improperlyrouted, not properly attached,or twisted will not provide theprotection needed in a crash. Theperson wearing the belt could beseriously injured. After raising therear seatback, always check to besure that the seat belts areproperly routed and attached, andare not twisted.

3. Reconnect the center seat beltmini-latch to the mini-buckle.Do not let it twist.

4. Pull on the seat belt to be surethe mini-latch is secure.



Power Seatback Folding

If equipped, the third row seatbackscan also be folded forward andreturned to the upright position bypressing and holding the switcheson the passenger side of the rearcargo area.

Seat BeltsThis section describes how to useseat belts properly, and some thingsnot to do.

{ Warning

Do not let anyone ride where aseat belt cannot be worn properly.In a crash, if you or yourpassenger(s) are not wearingseat belts, injuries can be muchworse than if you are wearingseat belts. You can be seriouslyinjured or killed by hitting thingsinside the vehicle harder or bybeing ejected from the vehicle. Inaddition, anyone who is notbuckled up can strike otherpassengers in the vehicle.

It is extremely dangerous to ridein a cargo area, inside or outsideof a vehicle. In a collision,passengers riding in these areasare more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed. Do not allow

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

passengers to ride in any area ofthe vehicle that is not equippedwith seats and seat belts.

Always wear a seat belt, andcheck that all passenger(s) arerestrained properly too.

This vehicle has indicators as areminder to buckle the seat belts.See Seat Belt Reminders 0 121.

Buckle to Drive Feature

If equipped, this feature preventsthe vehicle from shifting out ofP (Park) when Teen Driver is activeand the driver seat belt is notbuckled. See “Teen Driver” in theinfotainment manual. If the engine isrunning, the driver seat belt is notbuckled, and the brake pedal ispressed with the vehicle in P (Park),a message displays in the DriverInformation Center (DIC). Buckle thedriver seat belt to shift out ofP (Park). Shifting from P (Park) willbe prevented once for each ignition



cycle. For fleet vehicles, shiftingfrom P (Park) will be prevented eachtime these conditions exist.

On some models, Buckle to Drivemay also prevent shifting out ofP (Park) if a front passenger isunbuckled under similar conditions.A message displays in the DIC.Buckle the front passenger seat beltto shift out of P (Park). This featuremay not allow the vehicle to shift outof P (Park) if an object, such as abriefcase, handbag, grocery bag,laptop, or other electronic device, ison the front passenger seat. If thishappens, remove the object fromthe seat or buckle the seat belt toshift out of P (Park).

If the driver or present frontpassenger remains unbuckled, theDIC message will turn off afterseveral seconds and the vehicle canbe shifted out of P (Park). See “SeatBelts” and “Child Restraints” in theIndex for information about theimportance of proper restraint use.

If the driver seat belt, and/or thefront passenger seat belt on somevehicles, is unbuckled when driving,

the seat belt reminder chime andlight(s) will come on. See Seat BeltReminders 0 121.

This feature may not functionproperly if the airbag readiness lightis on. See Airbag Readiness Light0 122.

Why Seat Belts Work

When riding in a vehicle, you travelas fast as the vehicle does. If thevehicle stops suddenly, you keepgoing until something stops you.It could be the windshield, theinstrument panel, or the seat belts!

When you wear a seat belt, you andthe vehicle slow down together.There is more time to stop becauseyou stop over a longer distance and,when worn properly, your strongestbones take the forces from the seatbelts. That is why wearing seat beltsmakes such good sense.

Questions and Answers AboutSeat Belts

Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicleafter a crash if I am wearing aseat belt?

A: You could be — whether you arewearing a seat belt or not. Yourchance of being consciousduring and after a crash, so youcan unbuckle and get out, ismuch greater if you are belted.

Q: If my vehicle has airbags, whyshould I have to wear seatbelts?

A: Airbags are supplementalsystems only. They work withseat belts — not instead of them.Whether or not an airbag is



provided, all occupants still haveto buckle up to get the mostprotection.

Also, in nearly all states and inall Canadian provinces, the lawrequires wearing seat belts.

How to Wear Seat BeltsProperlyFollow these rules for everyone'sprotection.

There are additional things to knowabout seat belts and children,including smaller children andinfants. If a child will be riding in thevehicle, see Older Children 0 76 orInfants and Young Children 0 78.Review and follow the rules forchildren in addition to the followingrules.

It is very important for all occupantsto buckle up. Statistics show thatunbelted people are hurt more oftenin crashes than those who arewearing seat belts.

There are important things to knowabout wearing a seat belt properly.

. Sit up straight and always keepyour feet on the floor in front ofyou (if possible).

. Always use the correct bucklefor your seating position.

. Wear the lap part of the belt lowand snug on the hips, justtouching the thighs. In a crash,this applies force to the strongpelvic bones and you would beless likely to slide under the lapbelt. If you slid under it, the beltwould apply force on yourabdomen. This could causeserious or even fatal injuries.

. Wear the shoulder belt over theshoulder and across the chest.These parts of the body are bestable to take belt restrainingforces. The shoulder belt locks ifthere is a sudden stop or crash.

{ Warning

You can be seriously injured,or even killed, by not wearingyour seat belt properly.



Never allow the lap or shoulder beltto become loose or twisted.

Never wear the shoulder belt underboth arms or behind your back.

Always use the correct buckle foryour seating position.

Never route the lap or shoulder beltover an armrest.

{ Warning

The seat belt can be pinched if itis routed under plastic trim on theseat, such as trim around the rearseatback folding handle or sideairbag. In a crash, pinched seatbelts might not be able to provideadequate protection. Never allowseat belts to be routed underplastic trim pieces.



Lap-Shoulder BeltAll seating positions in the vehiclehave a lap-shoulder belt.

If you are using a rear seatingposition with a detachable seat beltand the seat belt is not attached,see Third Row Seats 0 52 forinstructions on reconnecting theseat belt to the mini-buckle.

The following instructions explainhow to wear a lap-shoulder beltproperly.

1. Adjust the seat, if the seat isadjustable, so you can sit upstraight. To see how, see“Seats” in the Index.

2. Pick up the latch plate and pullthe belt across you. Do not letit get twisted.

The lap-shoulder belt may lockif you pull the belt across youvery quickly. If this happens, letthe belt go back slightly tounlock it. Then pull the beltacross you more slowly.

If the shoulder portion of apassenger belt is pulled out allthe way, the child restraintlocking feature may beengaged. See Child RestraintSystems 0 80. If this occurs, letthe belt go back all the wayand start again. If the locking

feature stays engaged afterletting the belt go back tostowed position on the seat,move the seat rearward orrecline the seat until theshoulder belt retractor lockreleases.

Engaging the child restraintlocking feature in the frontoutboard seating position mayaffect the passenger sensingsystem. See PassengerSensing System 0 70.



If the webbing locks in the latchplate before it reaches thebuckle, tilt the latch plate flat tounlock.

3. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks.

Pull up on the latch plate tomake sure it is secure. If thebelt is not long enough, seeSeat Belt Extender 0 62.

Position the release button onthe buckle so that the seat beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.

4. To make the lap part tight, pullup on the shoulder belt.

To unlatch the belt, push the buttonon the buckle. The belt shouldreturn to its stowed position.

Always stow the seat belt slowly.If the seat belt webbing returnsquickly to the stowed position, theretractor may lock and cannot bepulled out. If this happens, pull theseat belt straight out firmly to unlockthe webbing, and then release it.If the webbing is still locked in theretractor, see your dealer.

Before a door is closed, be sure theseat belt is out of the way. If a dooris slammed against a seat belt,damage can occur to both the seatbelt and the vehicle.

Seat Belt Pretensioners

This vehicle has seat beltpretensioners for the front outboardoccupants. Although the seat beltpretensioners cannot be seen, theyare part of the seat belt assembly.They can help tighten the seat beltsduring the early stages of amoderate to severe frontal, nearfrontal, or rear crash if the thresholdconditions for pretensioner



activation are met. Seat beltpretensioners can also help tightenthe seat belts in a side crash or arollover event.

Pretensioners work only once. If thepretensioners activate in a crash,the pretensioners and probablyother parts of the vehicle’s seat beltsystem will need to be replaced.See Replacing Seat Belt SystemParts after a Crash 0 63.

Do not sit on the outboard seat beltwhile entering or exiting the vehicleor at any time while sitting in theseat. Sitting on the seat belt candamage the webbing and hardware.

Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides

{ Warning

A seat belt that is not properlyworn may not provide theprotection needed in a crash. Theperson wearing the belt could beseriously injured. The shoulderbelt should go over the shoulder

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

and across the chest. These partsof the body are best able to takebelt restraining forces.

Rear seat belt comfort guides mayprovide added seat belt comfort forolder children who have outgrownbooster seats and for some adults.When installed on a shoulder belt,the comfort guide positions theshoulder belt away from the neckand head.

Second Row Outboard SeatingPositions

The vehicle has comfort guides forthe second row outboard seatingpositions. The comfort guides arestored in a pocket on the side of theseatback.

To install:

1. Remove the guide from itsstorage pocket on the side ofthe seat.



2. Place the guide over the belt,and insert the two edges of thebelt into the slots of the guide.

3. Be sure that the belt is nottwisted and it lies flat. Theelastic cord must be behind thebelt with the plastic guide onthe front.

4. Buckle, position, and releasethe seat belt as describedpreviously in this section. Makesure that the shoulder beltcrosses the shoulder. The beltshould be close to, but notcontacting, the neck.

To remove and store the comfortguide, squeeze the belt edgestogether so that the seat belt can beremoved from the guide. Slide theguide back into its storage pocketon the side of the seatback.

If the comfort guides are notequipped on the second rowoutboard seating positions seat belt,

they are available through yourdealer. Instructions are includedwith the guides.

Third Row Seating Positions

Comfort guides are availablethrough your dealer for the third rowseating positions. Instructions areincluded with the guides.

Seat Belt Use DuringPregnancySeat belts work for everyone,including pregnant women. Like alloccupants, they are more likely tobe seriously injured if they do notwear seat belts.



A pregnant woman should wear alap-shoulder belt, and the lapportion should be worn as low aspossible, below the rounding,throughout the pregnancy.

The best way to protect the fetus isto protect the mother. When a seatbelt is worn properly, it is more likelythat the fetus will not be hurt in acrash. For pregnant women, as foranyone, the key to making seatbelts effective is wearing themproperly.

Seat Belt ExtenderIf the vehicle's seat belt will fastenaround you, you should use it.

But if a seat belt is not long enough,your dealer will order you anextender. When you go in to order it,take the heaviest coat you will wear,so the extender will be long enoughfor you. To help avoid personalinjury, do not let someone else useit, and use it only for the seat it ismade to fit. The extender has beendesigned for adults. Never use it forsecuring child restraints. For moreinformation on the proper use and fitof seat belt extenders see theinstruction sheet that comes withthe extender.

Safety System CheckPeriodically check the seat beltreminder, seat belts, buckles, latchplates, retractors, shoulder beltheight adjusters (if equipped), andseat belt anchorages to make surethey are all in working order. Lookfor any other loose or damaged seatbelt system parts that might keep a

seat belt system from performingproperly. See your dealer to have itrepaired. Torn, frayed, or twistedseat belts may not protect you in acrash. Torn or frayed seat belts canrip apart under impact forces. If abelt is torn or frayed, have itreplaced immediately. If a belt istwisted, it may be possible tountwist by reversing the latch plateon the webbing. If the twist cannotbe corrected, ask your dealer tofix it.

Make sure the seat belt reminderlight is working. See Seat BeltReminders 0 121.

Keep seat belts clean and dry. SeeSeat Belt Care 0 62.

Seat Belt CareKeep belts clean and dry.

Seat belts should be properly caredfor and maintained.

Seat belt hardware should be keptdry and free of dust or debris. Asnecessary, exterior hard surfacesand seat belt webbing may be lightlycleaned with mild soap and water.



Ensure there is not excessive dustor debris in the mechanism. If dustor debris exists in the system pleasesee the dealer. Parts may need tobe replaced to ensure properfunctionality of the system.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye seat beltwebbing. It may severely weakenthe webbing. In a crash, theymight not be able to provideadequate protection. Clean andrinse seat belt webbing only withmild soap and lukewarm water.Allow the webbing to dry.

Replacing Seat BeltSystem Parts after aCrash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the seat beltsystem in the vehicle. A damagedseat belt system may not properlyprotect the person using it,resulting in serious injury or evendeath in a crash. To help makesure the seat belt systems areworking properly after a crash,have them inspected and anynecessary replacements made assoon as possible.

After a minor crash, replacement ofseat belts may not be necessary.But the seat belt assemblies thatwere used during any crash mayhave been stressed or damaged.See your dealer to have the seatbelt assemblies inspected orreplaced.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the seat beltsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.

Have the seat belt pretensionerschecked if the vehicle has been in acrash, or if the airbag readiness lightstays on after you start the vehicleor while you are driving. See AirbagReadiness Light 0 122.



Airbag SystemThe vehicle has the followingairbags:

. A frontal airbag for the driver

. A frontal airbag for the frontoutboard passenger

. A front center airbag for thedriver and front outboardpassenger

. A seat-mounted side impactairbag for the driver

. A seat-mounted side impactairbag for the front outboardpassenger

. A roof-rail airbag for the driverand for the second and third rowpassengers seated directlybehind the driver

. A roof-rail airbag for the frontoutboard passenger and thesecond and third rowpassengers seated directlybehind the front outboardpassenger

All vehicle airbags have the wordAIRBAG on the trim or on a labelnear the deployment opening.

For frontal airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the center of thesteering wheel for the driver and onthe instrument panel for the frontoutboard passenger.

For the front center airbag, the wordAIRBAG is on the inboard side ofthe driver seatback.

For seat-mounted side impactairbags, the word AIRBAG is on theside of the seatback or side of theseat closest to the door.

For roof-rail airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.

Airbags are designed to supplementthe protection provided by seatbelts. Even though today's airbagsare also designed to help reducethe risk of injury from the force of aninflating bag, all airbags must inflatevery quickly to do their job.

Here are the most important thingsto know about the airbag system:

{ Warning

You can be severely injured orkilled in a crash if you are notwearing your seat belt, even withairbags. Airbags are designed towork with seat belts, not replacethem. Also, airbags are notdesigned to inflate in every crash.In some crashes seat belts arethe only restraint. See WhenShould an Airbag Inflate? 0 67.

Wearing your seat belt during acrash helps reduce your chanceof hitting things inside the vehicleor being ejected from it. Airbagsare “supplemental restraints” tothe seat belts. Everyone in thevehicle should wear a seat beltproperly, whether or not there isan airbag for that person.



{ Warning

Because airbags inflate with greatforce and faster than the blink ofan eye, anyone who is upagainst, or very close to anyairbag when it inflates can beseriously injured or killed. Do notsit unnecessarily close to anyairbag, as you would be if sittingon the edge of the seat or leaningforward. Seat belts help keep youin position before and during acrash. Always wear a seat belt,even with airbags. The drivershould sit as far back as possiblewhile still maintaining control ofthe vehicle. The seat belts andthe front outboard passengerairbags are most effective whenyou are sitting well back andupright in the seat with both feeton the floor.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Occupants should not lean on orsleep against the front centerarmrest or console in vehicleswith a front center airbag.

Occupants should not lean on orsleep against the door or sidewindows in seating positions withseat-mounted side impact airbagsand/or roof-rail airbags.

{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injuredor killed. Always secure childrenproperly in the vehicle. To readhow, see Older Children 0 76 orInfants and Young Children 0 78.

There is an airbag readiness lighton the instrument cluster, whichshows the airbag symbol.

The system checks the airbagelectrical system for malfunctions.The light tells you if there is anelectrical problem. See AirbagReadiness Light 0 122.



Where Are the Airbags?

The driver frontal airbag is in thecenter of the steering wheel.

The front outboard passengerfrontal airbag is in the passengerside instrument panel.

The front center airbag is in theinboard side of the driver seatback.

Driver Side Shown, PassengerSide Similar

The driver and front outboardpassenger seat-mounted sideimpact airbags are in the side of theseatbacks closest to the door.




The roof-rail airbags for the driver,front outboard passenger, andsecond and third row outboardpassengers are in the ceiling abovethe side windows.

{ Warning

If something is between anoccupant and an airbag, theairbag might not inflate properlyor it might force the object intothat person causing severe injury

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

or even death. The path of aninflating airbag must be keptclear. Do not put anythingbetween an occupant and anairbag, and do not attach or putanything on the steering wheelhub or on or near any otherairbag covering.

Do not use seat or consoleaccessories that block theinflation path of a seat-mountedside impact airbag or the frontcenter airbag.

Never secure anything to the roofof a vehicle with roof-rail airbagsby routing a rope or tie-downthrough any door or windowopening. If you do, the path of aninflating roof-rail airbag will beblocked.

When Should an AirbagInflate?This vehicle is equipped withairbags. See Airbag System 0 64.Airbags are designed to inflate if theimpact exceeds the specific airbagsystem's deployment threshold.Deployment thresholds are used topredict how severe a crash is likelyto be in time for the airbags toinflate and help restrain theoccupants. The vehicle haselectronic sensors that help theairbag system determine theseverity of the impact. Deploymentthresholds can vary with specificvehicle design.

Frontal airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe frontalor near frontal crashes to helpreduce the potential for severeinjuries, mainly to the driver's orfront outboard passenger's headand chest.

Whether the frontal airbags will orshould inflate is not based primarilyon how fast the vehicle is traveling.



It depends on what is hit, thedirection of the impact, and howquickly the vehicle slows down.

Frontal airbags may inflate atdifferent crash speeds depending onwhether the vehicle hits an objectstraight on or at an angle, andwhether the object is fixed ormoving, rigid or deformable, narrowor wide.

Frontal airbags are not intended toinflate during vehicle rollovers, inrear impacts, or in many sideimpacts.

In addition, the vehicle hasadvanced technology frontalairbags. Advanced technologyfrontal airbags adjust the restraintaccording to crash severity.

The front center airbag is designedto inflate in moderate to severe sidecrashes depending upon thelocation of the impact, when eitherside of the vehicle is struck. Inaddition, the front center airbag isdesigned to inflate when thesensing system predicts that thevehicle is about to roll over on its

side. The front center airbag is notdesigned to inflate in frontalimpacts, near frontal impacts,or rear impacts.

Seat-mounted side impact airbagsare designed to inflate in moderateto severe side crashes dependingon the location of the impact.Seat-mounted side impact airbagsare not designed to inflate in frontalimpacts, near frontal impacts,rollovers, or rear impacts.A seat-mounted side impact airbagis designed to inflate on the side ofthe vehicle that is struck.

Roof-rail airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe sidecrashes depending on the locationof the impact. In addition, theseroof-rail airbags are designed toinflate during a rollover or in asevere frontal impact. Roof-railairbags are not designed to inflate inrear impacts. Both roof-rail airbagswill inflate when either side of thevehicle is struck, if the sensingsystem predicts that the vehicle isabout to roll over on its side, or in asevere frontal impact.

In any particular crash, no one cansay whether an airbag should haveinflated simply because of thevehicle damage or repair costs.

What Makes an AirbagInflate?In a deployment event, the sensingsystem sends an electrical signaltriggering a release of gas from theinflator. Gas from the inflator fills theairbag causing the bag to break outof the cover. The inflator, the airbag,and related hardware are all part ofthe airbag module.

For airbag locations, see Where Arethe Airbags? 0 66.

How Does an AirbagRestrain?In moderate to severe frontal ornear frontal collisions, even beltedoccupants can contact the steeringwheel or the instrument panel. Inmoderate to severe side collisions,even belted occupants can contactthe inside of the vehicle.



Airbags supplement the protectionprovided by seat belts bydistributing the force of the impactmore evenly over theoccupant's body.

Rollover capable roof-rail airbagsare designed to help contain thehead and chest of occupants in theoutboard seating positions in thefirst, second, and third rows. Therollover capable roof-rail airbags aredesigned to help reduce the risk offull or partial ejection in rolloverevents, although no system canprevent all such ejections.

But airbags would not help in manytypes of collisions, primarilybecause the occupant's motion isnot toward those airbags. See WhenShould an Airbag Inflate? 0 67.

Airbags should never be regardedas anything more than a supplementto seat belts.

What Will You See afteran Airbag Inflates?After frontal and seat-mounted sideimpact airbags inflate, they quicklydeflate, so quickly that some peoplemay not even realize the airbagsinflated. The front center airbag androof-rail airbags may still be at leastpartially inflated for some time afterthey inflate. Some components ofthe airbag module may be hot forseveral minutes. For location of theairbags, see Where Are theAirbags? 0 66.

The parts of the airbag that comeinto contact with you may be warm,but not too hot to touch. There maybe some smoke and dust comingfrom the vents in the deflatedairbags. Airbag inflation does notprevent the driver from seeing out ofthe windshield or being able to steerthe vehicle, nor does it preventpeople from leaving the vehicle.

{ Warning

When an airbag inflates, theremay be dust in the air. This dustcould cause breathing problemsfor people with a history ofasthma or other breathing trouble.To avoid this, everyone in thevehicle should get out as soon asit is safe to do so. If you havebreathing problems but cannotget out of the vehicle after anairbag inflates, then get fresh airby opening a window or a door.If you experience breathingproblems following an airbagdeployment, you should seekmedical attention.

The vehicle has a feature that mayautomatically unlock the doors, turnon the interior lamps and hazardwarning flashers, and shut off thefuel system after the airbags inflate.The feature may also activate,without airbag inflation, after anevent that exceeds a predeterminedthreshold. After turning the ignition



off and then on again, the fuelsystem will return to normaloperation; the doors can be locked,the interior lamps can be turned off,and the hazard warning flashers canbe turned off using the controls forthose features. If any of thesesystems are damaged in the crashthey may not operate as normal.

{ Warning

A crash severe enough to inflatethe airbags may have alsodamaged important functions inthe vehicle, such as the fuelsystem, brake and steeringsystems, etc. Even if the vehicleappears to be drivable after amoderate crash, there may beconcealed damage that couldmake it difficult to safely operatethe vehicle.

Use caution if you should attemptto restart the engine after a crashhas occurred.

In many crashes severe enough toinflate the airbag, windshields arebroken by vehicle deformation.Additional windshield breakage mayalso occur from the front outboardpassenger airbag.

. Airbags are designed to inflateonly once. After an airbaginflates, you will need some newparts for the airbag system.If you do not get them, theairbag system will not be thereto help protect you in anothercrash. A new system will includeairbag modules and possiblyother parts. The service manualfor the vehicle covers the needto replace other parts.

. The vehicle has a crash sensingand diagnostic module whichrecords information after acrash. See Vehicle DataRecording and Privacy 0 355andEvent Data Recorders 0 355.

. Let only qualified technicianswork on the airbag systems.Improper service can mean that

an airbag system will not workproperly. See your dealer forservice.

Passenger SensingSystemThe vehicle has a passengersensing system for the frontoutboard passenger position. Thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light on the overhead consolewhen the vehicle is started.

The words ON and OFF, and thesymbols for on and off, will bevisible during the system check.When the system check iscomplete, either the word ON orOFF, and the symbol for on or off,will be visible. See PassengerAirbag Status Indicator 0 122.



The passenger sensing systemturns off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag undercertain conditions. No other airbagis affected by the passengersensing system.

The passenger sensing systemworks with sensors that are part ofthe front outboard passenger seatand seat belt. The sensors aredesigned to detect the presence ofa properly seated occupant anddetermine if the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag should beallowed to inflate or not.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlysecured in a rear seat in the correctchild restraint for their weightand size.

Whenever possible, children aged12 and under should be secured ina rear seating position.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great,if the airbag inflates.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the passenger frontalairbag inflates. This is becausethe back of the rear-facing childrestraint would be very close tothe inflating airbag. A child in aforward-facing child restraint canbe seriously injured or killed if thepassenger frontal airbag inflatesand the passenger seat is in aforward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off thepassenger frontal airbag, nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though theairbag is turned off.

Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front seat, even ifthe airbag is off. If securing aforward-facing child restraint in

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

the front outboard passengerseat, always move the seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure child restraints in the rearseat. Consider using anothervehicle to transport the childwhen a rear seat is not available.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag if:

. The front outboard passengerseat is unoccupied.

. The system determines an infantis present in a child restraint.

. A front outboard passengertakes his/her weight off of theseat for a period of time.

. There is a critical problem withthe airbag system or thepassenger sensing system.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag,



the OFF indicator will light and staylit as a reminder that the airbag isoff. See Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 122.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn on the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbaganytime the system senses that aperson of adult size is sittingproperly in the front outboardpassenger seat.

When the passenger sensingsystem has allowed the airbag to beenabled, the ON indicator will lightand stay lit as a reminder that theairbag is active.

For some children, includingchildren in child restraints, and forvery small adults, the passengersensing system may or may not turnoff the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag, depending upon theperson's seating posture and bodybuild. Everyone in the vehicle whohas outgrown child restraints shouldwear a seat belt properly — whetheror not there is an airbag for thatperson.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 122 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

If the On Indicator Is Lit for aChild Restraint

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag ifthe system determines that an infantis present in a child restraint. If achild restraint has been installedand the ON indicator is lit:

1. Turn the vehicle off.

2. Remove the child restraint fromthe vehicle.

3. Remove any additional itemsfrom the seat such as blankets,cushions, seat covers, seatheaters, or seat massagers.

4. Reinstall the child restraintfollowing the directionsprovided by the child restraintmanufacturer and refer toSecuring Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in the Rear Seat)0 93 orSecuring Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in the Front Seat)0 95.

Make sure the seat beltretractor is locked by pullingthe shoulder belt all the wayout of the retractor wheninstalling the child restraint,even if the child restraint isequipped with a seat belt lockoff. When the retractor lock isset, the belt can be tightenedbut not pulled out of theretractor.

5. If, after reinstalling the childrestraint and restarting thevehicle, the ON indicator is stilllit, turn the vehicle off. Then



slightly recline the vehicleseatback and adjust the seatcushion, if adjustable, to makesure that the vehicle seatbackis not pushing the childrestraint into the seat cushion.

Also make sure the childrestraint is not trapped underthe vehicle head restraint.If this happens, adjust the headrestraint. See Head Restraints0 39.

6. Restart the vehicle.

The passenger sensing system mayor may not turn off the airbag for achild in a child restraint dependingupon the child’s size. It is better tosecure the child restraint in a rearseat. Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front seat, even if theON indicator is not lit.

If the Off Indicator Is Lit for anAdult-Sized Occupant

If a person of adult size is sitting inthe front outboard passenger seat,but the OFF indicator is lit, it couldbe because that person is not sittingproperly in the seat or that the childrestraint locking feature is engaged.Use the following steps to allow thesystem to detect that person andenable the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag:


2. Remove any additional materialfrom the seat, such asblankets, cushions, seatcovers, seat heaters, or seatmassagers.

3. Place the seatback in the fullyupright position.

4. Have the person sit upright inthe seat, centered on the seatcushion, with legs comfortablyextended.

5. If the shoulder portion of thebelt is pulled out all the way,the child restraint lockingfeature will be engaged. Thismay unintentionally cause thepassenger sensing system toturn the airbag off for someadult-sized occupants. If thishappens, unbuckle the belt, letthe belt go back all the way,and then buckle the belt againwithout pulling the belt out allthe way.

6. Restart the vehicle and havethe person remain in thisposition for two to three minutesafter the ON indicator is lit.



{ Warning

If the front outboard passengerairbag is turned off for anadult-sized occupant, the airbagwill not be able to inflate and helpprotect that person in a crash,resulting in an increased risk ofserious injury or even death. Anadult-sized occupant should notride in the front outboardpassenger seat, if the passengerairbag OFF indicator is lit.

Additional Factors AffectingSystem Operation

Seat belts help keep the passengerin position on the seat duringvehicle maneuvers and braking,which helps the passenger sensingsystem maintain the passengerairbag status. See “Seat Belts” and“Child Restraints” in the Index foradditional information about theimportance of proper restraint use.

A thick layer of additional material,such as a blanket or cushion,or aftermarket equipment such asseat covers, seat heaters, and seatmassagers can affect how well thepassenger sensing systemoperates. We recommend that younot use seat covers or otheraftermarket equipment except whenapproved by GM for your specificvehicle. See Adding Equipment tothe Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 75for more information aboutmodifications that can affect howthe system operates.

The ON indicator may be lit if anobject, such as a briefcase,handbag, grocery bag, laptop,or other electronic device, is put onan unoccupied seat. If this is notdesired, remove the object fromthe seat.

{ Warning

Stowing articles under thepassenger seat or between thepassenger seat cushion and

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

seatback may interfere with theproper operation of the passengersensing system.

Servicing theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAirbags affect how the vehicleshould be serviced. There are partsof the airbag system in severalplaces around the vehicle. Yourdealer and the service manual haveinformation about servicing thevehicle and the airbag system. Topurchase a service manual, seePublication Ordering Information0 352.

{ Warning

For up to 10 seconds after thevehicle is turned off and thebattery is disconnected, an airbagcan still inflate during improperservice. You can be injured if you

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

are close to an airbag when itinflates. Avoid yellow connectors.They are probably part of theairbag system. Be sure to followproper service procedures, andmake sure the person performingwork for you is qualified to do so.

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAdding accessories that change thevehicle's frame, bumper system,height, front end, or side sheetmetal may keep the airbag systemfrom working properly.

The operation of the airbag systemcan also be affected by changing,including improperly repairing orreplacing, any parts of the following:

. Airbag system, including airbagmodules, front or side impactsensors, sensing and diagnosticmodule, airbag wiring, or frontcenter console

. Front seats, including stitching,seams or zippers

. Seat belts

. Steering wheel, instrumentpanel, overhead console, ceilingtrim, or pillar garnish trim

. Inner door seals, includingspeakers

Your dealer and the service manualhave information about the locationof the airbag modules and sensors,sensing and diagnostic module, andairbag wiring along with the properreplacement procedures.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system for thefront outboard passenger position,which includes sensors that are partof the passenger's seat. Thepassenger sensing system may notoperate properly if the original seattrim is replaced with non-GMcovers, upholstery, or trim, or withGM covers, upholstery, or trimdesigned for a different vehicle. Anyobject, such as an aftermarket seatheater or a comfort enhancing pador device, installed under or on top

of the seat fabric, could alsointerfere with the operation of thepassenger sensing system. Thiscould either prevent properdeployment of the passengerairbag(s) or prevent the passengersensing system from properlyturning off the passenger airbag(s).See Passenger Sensing System0 70.

If the vehicle has rollover roof-railairbags, see Different Size Tiresand Wheels 0 299 for additionalimportant information.

If the vehicle must be modifiedbecause you have a disability andyou have questions about whetherthe modifications will affect thevehicle's airbag system, or if youhave questions about whether theairbag system will be affected if thevehicle is modified for any otherreason, call Customer Assistance.See Customer Assistance Offices0 345.



Airbag System CheckThe airbag system does not needregularly scheduled maintenance orreplacement. Make sure the airbagreadiness light is working. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 122.

Caution

If an airbag covering is damaged,opened, or broken, the airbagmay not work properly. Do notopen or break the airbagcoverings. If there are anyopened or broken airbagcoverings, have the airbagcovering and/or airbag modulereplaced. For the location of theairbags, see Where Are theAirbags? 0 66. See your dealerfor service.

Replacing Airbag SystemParts after a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the airbagsystems in the vehicle.A damaged airbag system maynot properly protect you and yourpassenger(s) in a crash, resultingin serious injury or even death. Tohelp make sure the airbagsystems are working properlyafter a crash, have theminspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon aspossible.

If an airbag inflates, you will need toreplace airbag system parts. Seeyour dealer for service.

If the airbag readiness light stays onafter the vehicle is started or comeson when you are driving, the airbagsystem may not work properly. Havethe vehicle serviced right away. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 122.

Child Restraints

Older Children

Older children who have outgrownbooster seats should wear thevehicle’s seat belts.

The manufacturer instructions thatcome with the booster seat state theweight and height limitations for thatbooster. Use a booster seat with alap-shoulder belt until the childpasses the fit test below:


Seats and Restraints 77. Sit all the way back on the seat.

Do the knees bend at the seatedge? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.Does the shoulder belt rest onthe shoulder? If yes, continue.If no, try using the rear seat beltcomfort guide, if available. See“Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides”under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 58.If a comfort guide is notavailable, or if the shoulder beltstill does not rest on theshoulder, then return to thebooster seat.

. Does the lap belt fit low andsnug on the hips, touching thethighs? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Can proper seat belt fit bemaintained for the length of thetrip? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

Q: What is the proper way towear seat belts?

A: An older child should wear alap-shoulder belt and get theadditional restraint a shoulderbelt can provide. The shoulderbelt should not cross the face orneck. The lap belt should fitsnugly below the hips, justtouching the top of the thighs.This applies belt force to thechild's pelvic bones in a crash.It should never be worn over theabdomen, which could causesevere or even fatal internalinjuries in a crash.

Also see “Rear Seat Belt ComfortGuides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt0 58.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlyrestrained in a rear seating position.

In a crash, children who are notbuckled up can strike other peoplewho are buckled up, or can bethrown out of the vehicle. Olderchildren need to use seat beltsproperly.

{ Warning

Never allow more than one childto wear the same seat belt. Theseat belt cannot properly spreadthe impact forces. In a crash, theycan be crushed together andseriously injured. A seat belt mustbe used by only one person ata time.



{ Warning

Never allow a child to wear theseat belt with the shoulder beltbehind their back. A child can beseriously injured by not wearingthe lap-shoulder belt properly. In acrash, the child would not berestrained by the shoulder belt.The child could move too farforward increasing the chance ofhead and neck injury. The childmight also slide under the lapbelt. The belt force would then beapplied right on the abdomen.That could cause serious or fatalinjuries. The shoulder belt shouldgo over the shoulder and acrossthe chest.

Infants and YoungChildrenEveryone in a vehicle needsprotection! This includes infants andall other children. Neither thedistance traveled nor the age andsize of the traveler changes theneed, for everyone, to use safetyrestraints. In fact, the law in everystate in the United States and inevery Canadian province sayschildren up to some age must berestrained while in a vehicle.

{ Warning

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck. Theshoulder belt can tighten butcannot be loosened if it is locked.The shoulder belt locks when it ispulled all the way out of theretractor. It unlocks when theshoulder belt is allowed to go allthe way back into the retractor,but it cannot do this if it iswrapped around a child’s neck.If the shoulder belt is locked andtightened around a child’s neck,the only way to loosen the belt isto cut it.

Never leave children unattendedin a vehicle and never allowchildren to play with the seatbelts.

Every time infants and youngchildren ride in vehicles, they shouldhave the protection provided by



appropriate child restraints. Neitherthe vehicle’s seat belt system nor itsairbag system is designed for them.

Children who are not restrainedproperly can strike other people,or can be thrown out of the vehicle.

{ Warning

Never hold an infant or a childwhile riding in a vehicle. Due tocrash forces, an infant or a childwill become so heavy it is notpossible to hold it during a crash.For example, in a crash at only40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)infant will suddenly become a110 kg (240 lb) force on a person'sarms. An infant or child should besecured in an appropriate childrestraint.

{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injuredor killed. Never put a rear-facingchild restraint in the frontpassenger seat. Secure arear-facing child restraint in arear seat.

It is also better to secure aforward-facing child restraint in arear seat. If a forward-facing childrestraint must be secured in the

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

front passenger seat, alwaysmove the front passenger seat asfar back as it will go.

If a child restraint is installed inthe second row center seat, movethe second row seat to therearward position, wheneverpossible, to minimize contact withthe front center airbag.



Child restraints are devices used torestrain, seat, or position children inthe vehicle and are sometimescalled child seats or car seats.

There are three basic types ofchild restraints:

. Forward-facing child restraints

. Rear-facing child restraints

. Belt-positioning booster seats

The proper child restraint for yourchild depends on their size, weight,and age, and also on whether thechild restraint is compatible with thevehicle in which it will be used.

For each type of child restraint,there are many different modelsavailable. When purchasing a childrestraint, be sure it is designed to beused in a motor vehicle. If it is, thechild restraint will have a labelsaying that it meets federal motorvehicle safety standards.

The instruction manual that isprovided with the child restraintstates the weight and heightlimitations for that particular child

restraint. In addition, there are manykinds of child restraints available forchildren with special needs.

{ Warning

To reduce the risk of neck andhead injury in a crash, infants andtoddlers should be secured in arear-facing child restraint until agetwo, or until they reach themaximum height and weight limitsof their child restraint.

{ Warning

A young child's hip bones are stillso small that the vehicle seat beltmay not remain low on the hipbones, as it should. Instead, itmay settle up around the child'sabdomen. In a crash, the beltwould apply force on a body areathat is unprotected by any bonystructure. This alone could causeserious or fatal injuries. To reduce

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

the risk of serious or fatal injuriesduring a crash, young childrenshould always be secured in anappropriate child restraint.

Child Restraint Systems

Rear-Facing Infant Restraint

A rear-facing child restraint providesrestraint with the seating surfaceagainst the back of the infant.



The harness system holds the infantin place and, in a crash, acts tokeep the infant positioned in therestraint.

Forward-Facing Child Restraint

A forward-facing child restraintprovides restraint for the child'sbody with the harness.

Booster Seats

A belt-positioning booster seat isused for children who haveoutgrown their forward-facing childrestraint. Boosters are designed toimprove the fit of the vehicle's seatbelt system until the child is largeenough for the vehicle seat belts tofit properly without a booster seat.See the seat belt fit test in OlderChildren 0 76.

Securing an Add-On ChildRestraint in the Vehicle

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly secured inthe vehicle. Secure the childrestraint properly in the vehicleusing the vehicle seat belt orLATCH system, following theinstructions that came with thatchild restraint and the instructionsin this manual.

To help reduce the chance of injury,the child restraint must be securedin the vehicle. Child restraints mustbe secured in vehicle seats by lapbelts or the lap belt portion of alap-shoulder belt, or by the LATCHsystem. See Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 83 for more information.Children can be endangered in acrash if the child restraint is notproperly secured in the vehicle.



When securing an add-on childrestraint, refer to the following:

1. Instruction labels provided onthe child restraint

2. Instruction manual providedwith the child restraint

3. This vehicle owner's manual

The child restraint instructions areimportant, so if they are notavailable, obtain a replacementcopy from the manufacturer.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle — even when no child isin it.

In some areas Certified ChildPassenger Safety Technicians(CPSTs) are available to inspectand demonstrate how to correctlyuse and install child restraints. Inthe U.S., refer to the NationalHighway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) website tolocate the nearest child safety seat

inspection station. For CPSTavailability in Canada, check withTransport Canada or the ProvincialMinistry of Transportation office.

Securing the Child Within theChild Restraint

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the child is notproperly secured in the childrestraint. Secure the childproperly following the instructionsthat came with that child restraint.

Where to Put theRestraintAccording to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in an appropriatechild restraint secured in a rearseating position.

Whenever possible, children aged12 and under should be secured ina rear seating position.

The vehicle is equipped with a frontcenter airbag in the inboard side ofthe driver seat. Even with a frontcenter airbag, a child restraint canbe installed in any second rowseating position.

Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front. This is becausethe risk to the rear-facing child is sogreat if the airbag deploys.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the front passengerairbag inflates. This is becausethe back of the rear-facing childrestraint would be very close tothe inflating airbag. A child in aforward-facing child restraint canbe seriously injured or killed if thefront passenger airbag inflatesand the passenger seat is in aforward position.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontpassenger frontal airbag, nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though it isturned off.

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if the airbagis off. If you secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe front seat, always move thefront passenger seat as far backas it will go. It is better to securethe child restraint in a rear seat.

See Passenger Sensing System0 70 for additional information.

If a child restraint is installed in asecond row center seat, move thesecond row seat to the rearwardposition, whenever possible, tominimize contact with the frontcenter airbag.

When securing a child restraint withthe seat belts in a rear seat position,study the instructions that came withthe child restraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

Child restraints and booster seatsvary considerably in size, and somemay fit in certain seating positionsbetter than others.

Depending on where you place thechild restraint and the size of thechild restraint, you may not be ableto access adjacent seat belts orLATCH anchors for additionalpassengers or child restraints.Adjacent seating positions shouldnot be used if the child restraintprevents access to or interferes withthe routing of the seat belt.

Wherever a child restraint isinstalled, be sure to follow theinstructions that came with the childrestraint and secure the childrestraint properly.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure to

properly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle — even when no child isin it.

Lower Anchors andTethers for Children(LATCH System)The LATCH system secures a childrestraint during driving or in a crash.LATCH attachments on the childrestraint are used to attach the childrestraint to the anchors in thevehicle. The LATCH system isdesigned to make installation of achild restraint easier.

In order to use the LATCH system inyour vehicle, you need a childrestraint that has LATCHattachments. LATCH-compatiblerear-facing and forward-facing childseats can be properly installedusing either the LATCH anchors orthe vehicle’s seat belts. Do not useboth the seat belts and the LATCHanchorage system to secure arear-facing or forward-facingchild seat.



Booster seats use the vehicle’s seatbelts to secure the child and thebooster seat. If the manufacturerrecommends that the booster seatbe secured with the LATCH system,this can be done as long as thebooster seat can be positionedproperly and there is no interferencewith the proper positioning of thelap-shoulder belt on the child.

Make sure to follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraint,and also the instructions in thismanual.

When installing a child restraint witha top tether, you must also useeither the lower anchors or the seatbelts to properly secure the childrestraint. A child restraint mustnever be attached using only the toptether.

For a forward-facing 5-pt harnesschild restraint where the combinedweight of the child and restraint areup to 29.5 kg (65 lb), use either thelower LATCH anchorages with thetop tether anchorage, or the seatbelt with the top tether anchorage.Where the combined weight of the

child and restraint are greater than29.5 kg (65 lb), use the seat belt withthe top tether anchorage only.



Recommended Methods for Attaching Child Restraints

Restraint Type CombinedWeight of theChild + ChildRestraint

Use Only Approved Attachment Methods Shown with an X

LATCH – LowerAnchors Only

Seat Belt Only LATCH – LowerAnchors and TopTether Anchor

Seat Belt andTop TetherAnchor

Rear-FacingChild Restraint

Up to29.5 kg (65 lb)

X X

Rear-FacingChild Restraint

Greater than29.5 kg (65 lb)

X

Forward-FacingChild Restraint

Up to29.5 kg (65 lb)

X X

Forward-FacingChild Restraint

Greater than29.5 kg (65 lb)

X

See Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 93orSecuring Child Restraints (With theSeat Belt in the Front Seat) 0 95.

Child restraints built after March2014 will be labeled with thespecific child weight up to which theLATCH system can be used toinstall the restraint.

The following explains how to attacha child restraint with theseattachments in the vehicle.

Not all vehicle seating positionshave lower anchors. In this case,the seat belt must be used (with toptether where available) to secure

the child restraint. See SecuringChild Restraints (With the Seat Beltin the Rear Seat) 0 93 orSecuring Child Restraints (With theSeat Belt in the Front Seat) 0 95.



Lower Anchors

Lower anchors (1) are metal barsbuilt into the vehicle. There are twolower anchors for each LATCHseating position that willaccommodate a child restraint withlower attachments (2).

Top Tether Anchor

A top tether (3, 4) is used to securethe top of the child restraint to thevehicle. A top tether anchor is builtinto the vehicle. The top tetherattachment hook (2) on the childrestraint connects to the top tetheranchor in the vehicle in order toreduce the forward movement androtation of the child restraint duringdriving or in a crash.

The child restraint may have asingle tether (3) or a dual tether (4).Either will have a single attachmenthook (2) to secure the top tether tothe anchor.

Some child restraints with toptethers are designed for use with orwithout the top tether beingattached. Others require the toptether always to be attached. InCanada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached. Be sure to read and followthe instructions for your childrestraint.

Lower Anchor and Top TetherAnchor Locations

Second Row — Captain’s Chairs

I : Seating positions with toptether anchors.



j : Seating positions with two loweranchors.

Second Row — 60/40 Bench


j : Seating positions with two loweranchors.

Third Row


To assist in locating the loweranchors, each seating position withlower anchors has two labels withthe lower anchor symbol on them,near the crease between theseatback and the seat cushion.

To assist in locating the top tetheranchors, the top tether anchorsymbol is near the anchor.

Second Row — Captain’s ChairsShown, Bench Similar

The top tether anchors are on therear of the seatback for eachseating position in the second row.



Be sure to use an anchor locateddirectly behind the seating positionwhere the child restraint will beplaced.

Third Row

The top tether anchors are on therear of the seatback for eachseating position in the third row.

Be sure to use an anchor locateddirectly behind the seating positionwhere the child restraint will beplaced.

Do not secure a child restraint in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be attached, or if

the instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top tethermust be attached.

According to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in a childrestraint system or infant restraintsystem secured in a rear seatingposition. See Where to Put theRestraint 0 82 for additionalinformation.

Securing a Child RestraintDesigned for the LATCHSystem

{ Warning

A child could be seriously injuredor killed in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly attachedto the vehicle using either theLATCH anchors or the vehicleseat belt. Follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraintand the instructions in thismanual.

{ Warning

To reduce the risk of serious orfatal injuries during a crash, donot attach more than one childrestraint to a single anchor.Attaching more than one childrestraint to a single anchor couldcause the anchor or attachmentto come loose or even breakduring a crash. A child or otherscould be injured.

{ Warning

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck. Theshoulder belt can tighten butcannot be loosened if it is locked.The shoulder belt locks when it ispulled all the way out of theretractor. It unlocks when theshoulder belt is allowed to go allthe way back into the retractor,

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

but it cannot do this if it iswrapped around a child’s neck.If the shoulder belt is locked andtightened around a child’s neck,the only way to loosen the belt isto cut it.

Buckle any unused seat beltsbehind the child restraint sochildren cannot reach them. Pullthe shoulder belt all the way outof the retractor to set the lock,and tighten the belt behind thechild restraint after the childrestraint has been installed.

Caution

Do not let the LATCHattachments rub against thevehicle’s seat belts. This maydamage these parts. If necessary,move buckled seat belts to avoidrubbing the LATCH attachments.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

Do not fold the rear seatbackwhen the seat is occupied. Do notfold the empty rear seat with aseat belt buckled. This coulddamage the seat belt or the seat.Unbuckle and return the seat beltto its stowed position, beforefolding the seat.

The vehicle is equipped with a frontcenter airbag in the inboard side ofthe driver seat. Even with a frontcenter airbag, a child restraint canbe installed in any second rowseating position. If a child restraint isinstalled in a second row centerseat, move the second row seat tothe rearward position, wheneverpossible, to minimize contact withthe front center airbag.

If you need to secure more than onechild restraint in the rear seat, seeWhere to Put the Restraint 0 82.

1. Put the child restraint on theseat. If the head restraintinterferes with the proper

installation of the childrestraint, the head restraintmay be removed. See "HeadRestraint Removal andReinstallation" at the end ofthis section.

2. Attach and tighten the lowerattachments to the loweranchors. If the child restraintdoes not have lowerattachments or the desiredseating position does not havelower anchors, secure the childrestraint with the top tether andthe seat belt. Refer to yourchild restraint manufacturerinstructions and theinstructions in this manual.

2.1. Find the lower anchorsfor the desired seatingposition.

2.2. To access the loweranchors in the secondrow, it may help to reclinethe seatback.



Third row seatbacks mustbe upright before placingthe child restraint onthe seat.

2.3. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

2.4. Attach and tighten thelower attachments on thechild restraint to the loweranchors.

If necessary, adjust theangle of the second rowseatback to achieve atight installation. Makesure the second rowbench seatbacks arealigned at the sameangle.

3. If the child restraintmanufacturer recommends thatthe top tether be attached,attach and tighten the toptether to the top tether anchor,if the vehicle has one. Refer tothe child restraint instructionsand the following steps:

3.1. Find the top tetheranchor.

3.2. Route, attach, and tightenthe top tether accordingto your child restraintinstructions and thefollowing instructions:

If the position you areusing does not have ahead restraint and youare using a single tether,route the tether over theseatback.

If the position you areusing does not have ahead restraint and youare using a dual tether,route the tether over theseatback.

If the position you areusing has an adjustablehead restraint and youare using a single tether,raise the head restraint



and route the tetherunder the head restraintand in between the headrestraint posts.

If the position you areusing has an adjustablehead restraint and youare using a dual tether,raise head restraint androute the tether aroundthe head restraint posts.

If the position you areusing has a fixed headrestraint and you areusing a single tether,route the tether under thehead restraint and inbetween the headrestraint posts or aroundthe outboard side of thehead restraint.

If the position you areusing has a fixed headrestraint and you areusing a dual tether, routethe tether around thehead restraint.

4. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the LATCH path and attemptto move it side to side andback and forth. There shouldbe no more than 2.5 cm (1 in)of movement, for properinstallation.



Head Restraint Removal andReinstallation

The second row outboard headrestraints can be removed if theyinterfere with the proper installationof the child restraint.

The third row head restraints cannotbe removed.

To remove the second row headrestraint:

1. Partially fold the seatbackforward. See Rear Seats 0 48for additional information.

2. Press both buttons on the headrestraint posts at the sametime, and pull up on the headrestraint.

3. Store the head restraint in thecargo area of the vehicle.

4. When the child restraint isremoved, reinstall the headrestraint before the seatingposition is used.

{ Warning

With head restraints that are notinstalled and adjusted properly,there is a greater chance thatoccupants will suffer a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do notdrive until the head restraints forall occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

To reinstall the head restraint:

1. Insert the head restraint postsinto the holes in the top of theseatback. The notches on theposts must face the driver sideof the vehicle.

2. Push the head restraint down.

3. Try to move the head restraintto make sure that it is locked inplace.



Replacing LATCH SystemParts After a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the LATCHsystem in the vehicle. A damagedLATCH system may not properlysecure the child restraint,resulting in serious injury or evendeath in a crash. To help makesure the LATCH system isworking properly after a crash,see your dealer to have thesystem inspected and anynecessary replacements made assoon as possible.

If the vehicle has the LATCH systemand it was being used during acrash, new LATCH system partsmay be needed.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the LATCHsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.

Securing Child Restraints(With the Seat Belt in theRear Seat)The vehicle is equipped with a frontcenter airbag in the inboard side ofthe driver seat. Even with a frontcenter airbag, a child restraint canbe installed in any second rowseating position. If you install a childrestraint in a second row centerseat, move the second row seat tothe rearward position, wheneverpossible, to minimize contact withthe front center airbag.

When securing a child restraint withthe seat belts in a rear seat position,study the instructions that came withthe child restraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

If the child restraint has the LATCHsystem, see Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 83 for how and where toinstall the child restraint usingLATCH. If a child restraint issecured in the vehicle using a seat

belt and it uses a top tether, seeLower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 83 fortop tether anchor locations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top tethermust be anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached.

If the child restraint or vehicle seatposition does not have the LATCHsystem, you will be using the seatbelt to secure the child restraint.Be sure to follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraint.

If more than one child restraintneeds to be installed in the rearseat, be sure to read Where to Putthe Restraint 0 82.

1. Put the child restraint onthe seat.



If the head restraint interfereswith the proper installation ofthe child restraint, the headrestraint may be removed. See"Head Restraint Removal andReinstallation" under LowerAnchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System).

2. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portionsof the vehicle seat belt throughor around the child restraint.The child restraint instructionswill show you how.


Position the release button onthe buckle, away from the childrestraint, so that the seat beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.

4. Pull the shoulder belt all theway out of the retractor to setthe lock. When the retractorlock is set, the belt can betightened but not pulled out ofthe retractor.

5. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of thebelt, and feed the shoulder beltback into the retractor. Wheninstalling a forward-facing childrestraint, it may be helpful touse your knee to push down onthe child restraint as youtighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 4 and 5.



6. If the child restraint has a toptether, follow the child restraintmanufacturer's instructionsregarding the use of the toptether. See Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 83.

7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the seat belt path andattempt to move it side to sideand back and forth. When thechild restraint is properlyinstalled, there should be nomore than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle seat belt andlet it return to the stowed position.If the top tether is attached to a toptether anchor, disconnect it.

If the head restraint was removed,reinstall it before the seatingposition is used. See "HeadRestraint Removal and

Reinstallation" under Lower Anchorsand Tethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 83 for additionalinformation on installing the headrestraint properly.

Securing Child Restraints(With the Seat Belt in theFront Seat)This vehicle has airbags. A rearseat is a safer place to secure aforward-facing child restraint. SeeWhere to Put the Restraint 0 82.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system which isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagunder certain conditions. SeePassenger Sensing System 0 70andPassenger Airbag Status Indicator0 122 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great,if the airbag deploys.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag inflates.This is because the back of therear-facing child restraint wouldbe very close to the inflatingairbag. A child in a forward-facingchild restraint can be seriouslyinjured or killed if the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbaginflates and the passenger seat isin a forward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontalairbag, no system is fail-safe. Noone can guarantee that an airbagwill not deploy under someunusual circumstance, eventhough it is turned off.

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if the airbagis off. If you secure a

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

forward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard passengerseat, always move the seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure the child restraint in arear seat.

See Passenger Sensing System0 70 for additional information.

If the child restraint uses a toptether, see Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 83 for top tether anchorlocations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top tethermust be anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached.

When using the lap-shoulder belt tosecure the child restraint in thisposition, follow the instructions thatcame with the child restraint and thefollowing instructions:

1. Move the seat as far back as itwill go before securing theforward-facing child restraint.Move the seat upward or theseatback to an upright position,if needed, to get a tightinstallation of the childrestraint.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontalairbag, the OFF indicator onthe passenger airbag statusindicator should light and staylit when you start the vehicle.See Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 122.

2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

3. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portionsof the vehicle seat belt through

or around the child restraint.The child restraint instructionswill show you how.

Tilt the latch plate to adjust thebelt if needed.




Position the release button onthe buckle, away from the childrestraint, so that the seat beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.

5. Pull the shoulder belt all theway out of the retractor to setthe lock. When the retractorlock is set, the belt can betightened but not pulled out ofthe retractor.

6. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of thebelt, and feed the shoulder beltback into the retractor. Wheninstalling a forward-facing childrestraint, it may be helpful touse your knee to push down onthe child restraint as youtighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 5 and 6.



7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the seat belt path andattempt to move it side to sideand back and forth. When thechild restraint is properlyinstalled, there should be nomore than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement.

If the airbag is off, the OFF indicatorin the passenger airbag statusindicator will come on and stay onwhen the vehicle is started.

If a child restraint has been installedand the ON indicator is lit, see “Ifthe On Indicator Is Lit for a ChildRestraint” under Passenger SensingSystem 0 70.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle seat belt andlet it return to the stowed position.


Storage 99

Storage

Storage CompartmentsStorage Compartments . . . . . . . . 99Instrument Panel Storage . . . . . . 99Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99Center Console Storage . . . . . . 100

Additional Storage FeaturesCargo Management

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

Roof Rack SystemRoof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . 102

StorageCompartments

{ Warning

Do not store heavy or sharpobjects in storage compartments.In a crash, these objects maycause the cover to open andcould result in injury.

Instrument Panel Storage

If equipped with storage behind theradio, pressP and hold to open.There is a charging only USB portinside. See the infotainment manual.

PressP and hold again to close.

Caution

To avoid damage, do notmanually force the displayto move.

Keep the storage area closed whennot in use.

Glove BoxLift up on the glove box lever toopen it.


100 Storage

Center Console Storage

The center console has storageunder the armrest. Pull up the latchand lift to open.

There is a removable organizer ontop of the storage bin.

The center console also has thefollowing:

. A forward bin

. An open storage bin on the backof the console

. If equipped, wireless charging inthe front storage bin

There are also charging only USBports on the rear of the centerconsole and in the third row seatingarea. See Power Outlets 0 109 andthe infotainment manual.

Additional StorageFeatures

Cargo ManagementSystem

Lift the load floor to access thecargo management system.


Storage 101

The hold open devices on the cargobin allow the load floor to remainopen without removal.

The cargo management system isused to organize storage in thecargo area. There are twoconvenience hooks that can supportup to 5 kg (11 lb.).

After storing items in the cargomanagement system, make sure toproperly latch the load floor.

Removal Procedure

To access the spare tire, the cargomanagement system must beremoved.

1. Open the cargo cover.

2. Remove the four wing nuts.

3. Lift up on the handles on bothsides to remove the cargomanagement system to accessthe spare tire.


102 Storage

4. The storage bin can be placedon the lowered third row seatswhile accessing the spare tire.

Installation Procedure

1. Install the cargo managementsystem in the vehicle.

2. Install the four wing nuts.

3. Make sure to properly latch theload door.

{ Warning

An improperly latched cargocover, or cargo cover left in theopen position, could separateduring a crash or suddenmaneuver potentially impactingvehicle occupants. Someonecould be injured. Be sure to returnthe cover to the closed positionand latch before driving.

Roof Rack System

{ Warning

If something is carried on top ofthe vehicle that is longer or widerthan the roof rack — like paneling,plywood, or a mattress — thewind can catch it while the vehicleis being driven. The item beingcarried could be violently torn off,and this could cause a collisionand damage the vehicle. Nevercarry something longer or widerthan the roof rack on top of thevehicle unless using a GMcertified accessory carrier.

If equipped, the roof rack can beused to load items. For roof racksthat do not have crossrails included,GM certified crossrails can bepurchased as an accessory. Seeyour dealer.


Storage 103

Caution

Loading cargo on the roof rackthat weighs more than 100 kg(220 lb) or hangs over the rear orsides of the vehicle may damagethe vehicle. Do not load cargoexceeding 100 kg (220 lbs) andalways load cargo so that it restsevenly between the crossrails anddoes not block the vehicle lampsor windows. Fasten the cargosecurely.

To prevent damage or loss of cargowhen driving, check to make surecrossrails and cargo are securelyfastened. Loading cargo on the roofrack will make the vehicle’s centerof gravity higher. Avoid high speeds,sudden starts, sharp turns, suddenbraking, or abrupt maneuvers;otherwise it may result in loss ofcontrol. If driving for a long distance,on rough roads, or at high speeds,occasionally stop the vehicle tomake sure the cargo remains in itsplace. Do not exceed the maximumvehicle capacity when loading thevehicle. For more information onvehicle capacity and loading, seeVehicle Load Limits 0 177.


104 Instruments and Controls

Instruments andControls

ControlsSteering Wheel Adjustment . . . 105Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 105Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . 105Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 106Rear Window Wiper/

Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

Instrument Cluster(Uplevel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Instrument Cluster (BaseLevel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Engine Coolant Temperature

Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . 121Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . 122Passenger Airbag Status

Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Charging System Light . . . . . . . 123Malfunction Indicator Lamp

(Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . 124Brake System Warning

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126Electric Parking Brake

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126Service Electric Parking Brake

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126Antilock Brake System (ABS)

Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . 127Lane Keep Assist (LKA)

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . 128Pedestrian Ahead Indicator . . . 128Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128StabiliTrak OFF Light . . . . . . . . . 128Traction Control System (TCS)/

StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 129Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 130

Low Fuel Warning Light (BaseLevel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Low Fuel Warning Light(Uplevel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 131Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . . 131Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 132Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . 132Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

Information DisplaysDriver Information

Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

Vehicle MessagesVehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Engine Power Messages . . . . . 136Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . 137

Vehicle PersonalizationVehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 137

Universal Remote SystemUniversal Remote System . . . . 142Universal Remote System

Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142Universal Remote System

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145


Instruments and Controls 105

Controls

Steering WheelAdjustment

To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Pull the lever down.

2. Move the steering wheel upor down.

3. Pull or push the steering wheelcloser or away from you.

4. Pull the lever up to lock thesteering wheel in place.

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.

Power Tilt and TelescopingSteering Wheel

If equipped, the control is on the leftside of the steering column.

. Push the control up or down totilt the steering wheel upor down.

. Push the control forward orrearward to move the steeringwheel toward the front or rear ofthe vehicle.

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.

Steering Wheel ControlsThe infotainment system can beoperated by using the steeringwheel controls. See "SteeringWheel Controls" in the infotainmentmanual.

Heated Steering Wheel

( : If equipped, press to turn it on oroff. A light next to the buttondisplays when the feature isturned on.



The steering wheel takes aboutthree minutes to reachmaximum heat.

Automatic Heated Steering Wheel

If equipped with remote start, theheated steering wheel will turn onautomatically during a remote startalong with the heated seats when itis cold outside. The heated steeringwheel indicator light may notcome on.

If equipped with auto heated seats,the heated steering wheel will turnon when the auto heated seat isactivated. The heated steeringwheel indicator will follow the stateof the steering wheel heat.

See Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats 0 47 andVehicle Personalization 0 137.

Horn

Pressa on the steering wheel padto sound the horn.

Windshield Wiper/Washer

With the ignition on or in ACC/ACCESSORY, move the windshieldwiper lever to select the wiperspeed.

HI : Use for fast wipes.

LO : Use for slow wipes.

INT : Move the windshield wiperlever to INT. Turn the band up formore frequent wipes or down forless frequent wipes.

OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.

1X : For a single wipe, briefly movethe wiper lever down. For severalwipes, hold the wiper lever down.

f : Pull the windshield wiperlever toward you to spray windshieldwasher fluid and activate thewindshield wipers. The wipers willcontinue until the lever is releasedor the maximum wash time isreached. When the windshield wiperlever is released, additional wipesmay occur depending on how longthe windshield washer had beenactivated. See Washer Fluid 0 262for information on filling thewindshield washer fluid reservoir.



{ Warning

In freezing weather, do not usethe washer until the windshield iswarmed. Otherwise the washerfluid can form ice on thewindshield, blocking your vision.

{ Warning

Before driving the vehicle, alwaysclear snow and ice from the hood,windshield, roof, and rear of thevehicle, including all lamps andwindows. Reduced visibility fromsnow and ice buildup could leadto a crash.

Clear snow and ice from the wiperblades and windshield before usingthem. If frozen to the windshield,carefully loosen or thaw them.Damaged blades should bereplaced. See Wiper BladeReplacement 0 267.

Heavy snow or ice can overload thewiper motor. See Electrical SystemOverload 0 272.

Wiper Parking

If the ignition is turned off while thewipers are on LO, HI, or INT, theywill immediately stop.

If the windshield wiper lever is thenmoved to OFF before the driverdoor is opened or within 10 minutes,the wipers will restart and move tothe base of the windshield.

If the ignition is turned off while thewipers are performing wipes due towindshield washing, the wiperscontinue to run until they reach thebase of the windshield.

Rear Window Wiper/Washer

The rear window wiper/washercontrols are on the end of thewindshield wiper lever.

Turn the controls to adjust thesetting.

OFF : Turns the wiper off.

INT : Turns on the rear wiper with adelay between wipes.

ON : Turns on the rear wiper.

1 : Push the windshield wiperlever forward to spray washer fluidon the rear window. The wipers willclear the rear window and either



stop or return to your preset speed.For more washer cycles, press andhold the lever.

The rear window wiper/washer willnot operate if the liftgate is open orajar. If the liftgate is opened whilethe rear wiper is on, the wiperreturns to the parked position andstops.

Rear Wiper Arm AssemblyProtection

When using an automatic car wash,move the rear wiper control to OFFto disable the rear wiper. In somevehicles, if the transmission is inN (Neutral) and the vehicle speed isvery slow, the rear wiper willautomatically park.

The wiper operations return tonormal when the transmission is nolonger in N (Neutral) or the vehiclespeed has increased.

Reverse Gear Wipes

If the rear wiper control is off, therear wiper will automatically operatecontinuously when the vehicle is inR (Reverse) and the front

windshield wiper is performing lowor high speed wipes. If the rearwiper control is off, the vehicle is inR (Reverse), and the frontwindshield wiper is performinginterval wipes, then the rear wiperautomatically performs intervalwipes.

This feature can be turned on or off.See Vehicle Personalization 0 137.

The windshield washer reservoir isused for the windshield and the rearwindow. Check the fluid level in thereservoir if either washer is notworking. See Washer Fluid 0 262.

Rear Camera Washer

If equipped, push the windshieldwiper lever forward to spray washerfluid on the rear camera lens. Thelever returns to its starting positionwhen released. See Rear CameraMirror 0 32.

CompassThe vehicle may have a compassdisplay on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). The compass receivesits heading and other informationfrom the Global PositioningSystem (GPS) antenna, StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC),and vehicle speed information.

The compass system is designed tooperate for a certain number ofmiles or degrees of turn beforeneeding a signal from the GPSsatellites. When the compassdisplay shows CAL, drive thevehicle for a short distance in anopen area where it can receive aGPS signal. The compass systemwill automatically determine when aGPS signal is restored and providea heading again.



ClockThe time and date for the clock canbe set using the infotainmentsystem. See “Time/Date” in“System” under “Settings” in theinfotainment manual.

Power OutletsPower Outlets 12-Volt DirectCurrent

The vehicle has two 12-volt outletsthat can be used to plug in electricalequipment, such as a cell phone orMP3 player.

The power outlets are located:

. On the center stack below theclimate controls.

. In the rear cargo area.

Lift the cover to access the outletand replace when not in use.

There are also charging only USBports on the rear of the centerconsole and in the third rowseating area.

{ Warning

Power is always supplied to therear cargo power outlet. Do notleave electrical equipmentplugged in when the vehicle is notin use because the vehicle couldcatch fire and cause injury ordeath.

Caution

Leaving electrical equipmentplugged in for an extended periodof time while the ignition is inLOCK/OFF will drain the battery.Always unplug electricalequipment when not in use anddo not plug in equipment thatexceeds the maximum 15 ampererating.

Certain accessory plugs may not becompatible with the accessorypower outlet and could overload

vehicle and adapter fuses. If aproblem is experienced, see yourdealer.

When adding electrical equipment,be sure to follow the properinstallation instructions included withthe equipment. See Add-OnElectrical Equipment 0 245.

Caution

Hanging heavy equipment fromthe power outlet can causedamage not covered by thevehicle warranty. The poweroutlets are designed foraccessory power plugs only, suchas cell phone charge cords.

Power Outlet 110V/120VAlternating Current

If equipped with this power outlet itcan be used to plug in electricalequipment that uses a maximumlimit of 150 watts.



The power outlet is on the rear ofthe center console.

An indicator light on the outlet turnson to show it is in use. The lightcomes on when the ignition is on,equipment requiring less than 150watts is plugged into the outlet, andno system fault is detected.

The indicator light does not come onwhen the ignition is off or if theequipment is not fully seated intothe outlet.

If equipment is connected usingmore than 150 watts or a systemfault is detected, a protection circuitshuts off the power supply and the

indicator light turns off. To reset thecircuit, unplug the item and plug itback in or turn the RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) off andthen back on. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 186. Thepower restarts when equipmentusing 150 watts or less is pluggedinto the outlet and a system fault isnot detected.

The power outlet is not designed forand may not work properly, if thefollowing are plugged in:

. Equipment with high initial peakwattage, such ascompressor-driven refrigeratorsand electric power tools

. Other equipment requiring anextremely stable power supply,such asmicrocomputer-controlledelectric blankets and touchsensor lamps

. Medical equipment

See High Voltage Devices andWiring 0 272.

Wireless ChargingIf equipped, the vehicle has wirelesscharging in the storage bin in frontof the floor console. The systemoperates at 145 kHz and wirelesslycharges one Qi compatiblesmartphone. The power output ofthe system is capable of charging ata rate up to 3 amp (15W), asrequested by the compatiblesmartphone. See Radio FrequencyStatement 0 353.

{ Warning

Wireless charging can affect theoperation of an implantedpacemaker or other medicaldevices. If you have one, it isrecommended to consult withyour doctor before using thewireless charging system.

The vehicle must be on, in ACC/ACCESSORY, or RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) must beactive. The wireless chargingfeature may not correctly indicate



charging when the vehicle is in RAP.See Retained Accessory Power(RAP) 0 186.

{ Warning

Remove all objects from thecharging pad before chargingyour compatible smartphone.Objects, such as coins, keys,rings, paper clips, or cards,between the smartphone andcharging pad will become veryhot. On the rare occasion that thecharging system does not detectan object, and the object getswedged between the smartphoneand charger, remove thesmartphone and allow the objectto cool before removing it fromthe charging pad, to preventburns.

The operating temperature is −20 °C(−4 °F) to 60 °C (140 °F) for thecharging system and 0 °C (32 °F) to35 °C (95 °F) for the smartphone.

To charge a compatible smartphone:

1. Remove all objects from thecharging pad. The system maynot charge if there are anyobjects between thesmartphone and charging pad.

2. Place the smartphone face upon the charging pad.

To maximize the charge rate,ensure the smartphone is fullyseated and centered in theholder with nothing under it.A thick smartphone case mayprevent the wireless chargerfrom working, or may reduce

the charging performance. Seeyour dealer for additionalinformation.

3. The $ will display on the V onthe infotainment display. Thisindicates that the smartphoneis properly positioned andcharging.

The smartphone may becomewarm during charging. This isnormal. In warmertemperatures, the speed ofcharging may be reduced.

If $ does not appear on theinfotainment display:

1. Remove the smartphone fromthe pad and waitthree seconds.

2. Turn the smartphone180 degrees before placing/aligning the smartphone on thepad again.

Software Acknowledgements

Certain Wireless Charging Moduleproduct from LG Electronics, Inc.("LGE") contains the open source



software detailed below. Refer tothe indicated open source licenses(as are included following thisnotice) for the terms and conditionsof their use.

OSS Notice Information

To obtain the source code that iscontained in this product, pleasevisit http://opensource.lge.com. Inaddition to the source code, allreferred license terms, warrantydisclaimers and copyright noticesare available for download. LGElectronics will also provide opensource code to you on CD-ROM fora charge covering the cost ofperforming such distribution (suchas the cost of media, shipping, andhandling) upon email request [email protected]. This offer isvalid for three (3) years from thedate on which you purchased theproduct.

Freescale-WCT library

Copyright (c) 2012-2014 FreescaleSemiconductor, Inc.. All rightsreserved.

1. Redistributions of source codemust retain the above copyrightnotice, this list of conditionsand the following disclaimer.

2. Redistributions in binary formmust reproduce the abovecopyright notice, this list ofconditions and the followingdisclaimer in thedocumentation and/or othermaterials provided with thedistribution.

3. Neither the name of thecopyright holder nor the namesof its contributors may be usedto endorse or promote productsderived from this softwarewithout specific prior writtenpermission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDEDBY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERSAND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIEDWARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUTNOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIEDWARRANTIES OFMERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESSFOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSEARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT

SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDEROR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLEFOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,EXEMPLARY, ORCONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITEDTO, PROCUREMENT OFSUBSTITUTE GOODS ORSERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESSINTERRUPTION) HOWEVERCAUSED AND ON ANY THEORYOF LIABILITY, WHETHER INCONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,OR TORT (INCLUDINGNEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OFTHE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,EVEN IF ADVISED OF THEPOSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.



Warning Lights,Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning lights and gauges cansignal that something is wrongbefore it becomes serious enoughto cause an expensive repair orreplacement. Paying attention to thewarning lights and gauges couldprevent injury.

Some warning lights come on brieflywhen the engine is started toindicate they are working. Whenone of the warning lights comes onand stays on while driving, or whenone of the gauges shows there maybe a problem, check the section thatexplains what to do. Waiting to dorepairs can be costly and evendangerous.



Instrument Cluster (Uplevel)

Uplevel English Shown, Metric Similar



Cluster Menu

There is an interactive display areain the center of the instrumentcluster.

Use the right steering wheel controlto open and scroll through thedifferent items and displays.

Press o or p to change betweenthe cluster applications at the top ofthe display. The currently selectedapplication will be highlighted. Pressw or x within an application toscroll through a list of availableapplication options. Not allapplications will be available on all

vehicles. Some may be temporarilyrestricted when vehicle is OFF or inACC/ACCESSORY power mode.

. Home Page

. Info App. This is where theselected Driver InformationCenter (DIC) displays can beviewed. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 133.

. Audio

. Phone

. Navigation

. Options

Home Page

Press o or p to select the HomePage. The home page is a view ofinformation that can be turned on oroff by the driver via the Home PageOptions menu in the Optionsapplication.

Audio

Press o or p to select the Audiomenu. In the Audio menu browse formusic, select from the favorites,

or change the audio source. Use wor x to change the station or go tothe next or previous track.

Phone

Press o or p to select the Phonemenu. In the Phone menu, if there isno active phone call, view recentcalls, or scroll through contacts.If there is an active call, mute thephone or switch to handsetoperation.

Navigation

Press o or p to select theNavigation menu. If there is noactive route, you can resume thelast route and turn the voiceprompts on/off. If there is an activeroute, press V to cancel or resumeroute guidance or turn the voiceprompts on or off.

Options

Press o or p to select the Options

menu. Use w or x to scrollthrough items in the Options menu.



Units : While the Optionsapplication is highlighted, press wor x to select Units, then press V

while Units is displayed to enter themenu. If available, choose English,Imperial, or metric units by pressingV while the desired item ishighlighted. A checkmark will bedisplayed next to the selected item.

Info Pages : While the Optionsapplication is highlighted, press wor x to select Info Pages, then

press V while Info Pages is

displayed to enter the menu. Selectthe items to be displayed in the Infoapp. See Driver Information Center(DIC) 0 133.

Speed Warning : The SpeedWarning display allows the driver toset a speed that they do not want toexceed. While the Optionsapplication is highlighted, press w

or x to select Speed Warning, then

press V while Speed Warning is

displayed to enter the menu.

Press w or x to adjust the value.

Press V to set the speed.

Once the speed is set, this featurecan be turned off by pressing V

while viewing this page. If theselected speed limit is exceeded, apop-up warning is displayed with achime.

Home Page Options : While theOptions application is highlighted,press w or x to select Home Page

Options, then press V while Home

Page Options is displayed to enterthe menu. Select the availableelements to display. Not allelements will be available on allvehicles: Speedometer, ActiveSafety, Speed Sign, Time,Temperature, and Fuel Range.

Software Information : Displaysopen source software information.



Instrument Cluster (Base Level)

Base Level English Shown, Metric Similar



Cluster Menu

There is an interactive display areain the center of the instrumentcluster.

Use the right steering wheel controlto open and scroll through thedifferent items and displays.

Press o to access the cluster

applications. Use w or x to scrollthrough the list of availableapplications. Not all applications willbe available on all vehicles.

. Info App. This is where theselected Driver InformationCenter (DIC) displays can beviewed. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 133.

. Audio

. Phone

. Navigation

. Options

Audio

Press V to select the Audio app,

then press p to enter the Audiomenu. In the Audio menu browse formusic, select from the favorites,or change the audio source. Use wor x to change the station or go tothe next or previous track.

Phone

Press V to select the Phone app,

then press p to enter the Phonemenu. In the Phone menu, if there isno active phone call, view recentcalls, or scroll through contacts.

If there is an active call, mute thephone or switch to handsetoperation.

Navigation

Press V to select the Navigation

app, then press p to enter theNavigation menu. If there is noactive route, you can resume thelast route and turn the voiceprompts on/off. If there is an activeroute, press V to cancel or resumeroute guidance or turn the voiceprompts on or off.

Options

Press V to select the Options app,

then press p to enter the Options

menu. Use w or x to scrollthrough items in the Options menu.

Units : Press p while Units is

displayed to enter the Units menu.Choose English, Imperial, or metric

units by pressing V while the



desired item is highlighted.A checkmark will be displayed nextto the selected item.

Info Pages : Press p while Info

Pages is displayed to enter the InfoPages menu and select the items tobe displayed in the Info app. SeeDriver Information Center (DIC)0 133.

Speed Warning : The SpeedWarning display allows the driver toset a speed that they do not want toexceed. To set the Speed Warningpress p when Speed Warning is

displayed.

Press w or x to adjust the value.

Press V to set the speed.

Once the speed is set, this featurecan be turned off by pressing V

while viewing this page. If theselected speed limit is exceeded, apop-up warning is displayed with achime.

Software Information : Displaysopen source software information.

SpeedometerThe speedometer shows thevehicle's speed in either kilometersper hour (km/h) or miles perhour (mph).

OdometerThe odometer shows how far thevehicle has been driven, in eitherkilometers or miles.

Trip OdometerThe trip odometer shows how farthe vehicle has been driven sincethe trip odometer was last reset.

The trip odometer is accessed andreset through the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 133.

TachometerThe tachometer displays the enginespeed in revolutions perminute (rpm).

For vehicles with the Stop/Startsystem, when the ignition is on, thetachometer indicates the vehiclestatus. When pointing to AUTOSTOP, the engine is off but thevehicle is on and can move. Theengine could auto start at any time.When the indicator points to OFF,the vehicle is off.

When the engine is on, thetachometer will indicate the engine’srevolutions per minute (rpm). Thetachometer may vary by severalhundred rpm’s, during Auto Stopmode, when the engine is shuttingoff and restarting.



Fuel Gauge

Metric Uplevel

English Uplevel

When the ignition is on, the fuelgauge indicates about how muchfuel is left in the tank.

An arrow on the fuel gaugeindicates the side of the vehicle thefuel door is on.

When the indicator nears empty, thelow fuel light comes on. There is asmall amount of fuel left, but the fueltank should be filled soon.

Here are four things that someowners ask about. None of theseshow a problem with the fuel gauge:

. At the service station, the fuelpump shuts off before the gaugereads full.

. It takes a little more or less fuelto fill up than the gaugeindicated. For example, thegauge indicated the tank washalf full, but it actually took alittle more or less than half thetank's capacity to fill the tank.

. The gauge moves a little whileturning a corner or speeding up.

. The gauge takes a few secondsto stabilize after the ignition isturned on, and goes back toempty when the ignition isturned off.



Engine CoolantTemperature Gauge

Metric Uplevel

English Uplevel

This gauge shows the enginecoolant temperature.

If the pointer moves toward thewarning area at the high end of thegauge, the engine is too hot.

If the engine coolant hasoverheated and the vehicle hasbeen operating under normal drivingconditions, pull off the road, stop thevehicle, and turn off the engine assoon as possible. See EngineOverheating 0 261.

Seat Belt Reminders

Driver Seat Belt ReminderLight

There is a driver seat belt reminderlight on the instrument cluster.

When the vehicle is started, thislight flashes and a chime may comeon to remind the driver to fastentheir seat belt. Then the light stayson solid until the belt is buckled.This cycle may continue severaltimes if the driver remains orbecomes unbuckled while thevehicle is moving.

If the driver seat belt is buckled,neither the light nor the chimecomes on.



Passenger Seat Belt ReminderLight

There is a passenger seat beltreminder light near the passengerairbag status indicator. SeePassenger Sensing System 0 70.

When the vehicle is started, thislight flashes and a chime may comeon to remind passengers to fastentheir seat belt. Then the light stayson solid until the belt is buckled.This cycle continues several times ifthe passenger remains or becomesunbuckled while the vehicle ismoving.

If the passenger seat belt isbuckled, neither the chime nor thelight comes on.

The front passenger seat beltreminder light and chime may turnon if an object is put on the seat

such as a briefcase, handbag,grocery bag, laptop, or otherelectronic device. To turn off thereminder light and/or chime, removethe object from the seat or bucklethe seat belt.

Airbag Readiness LightThis light shows if there is anelectrical problem with the airbagsystem. The system check includesthe airbag sensor(s), the passengersensing system, the pretensioners,the airbag modules, the wiring, andthe crash sensing and diagnosticmodule. For more information on theairbag system, see Airbag System0 64.

The airbag readiness light comes onfor several seconds when thevehicle is started. If the light doesnot come on then, have it fixedimmediately.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light stayson after the vehicle is started orcomes on while driving, it meansthe airbag system might not beworking properly. The airbags inthe vehicle might not inflate in acrash, or they could even inflatewithout a crash. To help avoidinjury, have the vehicle servicedright away.

If there is a problem with the airbagsystem, a Driver Information Center(DIC) message may also come on.

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicatorThe vehicle has a passengersensing system. See PassengerSensing System 0 70 for important



safety information. The overheadconsole has a passenger airbagstatus indicator.

When the vehicle is started, thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light ON and OFF, and thesymbols for on and off, for severalseconds as a system check. Then,after several more seconds, thestatus indicator will light either ONor OFF, and either the on or offsymbol, to let you know the status ofthe front outboard passenger frontalairbag.

If the word ON, and the on symbol,are lit on the passenger airbagstatus indicator, it means that thefront outboard passenger frontalairbag is allowed to inflate.

If the word OFF, and the off symbol,are lit on the passenger airbagstatus indicator, it means that thepassenger sensing system hasturned off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag.

If, after several seconds, both statusindicator lights remain on, or if thereare no lights at all, there may be aproblem with the lights or thepassenger sensing system. Seeyour dealer for service.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 122 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

Charging System Light

The charging system light comes onbriefly when the ignition is turnedon, but the engine is not running, asa check to show the light is working.The light turns off when the engineis started. If it does not, have thevehicle serviced by your dealer.

If the light stays on, or comes onwhile driving, there may be aproblem with the electrical chargingsystem. Have it checked by yourdealer. Driving while this light is oncould drain the battery.

When this light comes on, the DriverInformation Center (DIC) alsodisplays a message.

If a short distance must be drivenwith the light on, be sure to turn offall accessories, such as the radioand air conditioner.



Malfunction IndicatorLamp (Check EngineLight)This light is part of the vehicle’semission control on-boarddiagnostic system. If this light is onwhile the engine is running, amalfunction has been detected andthe vehicle may require service. Thelight should come on to show that itis working when the ignition is inService Mode. See IgnitionPositions 0 181.

Malfunctions are often indicated bythe system before any problem isnoticeable. Being aware of the lightand seeking service promptly whenit comes on may prevent damage.

Caution

If the vehicle is driven continuallywith this light on, the emissioncontrol system may not work aswell, the fuel economy may belower, and the vehicle may notrun smoothly. This could lead tocostly repairs that might not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Caution

Modifications to the engine,transmission, exhaust, intake,or fuel system, or the use ofreplacement tires that do notmeet the original tirespecifications, can cause this lightto come on. This could lead tocostly repairs not covered by thevehicle warranty. This could alsoaffect the vehicle’s ability to passan Emissions Inspection/

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

Maintenance test. SeeAccessories and Modifications0 248.

If the light is flashing : Amalfunction has been detected thatcould damage the emission controlsystem and increase vehicleemissions. Diagnosis and servicemay be required.

To help prevent damage, reducevehicle speed and avoid hardaccelerations and uphill grades.If towing a trailer, reduce theamount of cargo being hauled assoon as possible.

If the light continues to flash, find asafe place to park. Turn the vehicleoff and wait at least 10 secondsbefore restarting the engine. If thelight is still flashing, follow theprevious guidelines and see yourdealer for service as soon aspossible.



If the light is on steady : Amalfunction has been detected.Diagnosis and service may berequired.

Check the following:

. If fuel has been added to thevehicle using the capless fuelfunnel adapter, make sure that ithas been removed. See “Fillingthe Tank with a Portable GasCan” under Filling the Tank0 230. The diagnostic systemcan detect if the adapter hasbeen left installed in the vehicle,allowing fuel to evaporate intothe atmosphere. A few drivingtrips with the adapter removedmay turn off the light.

. Poor fuel quality can causeinefficient engine operation andpoor driveability, which may goaway once the engine is warmedup. If this occurs, change thefuel brand. It may require atleast one full tank of the properfuel to turn the light off. SeeRecommended Fuel 0 229.

If the light remains on, see yourdealer.

Emissions Inspection andMaintenance Programs

If the vehicle requires an EmissionsInspection/Maintenance test, thetest equipment will likely connect tothe vehicle's Data LinkConnector (DLC).

The DLC is under the instrumentpanel to the left of the steeringwheel. Connecting devices that arenot used to perform an EmissionsInspection/Maintenance test or toservice the vehicle may affectvehicle operation. See Add-OnElectrical Equipment 0 245. Seeyour dealer if assistance is needed.

The vehicle may not passinspection if:

. The light is on when the engineis running.

. The light does not come onwhen the ignition is inService Mode.

. Critical emission control systemshave not been completelydiagnosed. If this happens, thevehicle would not be ready forinspection and might requireseveral days of routine drivingbefore the system is ready forinspection. This can happen ifthe 12-volt battery has recentlybeen replaced or run down, or ifthe vehicle has been recentlyserviced.

See your dealer if the vehicle willnot pass or cannot be made readyfor the test.



Brake System WarningLight

Metric English

This light should come on brieflywhen the vehicle is turned on. If itdoes not come on then, have it fixedso it will be ready to warn you ifthere is a problem.

If the light comes on and stays on atstart up, there is a brake problem.Have the brake system inspectedright away.

If the light comes on while driving,pull off the road and stop carefully.The brake pedal might be harder topush, or the brake pedal may gocloser to the floor. It could takelonger to stop. If the light is still on,have the vehicle towed for service.See Towing the Vehicle 0 314.

{ Warning

The brake system might not beworking properly if the brakesystem warning light is on.Driving with the brake systemwarning light on can lead to acrash. If the light is still on afterthe vehicle has been pulled offthe road and carefully stopped,have the vehicle towed forservice.

Electric Parking BrakeLight

Metric English

This light comes on when theparking brake is applied. If the lightcontinues flashing after the parkingbrake is released, or while driving,there is a problem with the Electric

Parking Brake system. A messagemay also display in the DriverInformation Center (DIC).

If the light does not come on,or remains flashing, see your dealer.

Service Electric ParkingBrake Light

This light should come on brieflywhen starting the vehicle. If it doesnot come on, have it fixed so it willbe ready to warn if there is aproblem.

If this light stays on, take the vehicleto your dealer as soon as possible.See the information for the ElectricParking Brake under ElectricParking Brake 0 195. A messagemay also display in the DriverInformation Center (DIC).



Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning Light

This warning light should come onbriefly when the vehicle is turnedon. If the light does not come on,have it fixed so it will be ready towarn if there is a problem.

If the light comes on while driving,safely stop as soon as it is possibleand turn off the vehicle. Then turnon the vehicle again to reset thesystem.

If the ABS warning light stays on,or comes on again while driving, thevehicle needs service. A chime mayalso sound when the light stays on.

If the ABS warning light is the onlylight on, the vehicle has regularbrakes, but ABS is not functioning.

If both the ABS warning light andthe brake system warning light areon, ABS is not functioning and thereis a problem with the regular brakes.See your dealer for service.

See Brake System Warning Light0 126.

Tow/Haul Mode Light

For vehicles with the Tow/HaulMode feature, this light comes onwhen the Tow/Haul Mode has beenactivated.

See Tow/Haul Mode 0 193.

Lane Keep Assist (LKA)Light

After the vehicle is started, this lightturns off and stays off if LKA has notbeen turned on or is unavailable.

This light is green if LKA is turnedon and is ready to assist.

LKA may assist by gently turningthe steering wheel if the vehicleapproaches a detected lanemarking. The LKA light is amberwhen assisting.

This light flashes amber as a LaneDeparture Warning (LDW) alert, toindicate that the lane marking hasbeen crossed.



LKA will not assist or alert if the turnsignal is active in the direction oflane departure, or if LKA detectsthat you are accelerating, braking,or actively steering.

See Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 226.

Vehicle Ahead Indicator

If equipped, this indicator willdisplay green when a vehicle isdetected ahead and amber whenyou are following a vehicle aheadmuch too closely.

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 218.

Pedestrian AheadIndicator

If equipped, this indicator willdisplay amber when a nearbypedestrian is detected in front of thevehicle.

See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)System 0 222.

Traction Off Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by your

dealer. If the system is workingnormally, the indicator light thenturns off.

The traction off light comes on whenthe Traction Control System (TCS)has been turned off by pressing andreleasing the TCS/StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC)button.

This light and the StabiliTrak OFFlight come on when StabiliTrak/ESCis turned off.

If the TCS is off, wheel speed willbe limited when necessary toprotect the driveline from damage.Adjust driving accordingly.

See Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 197.

StabiliTrak OFF Light



This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer.

This light comes on when theStabiliTrak/Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) system is turned off.If StabiliTrak/ESC is off, the TractionControl System (TCS) is also off.

If StabiliTrak/ESC and TCS are off,the system does not assist incontrolling the vehicle. Turn on theTCS and the StabiliTrak/ESCsystems, and the warning lightturns off.


Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak Light

This light comes on briefly when theengine is started.

If the light does not come on, havethe vehicle serviced by your dealer.If the system is working normally,the indicator light turns off.

If the light is on and not flashing, theTCS and potentially the StabiliTrak/ESC system have been disabled.A Driver Information Center (DIC)message may display. Check theDIC messages to determine whichfeature(s) is no longer functioningand whether the vehicle requiresservice.

If the light is on and flashing, theTCS and/or the StabiliTrak/ESCsystem is actively working.


Tire Pressure Light

For vehicles with the Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS), this lightcomes on briefly when the engine isstarted. It provides informationabout tire pressures and the TPMS.

When the Light Is On Steady

This indicates that one or more ofthe tires are significantlyunderinflated.

A Driver Information Center (DIC)tire pressure message may alsodisplay. Stop as soon as possible,and inflate the tires to the pressurevalue shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. See TirePressure 0 289.



When the Light Flashes First andThen Is On Steady

If the light flashes for about a minuteand then stays on, there may be aproblem with the TPMS. If theproblem is not corrected, the lightwill come on at every ignition cycle.See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 291.

Engine Oil Pressure LightOil pressure can vary with enginespeed, outside temperature, and oilviscosity.

On some models, the oil pump willvary engine oil pressure accordingto engine needs. Oil pressure maychange quickly as the engine speedor load varies. This is normal. If theoil pressure warning light or DriverInformation Center (DIC) messageindicates oil pressure outside thenormal operating range, check thevehicle's oil as soon as possible.

Caution

Lack of proper engine oilmaintenance can damage theengine. Driving with the engine oillow can also damage the engine.The repairs would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Checkthe oil level as soon as possible.Add oil if required, but if the oillevel is within the operating rangeand the oil pressure is still low,have the vehicle serviced. Alwaysfollow the maintenance schedulefor changing engine oil.

This light should come on briefly asthe engine is started. If it does notcome on, have the vehicle servicedby your dealer.

If the light comes on and stays on, itmeans that oil is not flowing throughthe engine properly. The vehiclecould be low on oil and might havesome other system problem. Seeyour dealer.

Low Fuel Warning Light(Base Level)

Metric Shown, English Similar

This light comes on for a fewseconds when the ignition is turnedon as a check to indicate it isworking. If it does not come on,have it fixed.



The low fuel warning light comes onand a chime sounds when thevehicle is low on fuel. The light turnsoff when fuel is added to thefuel tank.

Low Fuel Warning Light(Uplevel)

This light is near the fuel gauge andcomes on briefly when the ignition isturned on as a check to show it isworking.

It also comes on when the fuel tankis low on fuel. The light turns offwhen fuel is added. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced.

Security Light

The security light should come onbriefly as the engine is started. If itdoes not come on, have the vehicleserviced by your dealer. If thesystem is working normally, theindicator light turns off.

If the light stays on and the enginedoes not start, there could be aproblem with the theft-deterrentsystem. See Immobilizer Operation0 29.

High-Beam On Light

This light comes on when thehigh-beam headlamps are in use.See Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger 0 148.

IntelliBeam Light

This light comes on when theIntelliBeam system, if equipped, isenabled. See Exterior LampControls 0 146.

Front Fog Lamp Light

The fog lamp light comes on whenthe fog lamps are in use.



The light goes out when the foglamps are turned off. See FogLamps 0 150 for more information.

Lamps On Reminder

This light comes on when theexterior lamps are in use, exceptwhen only the Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) are active. SeeExterior Lamp Controls 0 146.

Cruise Control Light

The cruise control light is whitewhen the cruise control is on andready, and turns green when thecruise control is set and active.

See Cruise Control 0 202.

Adaptive Cruise Control Light

This light is white when the AdaptiveCruise Control (ACC, if equipped) ison and ready, and turns green whenthe ACC is set and active. SeeAdaptive Cruise Control 0 204.

Door Ajar Light

This light comes on when a door isopen or not securely latched. Beforedriving, check that all doors areproperly closed.



Information Displays

Driver InformationCenter (DIC)The DIC displays are shown in thecenter of the instrument cluster inthe Info app. See Instrument Cluster(Uplevel) 0 114 orInstrument Cluster (Base Level)0 117. The displays show the statusof many vehicle systems. Thecontrols for the DIC are on the rightsteering wheel control.

w or x : Press to move up ordown in a list.

o or p : Press to move betweenthe interactive display zones in thecluster.

V : Press to open a menu or selecta menu item. Press and hold toreset values on certain screens.

DIC Info Page Options

Base Level

The info pages on the DIC can beturned on or off through theOptions menu.

1. Press o to access the clusterapplications.

2. Press w or x to scroll to theOptions application.

3. Press V to enter theOptions menu.

4. Scroll to Info Pages andpress p.

5. Press w or x to movethrough the list of possibleinformation displays.

6. Press V while an item ishighlighted to select ordeselect that item. When anitem is selected, a checkmarkwill appear next to it.

Uplevel

The info pages on the DIC can beturned on or off through theOptions menu.

1. Press o or p to scroll to theOptions application

2. Scroll to Info Page Options andpress V.

3. Press w or x to movethrough the list of possibleinformation displays.

4. Press V while an item ishighlighted to select ordeselect that item. When anitem is selected, a checkmarkwill appear next to it.

DIC Info Pages

The following is the list of allpossible DIC info page displays.Some may not be available for your



particular vehicle. Some items maynot be turned on by default but canbe turned on through the Optionsapp. See “DIC Info Page Options”earlier in this section.

Speed : Shows the vehicle speed ineither kilometers per hour (km/h) ormiles per hour (mph). If equipped,press p to open the menu and

select to display speed limit signs.

Trip A or Trip B : Shows thecurrent distance traveled, in eitherkilometers (km) or miles (mi), sincethe trip odometer was last reset.

This also shows the approximateaverage liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles per gallon (mpg).This number is calculated based onthe number of L/100 km (mpg)recorded since the last time thismenu item was reset. This numberreflects only the approximateaverage fuel economy that thevehicle has right now, and willchange as driving conditionschange.

Press and hold V while this display

is active to reset the trip odometerand the average fuel economy. TripA and Trip B can also be reset by

pressing p and choosing reset.

Fuel Range : Shows theapproximate distance the vehiclecan be driven without refueling.LOW will be displayed when thevehicle is low on fuel. The fuelrange estimate is based on anaverage of the vehicle's fueleconomy over recent driving historyand the amount of fuel remaining inthe fuel tank.

Follow Distance : If equipped, thecurrent follow time to the vehicleahead is displayed as a time valueon this page.

Remaining Oil Life : Shows anestimate of the oil's remaining usefullife. If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% isdisplayed, that means 99% of thecurrent oil life remains.

When the remaining oil life is low,the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage will appear on the display.

The oil should be changed as soonas possible. See Engine Oil 0 252.In addition to the engine oil lifesystem monitoring the oil life,additional maintenance isrecommended in the MaintenanceSchedule. See MaintenanceSchedule 0 328.

The Oil Life display must be resetafter each oil change. It will notreset itself. Do not to reset the OilLife display at any time other thanwhen the oil has just been changed.It cannot be reset accurately untilthe next oil change. To reset theengine oil life system, press andhold V for several seconds while

the Oil Life display is active. SeeEngine Oil Life System 0 254.



Tire Pressure : Shows theapproximate pressures of all fourtires. Tire pressure is displayed ineither kilopascal (kPa) or in poundsper square inch (psi). If the pressureis low, the value for that tire isshown in amber. See Tire PressureMonitor System 0 290 andTire Pressure Monitor Operation0 291.

Instantaneous Fuel Economy :Displays the current fuel economy inliters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km)or miles per gallon (mpg). Thisnumber reflects only theapproximate fuel economy that thevehicle has right now and changesfrequently as driving conditionschange. This display cannot bereset.

Average Vehicle Speed : Displaysthe average vehicle speed of thevehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h)or miles per hour (mph). Thisaverage is based on the variousvehicle speeds recorded since thelast reset. Reset the average speedby pressing V when it is displayed.

Fuel Economy : The centerdisplays the approximateinstantaneous fuel economy as anumber and bar graph. Displayedabove the bar graph is a runningaverage of fuel economy for themost recently traveled selecteddistance. Displayed below the bargraph is the best average fueleconomy that has been achieved forthe selected distance. The selecteddistance is displayed at the top ofthe page as “last xxx mi/km.”

Press p to select the distance or

reset best value. Use w and x to

choose the distance and press V.

Press w and x to select “Reset

Best Score.” Press V to reset the

best average fuel economy. Afterreset, the best value displays “-,-”until the selected distance has beentraveled.

The display provides information onhow current driving behavior affectsthe running average and how well

recent driving compares to the bestthat has been achieved for theselected distance.

Timer : This display can be used asa timer. To start the timer, press V

while this display is active. Thedisplay will show the amount of timethat has passed since the timer was

last reset. To stop the timer, press V

briefly while this display is activeand the timer is running. To reset

the timer to zero, press and hold V

while this display is active, or pressp and select reset.

Battery Voltage : Displays thecurrent battery voltage, if equipped.Battery voltage changes are normalwhile driving. See Charging SystemLight 0 123. If there is a problemwith the battery charging system,the DIC will display a message.



Transmission FluidTemperature : Shows thetemperature of the automatictransmission fluid in either degreesCelsius (°C) or degreesFahrenheit (°F).

Off Road Page : This page showsthe traction, four wheel drive, andsteering angle states. When thefront or rear axles are locked, a lockicon is displayed.

Blank Page : Shows noinformation.

Vehicle MessagesMessages displayed on the DICindicate the status of the vehicle orsome action that may be needed tocorrect a condition. Multiplemessages may appear one afteranother.

The messages that do not requireimmediate action can beacknowledged and cleared bypressing V. The messages thatrequire immediate action cannot becleared until that action isperformed.

All messages should be takenseriously; clearing the messagedoes not correct the problem.

If a SERVICE message appears,see your dealer.

Follow the instructions given in themessages. The system displaysmessages regarding the followingtopics:

. Service Messages

. Fluid Levels

. Vehicle Security

. Brakes

. Steering

. Ride Control Systems

. Driver Assistance Systems

. Cruise Control

. Lighting and Bulb Replacement

. Wiper/Washer Systems

. Doors and Windows

. Seat Belts

. Airbag Systems

. Engine and Transmission

. Tire Pressure

. Battery

Engine Power Messages

ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED

This message displays when thevehicle's propulsion power isreduced. A reduction in propulsionpower can affect the vehicle's abilityto accelerate. If this message is on,but there is no observed reductionin performance, proceed to yourdestination. The performance may



be reduced the next time the vehicleis driven. The vehicle may be drivenwhile this message is on, butmaximum acceleration and speedmay be reduced. Anytime thismessage stays on, or displaysrepeatedly, the vehicle should betaken to your dealer for service assoon as possible.

Under certain operating conditions,propulsion will be disabled. Tryrestarting after the vehicle has beenoff for 30 seconds.

Vehicle Speed Messages

SPEED LIMITED TO XXX KM/H (MPH)

This message shows that thevehicle speed has been limited tothe speed displayed. The limitedspeed is a protection for variouspropulsion and vehicle systems,such as lubrication, thermal, brakes,suspension, Teen Driver ifequipped, or tires.

VehiclePersonalizationThe following are all possiblevehicle personalization features.Depending on the vehicle, somemay not be available.

For System, Apps, and Personalfeatures and functions, see“Settings” in the infotainmentmanual.

To access the vehiclepersonalization menu:

1. Touch the Settings icon on theHome Page of the infotainmentdisplay.

2. Touch Vehicle to display a listof available options.

3. Touch to select the desiredfeature setting.

4. Touch9 or R to turn a featureoff or on.

5. Touch z to go to the top levelof the Settings menu.

The menu may contain thefollowing:

Rear Seat Reminder

This allows for a chime and amessage when the rear door hasbeen opened before or duringoperation of the vehicle.

Touch Off or On.

Climate and Air Quality

Touch and the following maydisplay:

. Auto Fan Speed

. Auto Cooled Seats

. Auto Heated Seats

. Auto Defog

. Auto Rear Defog

Auto Fan Speed

This setting specifies the amount ofairflow when the climate control fansetting is Auto Fan.

Touch Low, Medium, or High.



Auto Cooled Seats

This setting automatically turns onand regulates the ventilated seatswhen the cabin temperature iswarm. See Heated and VentilatedFront Seats 0 47.

Touch Off or On.

Auto Heated Seats

This setting automatically turns onand regulates the heated seatswhen the cabin temperature is cool.The auto heated seats can beturned off by using the heated seatbuttons on the center stack. SeeHeated and Ventilated Front Seats0 47.

If equipped with Auto HeatedSteering Wheel, this feature will turnon when the Auto Heated Seatsturn on.

Touch Off or On.

Auto Defog

This setting automatically turns thefront defogger on when the engineis started.

Touch Off or On.

Auto Rear Defog

This setting automatically turns therear defogger on when the engine isstarted.

Touch Off or On.

Collision / Detection Systems


. Forward Collision System

. Front Pedestrian Detection

. Park Assist

. Rear Cross Traffic Alert

. Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier

. Lane Change Alert

Forward Collision System

This setting controls the vehicleresponse when detecting a vehicleahead of you. The Off settingdisables all FCA and AEB functions.With the Alert and Brake setting,both FCA and AEB are available.The Alert setting disables AEB. SeeAutomatic Emergency Braking(AEB) 0 220.

Touch Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake.

Front Pedestrian Detection

This feature may help avoid orreduce the harm caused byfront-end crashes with nearbypedestrians.

See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)System 0 222.

Touch Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake.

Park Assist

If equipped, this allows the featureto be turned on or off. SeeAssistance Systems for Parking orBacking 0 214.

Touch Off or On.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert

This setting specifies if an alert willdisplay when the vehicle detectsapproaching rear cross traffic whenin R (Reverse). See AssistanceSystems for Parking or Backing0 214.

Touch Off or On.



Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier

This setting determines if an alertwill appear when Adaptive CruiseControl brings the vehicle to acomplete stop and the vehicleahead of you starts moving again.See Adaptive Cruise Control 0 204.

Touch Off or On.

Lane Change Alert

This setting specifies if an alert willdisplay on the outside mirror to helpyou avoid crashing into a vehicle inyour blind spot, or rapidlyapproaching your blind spot, duringa lane change maneuver. See LaneChange Alert (LCA) 0 224.

When Lane Change Alert isdisabled, Side Blind Zone Alert isalso disabled.

Touch Off or On.

Comfort and Convenience


. Chime Volume

. Hands Free Liftgate Control

. Reverse Tilt Mirror

. Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear

Chime Volume

This setting determines the chimevolume level.

Touch the controls on theinfotainment display to adjust thevolume.

Hands Free Liftgate Control

The liftgate may be operated with akicking motion under the left cornerof the rear bumper. See Liftgate0 21.

Touch Off, On-Open and Close,or On-Open Only.

Reverse Tilt Mirror

When on, both the driver andpassenger, driver, or passengeroutside mirrors will tilt downwardwhen the vehicle is shifted toR (Reverse) to improve visibility ofthe ground near the rear wheels.They will return to their previousdriving position when the vehicle is

shifted out of R (Reverse) or theengine is turned off. See ReverseTilt Mirrors 0 31.

Touch Off, On - Driver andPassenger, On - Driver, or On -Passenger.

Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear

When on and the front wiper is on,the rear wiper will automaticallyactivate when the vehicle is shiftedto R (Reverse).

Touch Off or On.

Lighting


. Vehicle Locator Lights

. Exit Lighting

Vehicle Locator Lights

This setting flashes the headlampsof your vehicle when you press Kon the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter.

Touch Off or On.



Exit Lighting

This setting specifies how long theheadlamps stay on after the vehicleis turned off and exited.

Touch Off, 30 Seconds, 60 Seconds,or 120 Seconds.

Power Door Locks


. Open Door Anti Lock Out

. Auto Door Unlock

. Delayed Door Lock

Open Door Anti Lock Out

This setting prevents the driver doorfrom locking when the door is open.If this setting is on, the DelayedDoor Lock menu will not beavailable.

Touch Off or On.

Auto Door Unlock

This setting allows selection ofwhich doors will automaticallyunlock when the vehicle is shiftedinto P (Park).

Touch Off, All Doors, or Driver Door.

Delayed Door Lock

This setting delays the locking ofthe vehicle’s doors.

Touch Off or On.

Remote Lock, Unlock, Start


. Remote Unlock Light Feedback

. Remote Lock Feedback

. Remote Door Unlock

. Remote Start Auto Cool Seats

. Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

. Remote Window Operation

. Passive Door Unlock

. Passive Door Lock

. Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

Remote Unlock Light Feedback

This setting flashes the exteriorlamps when the vehicle is unlockedwith the RKE transmitter.

Touch Off or Flash Lights.

Remote Lock Feedback

This setting specifies how thevehicle responds when the vehicleis locked with the RKE transmitter.

Touch Off, Lights and Horn, LightsOnly, or Horn Only.

Remote Door Unlock

This setting specifies whether alldoors, or just the driver door, unlockwhen pressing K on the RKEtransmitter.

Touch All Doors or Driver Door.

Remote Start Auto Cool Seats

This setting automatically turns onthe ventilated seats when using theremote start function on warm days.See Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats 0 47 andRemote Vehicle Start 0 15.

Touch Off or On.

Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

This setting automatically turns onthe heated seats when using theremote start function on cold days.



See Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats 0 47 andRemote Vehicle Start 0 15.

If equipped with Auto HeatedSteering Wheel, this feature will turnon when the Remote Start AutoHeated Seats turn on.

Touch Off or On.

Remote Window Operation

If equipped, this feature enablesremote operation of the windowswith the RKE transmitter. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 8.

Touch Off or On.

Passive Door Unlock

This setting specifies which doorsunlock when using the button on thedriver door handle to unlock thevehicle.

Touch Off, All Doors or DriverDoor Only.

Passive Door Lock

This setting specifies if the vehiclewill automatically lock, or lock andprovide an alert after all the doorsare closed, and you walk away fromthe vehicle with the RKE transmitter.See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 8.

Touch Off, On with HornChirp, or On.

Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

This feature sounds an alert whenthe RKE transmitter is left in thevehicle. This menu also enablesRemote No Longer in Vehicle Alert.

Touch Off or On.

Seating Position


. Seat Entry Memory

. Seat Exit Memory

Seat Entry Memory

This feature automatically recallsthe previously stored 1 or 2 buttonpositions when the ignition is

changed from off to on or ACC/ACCESSORY. See Memory Seats0 44.

Touch Off or On.

Seat Exit Memory

This feature automatically recallsthe previously stored exit buttonpositions when the ignition ischanged from on or ACC/ACCESSORY to off if the driverdoor is open or opened. SeeMemory Seats 0 44.

Touch Off or On.

Teen Driver

See “Teen Driver” under “Settings”in the infotainment manual.

Valet Mode

This will lock the infotainmentsystem and steering wheel controls.It may also limit access to vehiclestorage locations, if equipped.

To enable valet mode:

1. Enter a four-digit code on thekeypad.



2. Touch Enter to go to theconfirmation screen.

3. Re-enter the four-digit code.

Touch Lock or Unlock to lock orunlock the system. Touch Back togo back to the previous menu.

Universal RemoteSystemSee Radio Frequency Statement0 353.

Universal Remote SystemProgramming

If equipped, these buttons are in theoverhead console.

This system can replace up to threeremote control transmitters used toactivate devices such as garagedoor openers, security systems, andhome automation devices. These

instructions refer to a garage dooropener, but can be used for otherdevices.

Do not use the Universal Remotesystem with any garage door openerthat does not have the stop andreverse feature. This includes anygarage door opener modelmanufactured before April 1, 1982.

Read these instructions completelybefore programming the UniversalRemote system. It may help to haveanother person assist with theprogramming process.

Keep the original hand-heldtransmitter for use in other vehiclesas well as for future programming.Erase the programming whenvehicle ownership is terminated.See “Erasing Universal RemoteSystem Buttons” later in thissection.

To program a garage door opener,park outside directly in line with andfacing the garage door openerreceiver. Clear all people andobjects near the garage door.



Make sure the hand-held transmitterhas a new battery for quicker andmore accurate transmission of theradio-frequency signal.

Programming the UniversalRemote System

For questions or programming help,see www.homelink.com/gm or call1-800-355-3515. For calls placedoutside the U.S., Canada, or PuertoRico, international rates will applyand may differ based on landline ormobile phone.

Programming involvestime-sensitive actions, and may timeout causing the procedure to berepeated.

To program up to three devices:

1. Hold the end of the hand-heldtransmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1to 3 in) away from theUniversal Remote systembuttons with the indicator lightin view. The hand-heldtransmitter was supplied by themanufacturer of the garagedoor opener receiver.

2. At the same time, press andhold both the hand-heldtransmitter button and one ofthe three Universal Remotesystem buttons to be used tooperate the garage door. Donot release either button untilthe indicator light changes froma slow to a rapid flash. Thenrelease both buttons.

Some garage door openersmay require substitution ofStep 2 with the procedureunder “Radio Signals for SomeGate Operators” later in thissection.

3. Press and hold the newlyprogrammed Universal Remotesystem button for five secondswhile watching the indicatorlight and garage dooractivation.

. If the indicator light stays oncontinuously or the garagedoor moves when thebutton is pressed, thenprogramming is complete.There is no need tocomplete Steps 4–6.

. If the indicator light doesnot come on or the garagedoor does not move, asecond button press maybe required. For a secondtime, press and hold thenewly programmed buttonfor five seconds. If the lightstays on or the garage doormoves, programming iscomplete.

. If the indicator light blinksrapidly for two seconds,then changes to a solid lightand the garage door doesnot move, continue withprogramming Steps 4–6.



Learn or Smart Button

4. After completing Steps 1–3,locate the Learn or Smartbutton inside the garage on thegarage door opener receiver.The name and color of thebutton may vary bymanufacturer.

5. Press and release the Learn orSmart button. Step 6 must becompleted within 30 seconds ofpressing this button.

6. Inside the vehicle, press andhold the newly programmedUniversal Remote systembutton for two seconds, thenrelease it. If the garage doordoes not move or the lamp onthe garage door openerreceiver does not flash, press

and hold the same button asecond time for two seconds,then release it. Again, if thedoor does not move or thegarage door lamp does notflash, press and hold the samebutton a third time fortwo seconds, then release it.

The Universal Remote systemshould now activate thegarage door.

Repeat the process forprogramming the two remainingbuttons.

Radio Signals for Some GateOperators

For questions or programming help,see www.homelink.com/gm or call1-800-355-3515. For calls placedoutside the U.S., Canada, or PuertoRico, international rates will applyand may differ based on landline ormobile phone.

Some radio-frequency laws andgate operators require transmittersignals to time out or quit afterseveral seconds of transmission.

This may not be long enough for theUniversal Remote system to pick upthe signal during programming.

If the programming did not work,replace Step 2 under “Programmingthe Universal Remote System” withthe following:

Press and hold the UniversalRemote system button whilepressing and releasing thehand-held transmitter button everytwo seconds until the signal hasbeen successfully accepted by theUniversal Remote system. TheUniversal Remote system indicatorlight will flash slowly at first and thenrapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under“Programming the Universal RemoteSystem” to complete.



Universal Remote SystemOperation

Using the Universal RemoteSystem

Press and hold the appropriateUniversal Remote system button forat least one-half second. Theindicator light will come on while thesignal is being transmitted.

Erasing Universal RemoteSystem Buttons

Erase all programmed buttons whenvehicle ownership is terminated.

To erase:

1. Press and hold the two outsidebuttons until the indicator lightbegins to flash. This shouldtake about 10 seconds.

2. Release both buttons.

Reprogramming a SingleUniversal Remote SystemButton

To reprogram any of the systembuttons:

1. Press and hold any one of thebuttons. Do not release thebutton.

2. The indicator light will begin toflash after 20 seconds. Withoutreleasing the button, proceedwith Step 1 under“Programming the UniversalRemote System.”


146 Lighting

Lighting

Exterior LightingExterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 146Headlamp High/Low-Beam

Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148Daytime Running

Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148Automatic Headlamp

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 150Turn and Lane-Change

Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

Interior LightingInstrument Panel Illumination

Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

Lighting FeaturesEntry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153Battery Load Management . . . 153Battery Power Protection . . . . . 154

Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Exterior Lighting

Exterior Lamp Controls

The exterior lamp control is on theinstrument panel to the left of thesteering column.

There are four positions.

O : Turns the exterior lamps off anddeactivates the AUTO mode. Turnto O again to reactivate the

AUTO mode.

In Canada, the headlamps willautomatically reactivate when thevehicle is shifted out of P (Park).

AUTO : Turns the exterior lamps onand off automatically depending onoutside lighting.


Lighting 147

; : Turns on the parking lampsincluding all lamps, except theheadlamps.

5 : Turns on the headlampstogether with the parking lamps andinstrument panel lights.

IntelliBeam® System

If equipped, this system turns thevehicle's high-beam headlamps onand off according to surroundingtraffic conditions.

The system turns the high-beamheadlamps on when it is darkenough and there is no other trafficpresent.

This light comes on in theinstrument cluster when theIntelliBeam system is enabled.

Turning On and EnablingIntelliBeam

To enable the IntelliBeam system,pressb on the turn signal leverwhen it is dark outside and theexterior lamp control is in AUTOor5.

Driving with IntelliBeam

The system only activates the highbeams when driving over 40 km/h(25 mph).

The blue high-beam on lightappears on the instrument clusterwhen the high beams are on.

There is a sensor near the topcenter of the windshield thatautomatically controls the system.

Keep this area of the windshieldclear of debris to allow for bestsystem performance.

The high-beam headlamps remainon, under the automatic control,until one of the following situationsoccurs:

. The system detects anapproaching vehicle'sheadlamps.

. The system detects a precedingvehicle's taillamps.

. The outside light is brightenough that high-beamheadlamps are not required.

. The vehicle's speed drops below20 km/h (12 mph).

. The IntelliBeam system isdisabled by the button onthe turn signal lever. If thishappens, pressb on theturn signal lever when theexterior lamp control is in theAUTO or5 position toreactivate the IntelliBeamsystem. The instrument cluster


148 Lighting

light will come on to indicate theIntelliBeam system isreactivated.

. The IntelliBeam system will turnoff if the fog lamps areturned on.

The high beams may not turn offautomatically if the system cannotdetect another vehicle's lampsbecause of any of the following:

. The other vehicle's lamps aremissing, damaged, obstructedfrom view, or otherwiseundetected.

. The other vehicle's lamps arecovered with dirt, snow, and/orroad spray.

. The other vehicle's lamps cannotbe detected due to denseexhaust, smoke, fog, snow, roadspray, mist, or other airborneobstructions.

. The vehicle's windshield is dirty,cracked, or obstructed bysomething that blocks the viewof the light sensor.

. The vehicle is loaded such thatthe front end points upward,causing the light sensor to aimhigh and not detect headlampsand taillamps.

. The vehicle is being driven onwinding or hilly roads.

The IntelliBeam system may need tobe disabled if any of the aboveconditions exist.

Headlamp High/Low-Beam ChangerPush the turn signal lever awayfrom you and release, to turn thehigh beams on. To return to lowbeams, push the lever again or pullit toward you and release.

This indicator light turns on in theinstrument cluster when thehigh-beam headlamps are on.

Flash-to-PassTo flash the high beams, pull theturn signal lever toward you, andrelease.

Daytime RunningLamps (DRL)DRL can make it easier for others tosee the front of your vehicle duringthe day. Fully functional DRL arerequired on all vehicles first sold inCanada.

The dedicated DRL will come onwhen all of the following conditionsare met:

. The ignition is on.

. The exterior lamp control isin AUTO.

. The light sensor determines it isdaytime.

. The parking brake is released orthe vehicle is not in P (Park).

The taillamps, instrument panellights, and other lamps will notbe on.


Lighting 149

The DRL turn off when theheadlamps are turned to O or theignition is off. For vehicles sold inCanada, this control only workswhen the vehicle is parked.

Automatic HeadlampSystemWhen the exterior lamp control isset to AUTO and it is dark enoughoutside, the headlamps come onautomatically.

There is a light sensor on top of theinstrument panel. Do not cover thesensor; otherwise the headlampswill come on when they are notneeded.

The system may also turn on theheadlamps when driving through aparking garage or tunnel.

If the vehicle is started in a darkgarage, the automatic headlampsystem comes on immediately. If itis light outside when the vehicleleaves the garage, there is a slightdelay before the automaticheadlamp system changes to theDaytime Running Lamps (DRL).During that delay, the instrumentcluster may not be as bright asusual. Make sure the instrumentpanel brightness control is in the fullbright position. See InstrumentPanel Illumination Control 0 151.

When it is bright enough outside,the headlamps will turn off or maychange to DRL.

The automatic headlamp systemturns off when the exterior lampcontrol is turned to O or the ignitionis off.

Lights On with Wipers

If the windshield wipers areactivated in daylight with the engineon, and the exterior lamp control isin AUTO, the headlamps, parkinglamps, and other exterior lampscome on. The transition time for thelamps coming on varies based onwiper speed. When the wipers arenot operating, these lamps turn off.Move the exterior lamp control to Oor; to disable this feature.


150 Lighting

Hazard Warning Flashers

| : Press to make the front andrear turn signal lamps flash on andoff. This warns others that you arehaving trouble.

Press| again to turn the

flashers off.

Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals

Move the lever all the way up ordown to signal a turn.

An arrow on the instrument clusterwill flash in the direction of the turnor lane change.

Raise or lower the lever until thearrow starts to flash to signal a lanechange. Hold it there until the lanechange is complete. If the lever ismoved momentarily to the lanechange position, the arrow will flashthree times. It will flash six times ifTow/Haul Mode is active.

The lever returns to its startingposition when it is released.

If after signaling a turn or lanechange, the arrow flashes rapidly ordoes not come on, a signal bulbmay be burned out.

Have any burned out bulbsreplaced. If a bulb is not burned out,check the fuse. See InstrumentPanel Fuse Block 0 277.

Fog Lamps

The fog lamps button is on theinstrument panel beside the steeringwheel.

To turn on the fog lamps, the ignitionand the headlamps or parking lampsmust be on.


Lighting 151

# : If equipped, press to turn on oroff. An indicator light on theinstrument cluster comes on whenthe fog lamps are on.

Some localities have laws thatrequire the headlamps to be onalong with the fog lamps.

Interior Lighting

Instrument PanelIllumination Control

The brightness of the instrumentcluster display, infotainment displayand controls, steering wheelcontrols, and all other illuminatedcontrols, as well as feature statusindicators can be adjusted.

The knob for this feature is on theinstrument panel beside the steeringcolumn.

Push the knob in all the way until itextends out and then turn the knobclockwise or counterclockwise tobrighten or dim the lights.

Courtesy LampsThe courtesy lamps come on whenany door is opened unless the domelamp override is activated. Todeactivate the dome lamp override,pressj OFF and the indicatorlight on the button will turn off.

The reading lamps, located on thefront overhead console and theheadliner above the rear seatpassengers, can be controlledindependently of the courtesylamps.

Dome Lamps


152 Lighting

The dome lamp controls are in theoverhead console.

To operate, press the followingbuttons:

j OFF : Press to turn off thedome lamps when a door is open.An indicator light on the button willturn on when the dome lampoverride is activated. PressjOFF again to deactivate this featureand the indicator light will turn off.The dome lamps will come on whendoors are opened.

+ ON/OFF : Press to turn the domelamps on manually. Press again toturn the dome lamps off.

Reading LampsThere are reading lamps on theoverhead console and over the rearseats. These lamps come on whenany door is opened.

Front Reading Lamps

The front reading lamps are in theoverhead console.

Press the lamp lenses to turn thefront reading lamps on or off.

Rear Reading Lamps

The rear reading lamps are over therear seats.

Press the lamp lens to turn the rearpassenger reading lamps on or off.


Lighting 153

Lighting Features

Entry LightingSome exterior lamps and most ofthe interior lights turn on briefly atnight, or in areas of limited lightingwhen K is pressed on the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 8. When thedriver door is opened, all controllights, Driver Information Center(DIC) lights, and door pocket lightsturn on. After about 30 seconds theexterior lamps turn off, then theremaining interior lights dim to off.Entry lighting can be disabledmanually by turning the ignition onor to ACC/ACCESSORY, or bypressing Q on the RKE transmitter.

This feature can be changed. See“Vehicle Locator Lights” underVehicle Personalization 0 137.

Exit LightingSome exterior lamps and interiorlights come on at night, or in areaswith limited lighting, when the driverdoor is opened after the ignition isturned off. The dome lamp comeson after the ignition is turned off.The exterior lamps and dome lampremain on for a set amount of time,then automatically turn off.

The exterior lamps turn offimmediately by turning the exteriorlamp control off.

This feature can be changed. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 137.

Battery LoadManagementThe vehicle has Electric PowerManagement (EPM) that estimatesthe battery's temperature and stateof charge. It then adjusts the voltagefor best performance and extendedlife of the battery.

When the battery's state of chargeis low, the voltage is raised slightlyto quickly bring the charge back up.

When the state of charge is high,the voltage is lowered slightly toprevent overcharging. If the vehiclehas a voltmeter gauge or a voltagedisplay on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC), you may see thevoltage move up or down. This isnormal. If there is a problem, analert will be displayed.

The battery can be discharged atidle if the electrical loads are veryhigh. This is true for all vehicles.This is because the generator(alternator) may not be spinning fastenough at idle to produce all of thepower needed for very highelectrical loads.

A high electrical load occurs whenseveral of the following are on, suchas: headlamps, high beams, rearwindow defogger, climate control fanat high speed, heated seats, enginecooling fans, trailer loads, and loadsplugged into accessory poweroutlets.

EPM works to prevent excessivedischarge of the battery. It does thisby balancing the generator's outputand the vehicle's electrical needs.


154 Lighting

It can increase engine idle speed togenerate more power wheneverneeded. It can temporarily reducethe power demands of someaccessories.

Normally, these actions occur insteps or levels, without beingnoticeable. In rare cases at thehighest levels of corrective action,this action may be noticeable to thedriver. If so, a DIC battery voltageand charging message displays. It isrecommended that the driver reducethe electrical loads as much aspossible. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 133.

Battery Power ProtectionThis feature helps prevent thebattery from being drained, if theinterior courtesy lamps or readinglamps are accidentally left on. If anyof these lamps are left on, theyautomatically turn off after10 minutes, if the ignition is off. Thelamps will not come back on againuntil one of the following occurs:

. The ignition is turned on.

. The doors are closed and thenre-opened.

Exterior Lighting BatterySaverThe exterior lamps turn off about10 minutes after the ignition isturned off, if the parking lamps orheadlamps have been manually lefton. This protects against drainingthe battery. To restart the 10-minutetimer, turn the exterior lamp controlto the off position and then back tothe parking lamp or headlampposition.

To keep the lamps on for more than10 minutes, the ignition must be onor in ACC/ACCESSORY.


Infotainment System 155

InfotainmentSystem

IntroductionInfotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Introduction

InfotainmentSee the infotainment manual forinformation on the radio, audioplayers, phone, navigation system,and voice or speech recognition.It also includes information onsettings.

Active Noise Cancellation (ANC)

If equipped, ANC reduces enginenoise in the vehicle’s interior. ANCrequires the factory-installed audiosystem, radio, speakers, amplifier(if equipped), induction system, andexhaust system to work properly.Deactivation is required by yourdealer if related aftermarketequipment is installed.


156 Climate Controls

Climate Controls

Climate Control SystemsDual Automatic Climate

Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Rear Climate Control

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

Air VentsAir Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

MaintenancePassenger Compartment Air

Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Climate Control Systems

Dual Automatic Climate Control SystemThe heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled withthis system.

1. Driver and PassengerVentilated Seats (If Equipped)

2. Driver and PassengerTemperature Controls

3. MAX Defrost

4. Air Delivery Mode Controls

5. A/C (Air Conditioning)

6. Driver and Passenger HeatedSeats (If Equipped)

7. SYNC

8. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

9. Fan Controls

10. Power (On/Off)

11. Recirculation


Climate Controls 157

12. Rear Window Defogger

Climate Control Display

1. Driver and PassengerTemperature Controls

2. Fan Control

3. Sync (SynchronizedTemperature)

4. Outside Temperature Display

5. Recirculation

6. Air Delivery Mode Control

7. Auto (Automatic Operation)

8. A/C (Air Conditioning)

9. On/Off (Power)

The fan, air delivery mode, airconditioning, driver and passengertemperatures, and Sync settingscan be controlled by touchingCLIMATE on the infotainmentdisplay Home Page or the climatebutton in the application tray display.A selection can then be made onthe front climate control pagedisplayed. See the infotainmentmanual.

Climate Control Status Display

The climate control status displayappears briefly when the climatecontrols on the center stack are

adjusted. The air delivery mode canbe adjusted on the climate controldisplay.

Automatic Operation

The system automatically controlsthe fan speed, air delivery, airconditioning, and recirculation inorder to heat or cool the vehicle tothe desired temperature.

When AUTO is lit, all four functionsoperate automatically. Each functioncan also be manually set and theselected setting is displayed.Functions not manually set willcontinue to be automaticallycontrolled, even if the AUTOindicator is not lit.

For automatic operation:

1. Press AUTO.

2. Set the temperature. Allow thesystem time to stabilize. Adjustthe temperature as needed forbest comfort.

To improve fuel efficiency and tocool the vehicle faster with A/C on,recirculation may be automatically



selected in warm weather. Press@ to select recirculation; press itagain to select outside air.

Driver and PassengerTemperature Controls : Thetemperature can be adjustedseparately for the driver and thepassenger. Turn the knob clockwiseor counterclockwise to increase ordecrease the driver or passengertemperature setting.

SYNC : Press to link all passengertemperature settings to the driversetting. The SYNC indicator light willturn on. When the passengersettings are adjusted, the SYNCindicator light turns off.

Manual Operation

O : Press to turn the fan off or on.When off is selected, the system willprevent air from flowing into thecabin. If on is selected, or any otherbutton is pressed, the climatecontrol system will turn on andreturn to delivering airflow as set.The temperature control and airdelivery mode can still be adjusted.

^ : Press to increase or decreasethe fan speed. The fan speedsetting appears on the main display.Pressing any air flow mode buttoncancels automatic fan control andthe fan is controlled manually. PressAUTO to return to automaticoperation.

Air Delivery Mode Controls :Press X,Y, or[ to change the

direction of the airflow. Anycombination of the three buttonscan be selected. The indicator lightin the button will turn on. Thecurrent mode appears in the displayscreen. Pressing either buttoncancels automatic air deliverycontrol and the direction of theairflow is controlled manually. PressAUTO to return to automaticoperation.

To change the current mode, selectone or more of the following modes:

X : Clears the windows of fog ormoisture. Air is directed to thewindshield.

Y : Air is directed to the instrumentpanel outlets.

[ : Air is directed to the flooroutlets.

0 MAX : Air is directed to thewindshield, the fan runs at a higherspeed, and the temperature of theair is increased if not already atmaximum. This mode overrides theprevious mode selected and clearsfog or frost from the windshieldmore quickly. When the button ispressed again, the system returnsto the previous mode setting andfan speed.

For best results, clear all snow andice from the windshield beforedefrosting.

A/C : Press to turn the airconditioning system on or off. If theclimate control system is turned offor the outside temperature fallsbelow freezing, the air conditionerwill not run.

Pressing this button cancelsautomatic air conditioning and turnsoff the air conditioner. Press AUTOto return to automatic operation and



the air conditioner runsautomatically as needed. When theindicator light is on, the airconditioner runs automatically tocool the air inside the vehicle or todry the air needed to defog thewindshield faster.

@ : Press to turn on recirculation.An indicator light comes on. Air isrecirculated to quickly cool theinside of the vehicle or to reduce theentry of outside air and odors.

If selected during cool or coldweather, the windshield andwindows may fog. Turn offrecirculation to help clear thewindshield and windows.

Auto Defog : The climate controlsystem may have a sensor toautomatically detect high humidityinside the vehicle. When highhumidity is detected, the climatecontrol system may adjust tooutside air supply and turn on theair conditioner. The fan speed mayslightly increase to help preventfogging. If the climate control

system does not detect possiblewindow fogging, it returns to normaloperation.

To turn Auto Defog off or on, see“Climate and Air Quality” underVehicle Personalization 0 137.

Rear Window Defogger

K : Press to turn the rear windowdefogger on or off. An indicator lighton the button comes on to show thatthe rear window defogger is on. Therear window defogger only workswhen the ignition is on. Thedefogger turns off when the ignitionis off or in ACC/ACCESSORY.

The rear window defogger can beset to automatic operation. See“Climate and Air Quality” underVehicle Personalization 0 137.When Auto Rear Defog is selected,the rear window defogger turns onautomatically when the interiortemperature is cold and the outsidetemperature is about 7 °C (44 °F)and below. The auto rear defoggerturns off automatically.

If the vehicle is equipped withheated outside mirrors, they turn onwhen the rear window defoggerbutton is on and help to clear fog orfrost from the surface of the mirror.See Heated Mirrors 0 31.

Caution

Do not try to clear frost or othermaterial from the inside of thefront windshield and rear windowwith a razor blade or anythingelse that is sharp. This maydamage the rear windowdefogger grid and affect theradio's ability to pick up stationsclearly. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

L or M : If equipped, press L or Mto heat the driver or passenger seat.See Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats 0 47.



{ or C : If equipped, press { orC to ventilate the driver orpassenger seat. See Heated andVentilated Front Seats 0 47.

Remote Start Climate ControlOperation : If equipped with remotestart, the climate control systemmay run when the vehicle is startedremotely. The system will use thedefrost setting if it is cold outside orturn on using the coldest settings ifit is hot outside. The rear defog maycome on during remote start basedon cold ambient conditions. Therear defog indicator light does notcome on during a remote start.

If equipped, the heated seats willturn on if it is cold outside or theventilated seats will turn on if it ishot outside. The heated andventilated seat indicator lights maynot come on during a remote start.If equipped, the heated steeringwheel will come on in a remote startif it is cold outside. The heatedsteering wheel indicator light may

not come on. See VehiclePersonalization 0 137, RemoteVehicle Start 0 15, and Heated andVentilated Front Seats 0 47.

Sensor

The solar sensor, on top of theinstrument panel near thewindshield, monitors the solar heat.

The climate control system uses thesensor information to adjust thetemperature, fan speed,recirculation, and air delivery modefor best comfort.

Do not cover the sensor; otherwisethe automatic climate control systemmay not work properly.

Rear Climate ControlSystemThe rear climate control system ison the rear of the center consolestorage. The settings can beadjusted by either the rear climatecontrol or the rear climate displayapp on the front infotainmentdisplay.

Rear Climate Controls

1. Fan Control

2. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

3. MODE (Air Delivery ModeControl)

4. TEMP (Temperature Control)

5. Heated Rear Seats (IfEquipped)



Rear Climate Display

1. Rear Climate TemperatureControl

2. Fan Control

3. Outside Temperature Display

4. Sync (SynchronizedTemperatures)

5. Rear Control Lockout

6. Air Delivery Mode Control

7. Auto (Automatic Operation)

8. On/Off (Power)

SYNC : Press SYNC on the rearclimate display to match the rearclimate control temperature to the

front climate control drivertemperature. The SYNC button willbe lit. Adjust the rear climate controltemperature to change the linkedtemperature. The SYNC buttonturns off. When SYNC is active thedisplay is not shown.

Rear Control Lockout : Press Hon the rear climate display to lock orunlock control of the rear climatecontrol system from the front seat.When locked the rear climatecontrol system cannot be adjustedfrom the rear climate controls.

Automatic Operation

AUTO : Press AUTO or touch RearAuto on the rear climate display toautomatically control air deliveryand fan speed. A is indicated in thedisplay on the rear of the centerconsole storage when automaticoperation is active. If any of theclimate control settings are manuallyadjusted, this cancels full automaticoperation.

The display on the rear of the centerconsole storage only indicatesclimate control functions when thesystem is in rear independent mode.

Manual Operation

9 : Turn the knob clockwise orcounterclockwise or touch and hold] or9 on the rear climate displayto increase or decrease the fanspeed.

TEMP : Turn the knob clockwise orcounterclockwise or press and holdthe rear climate display temperaturecontrols to adjust the rearpassenger temperature. If SYNC islit, the rear climate temperature islinked to the driver temperaturesetting.

2/\/Y or MODE : Touch thedesired mode on the rear climatedisplay or press MODE on the rearclimate controls to change thedirection of the airflow in the rearseating area. Repeatedly pressMODE until the desired modeappears on the display.



M or L : If equipped, press M or Lto heat the left or right rear outboardseat. See Heated Rear Seats 0 51.

Air VentsUse the slider switch on the airoutlets to change the direction of theairflow, or to open and close off theairflow.

There are also outlets overhead inthe rear passenger area; adjust asneeded.

Keep all outlets open wheneverpossible for best systemperformance.

Operation Tips. Clear away any ice, snow,

or leaves from the air inlets atthe base of the windshield thatcan block the flow of air into thevehicle.

. Clear snow off the hood toimprove visibility and helpdecrease moisture drawn intothe vehicle.

. Use of non-GM approved hooddeflectors can adversely affectthe performance of the system.

. Keep the path under all seatsclear of objects to help circulatethe air inside the vehicle moreeffectively.

. If fogging reoccurs while in ventor bi-level modes with mildtemperature throughout thevehicle, turn on the airconditioner to reduce windshieldfogging.



Maintenance

Passenger CompartmentAir FilterThe filter reduces dust, pollen, andother airborne irritants from outsideair that is pulled into the vehicle.The filter should be replaced as partof routine scheduled maintenance.See Maintenance Schedule 0 328.

See your dealer regardingreplacement of the filter.

ServiceAll vehicles have a label underhoodthat identifies the refrigerant used inthe vehicle. The refrigerant systemshould only be serviced by trainedand certified technicians. The airconditioning evaporator shouldnever be repaired or replaced byone from a salvage vehicle.It should only be replaced by a newevaporator to ensure proper andsafe operation.

During service, all refrigerantsshould be reclaimed with properequipment. Venting refrigerantsdirectly to the atmosphere is harmfulto the environment and may alsocreate unsafe conditions based oninhalation, combustion, frostbite,or other health-based concerns.

The air conditioning system requiresperiodic maintenance. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 328.


164 Driving and Operating

Driving andOperating

Driving InformationDriving for Better Fuel

Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . 165Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 167Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 168Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168Off-Road Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . 173Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 174Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 176Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 177

Starting and OperatingNew Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . 181Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . 183Stop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . 184Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . 188Parking over Things

That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

Engine ExhaustEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189Running the Vehicle While

Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

Automatic TransmissionAutomatic Transmission . . . . . . 190Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

Drive SystemsAll-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

BrakesAntilock Brake

System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . 195Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . 196

Ride Control SystemsTraction Control/Electronic

Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . 199

Cruise ControlCruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . 204

Driver Assistance SystemsDriver Assistance Systems . . . 212Assistance Systems for

Parking or Backing . . . . . . . . . . 214Assistance Systems for

Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218Forward Collision Alert (FCA)

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218Automatic Emergency

Braking (AEB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220Front Pedestrian Braking

(FPB) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222Side Blind Zone

Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . 224Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . 226

FuelTop Tier Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228Recommended Fuel . . . . . . . . . . 229Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 229Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230Filling a Portable Fuel

Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231


Driving and Operating 165

Trailer TowingGeneral Towing

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232Driving Characteristics and

Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . 240Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . 243

Conversions and Add-OnsAdd-On Electrical

Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245

Driving Information

Driving for Better FuelEconomyDriving habits can affect fuelmileage. Here are some driving tipsto get the best fuel economypossible.

. Set the climate controls to thedesired temperature after theengine is started, or turn themoff when not required.

. On AWD vehicles, see DriverMode Control 0 199.

. Avoid fast starts and acceleratesmoothly.

. Brake gradually and avoidabrupt stops.

. Avoid idling the engine for longperiods of time.

. When road and weatherconditions are appropriate, usecruise control.

. Always follow posted speedlimits or drive more slowly whenconditions require.

. Keep vehicle tires properlyinflated.

. Combine several trips into asingle trip.

. Replace the vehicle's tires withthe same TPC Spec numbermolded into the tire's sidewallnear the size.

. Follow recommended scheduledmaintenance.

Distracted DrivingDistraction comes in many formsand can take your focus from thetask of driving. Exercise goodjudgment and do not let otheractivities divert your attention awayfrom the road. Many localgovernments have enacted lawsregarding driver distraction. Becomefamiliar with the local laws inyour area.

To avoid distracted driving, keepyour eyes on the road, keep yourhands on the steering wheel, andfocus your attention on driving.


166 Driving and Operating. Do not use a phone in

demanding driving situations.Use a hands-free method toplace or receive necessaryphone calls.

. Watch the road. Do not read,take notes, or look upinformation on phones or otherelectronic devices.

. Designate a front seatpassenger to handle potentialdistractions.

. Become familiar with vehiclefeatures before driving, such asprogramming favorite radiostations and adjusting climatecontrol and seat settings.Program all trip information intoany navigation device prior todriving.

. Wait until the vehicle is parkedto retrieve items that have fallento the floor.

. Stop or park the vehicle to tendto children.

. Keep pets in an appropriatecarrier or restraint.

. Avoid stressful conversationswhile driving, whether with apassenger or on a cell phone.

{ Warning

Taking your eyes off the road toolong or too often could cause acrash resulting in injury or death.Focus your attention on driving.

Refer to the infotainment manual formore information on using thatsystem and the navigation system,if equipped, including pairing andusing a cell phone.

Defensive DrivingDefensive driving means “alwaysexpect the unexpected.” The firststep in driving defensively is to wearthe seat belt. See Seat Belts 0 54.

. Assume that other road users(pedestrians, bicyclists, andother drivers) are going to becareless and make mistakes.Anticipate what they might doand be ready.

. Allow enough following distancebetween you and the driver infront of you.

. Focus on the task of driving.

Drunk DrivingDeath and injury associated withdrinking and driving is a globaltragedy.

{ Warning

Drinking and then driving is verydangerous. Your reflexes,perceptions, attentiveness, andjudgment can be affected by evena small amount of alcohol. Youcan have a serious — or evenfatal — collision if you drive afterdrinking.

Do not drink and drive or ride witha driver who has been drinking.Ride home in a cab; or if you arewith a group, designate a driverwho will not drink.



Control of a VehicleBraking, steering, and acceleratingare important factors in helping tocontrol a vehicle while driving.

BrakingBraking action involves perceptiontime and reaction time. Deciding topush the brake pedal is perceptiontime. Actually doing it isreaction time.

Average driver reaction time isabout three-quarters of a second. Inthat time, a vehicle moving at100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m(66 ft), which could be a lot ofdistance in an emergency.

Helpful braking tips to keep in mindinclude:

. Keep enough distance betweenyou and the vehicle in frontof you.

. Avoid needless heavy braking.

. Keep pace with traffic.

If the engine ever stops while thevehicle is being driven, brakenormally but do not pump thebrakes. Doing so could make thepedal harder to push down. If theengine stops, there will be somepower brake assist but it will beused when the brake is applied.Once the power assist is used up, itcan take longer to stop and thebrake pedal will be harder to push.

Steering

Electric Power Steering

Caution

To avoid damage to the steeringsystem, do not drive over curbs,parking barriers, or similar objectsat speeds greater than 3 km/h(1 mph). Use care when drivingover other objects such as lanedividers and speed bumps.Damage caused by misuse of thevehicle is not covered by thevehicle warranty.

The vehicle has electric powersteering. It does not have powersteering fluid. Regular maintenanceis not required.

If power steering assist is lost dueto a system malfunction, the vehiclecan be steered, but may requireincreased effort.

If the steering assist is used for anextended period of time while thevehicle is not moving, power assistmay be reduced.



If the steering wheel is turned until itreaches the end of its travel and isheld against that position for anextended period of time, powersteering assist may be reduced.

Normal use of the power steeringassist should return when thesystem cools down.

See your dealer if there is aproblem.

Curve Tips. Take curves at a reasonable

speed.

. Reduce speed before entering acurve.

. Maintain a reasonable steadyspeed through the curve.

. Wait until the vehicle is out ofthe curve before acceleratinggently into the straightaway.

Steering in Emergencies. There are some situations when

steering around a problem maybe more effective than braking.

. Holding both sides of thesteering wheel allows you to turn180 degrees without removinga hand.

. The Antilock Brake System(ABS) allows steering whilebraking.

Off-Road Recovery

The vehicle's right wheels can dropoff the edge of a road onto theshoulder while driving. Followthese tips:

1. Ease off the accelerator andthen, if there is nothing in theway, steer the vehicle so that itstraddles the edge of thepavement.

2. Turn the steering wheel aboutone-eighth of a turn, until theright front tire contacts thepavement edge.

3. Turn the steering wheel to gostraight down the roadway.

Loss of Control

Skidding

There are three types of skids thatcorrespond to the vehicle's threecontrol systems:

. Braking Skid — wheels are notrolling.

. Steering or Cornering Skid —too much speed or steering in acurve causes tires to slip andlose cornering force.

. Acceleration Skid — too muchthrottle causes the drivingwheels to spin.



Defensive drivers avoid most skidsby taking reasonable care suited toexisting conditions, and by notoverdriving those conditions. Butskids are always possible.

If the vehicle starts to slide, followthese suggestions:

. Ease your foot off theaccelerator pedal and steer theway you want the vehicle to go.The vehicle may straighten out.Be ready for a second skid if itoccurs.

. Slow down and adjust yourdriving according to weatherconditions. Stopping distancecan be longer and vehiclecontrol can be affected whentraction is reduced by water,snow, ice, gravel, or othermaterial on the road. Learn torecognize warning clues — suchas enough water, ice, or packedsnow on the road to make amirrored surface — and slowdown when you have any doubt.

. Try to avoid sudden steering,acceleration, or braking,including reducing vehicle speedby shifting to a lower gear. Anysudden changes could causethe tires to slide.

Remember: Antilock brakes helpavoid only the braking skid.

Off-Road DrivingAll-wheel-drive vehicles can beused for off-road driving. Vehicleswithout all-wheel drive and vehiclesnot equipped with All Terrain (AT) orOn-Off Road (OOR) tires must notbe driven off-road except on a level,solid surface. To contact the tiremanufacturer for more informationabout the original equipment tires,see the warranty manual.

Controlling the vehicle is the key tosuccessful off-road driving. One ofthe best ways to control the vehicleis to control the speed.

{ Warning

When driving off-road, bouncingand quick changes in directioncan easily throw you out ofposition. This could cause you tolose control and crash. You andyour passengers should alwayswear seat belts.

Before Driving Off-Road. Have all necessary maintenance

and service work completed.

. Fuel the vehicle, fill fluid levels,and check inflation pressure inall tires, including the spare,if equipped.

. Read all the information aboutall-wheel-drive vehicles in thismanual.

. Make sure all underbodyshields, if equipped, are properlyattached.

. Know the local laws that apply tooff-road driving.



To gain more ground clearance ifneeded, it may be necessary toremove the front fascia lower airdam. However, driving without theair dam reduces fuel economy.

Caution

Operating the vehicle forextended periods without the frontfascia lower air dam installed cancause improper airflow to theengine. Reattach the front fasciaair dam after off-road driving.

Loading the Vehicle forOff-Road Driving

{ Warning

. Unsecured cargo on theload floor can be tossedabout when driving overrough terrain. You or yourpassengers can be struckby flying objects. Secure thecargo properly.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Keep cargo in the cargoarea as far forward and aslow as possible. Theheaviest things should beon the floor, forward of therear axle.

. Heavy loads on the roofraise the vehicle's center ofgravity, making it more likelyto roll over. You can beseriously or fatally injured ifthe vehicle rolls over. Putheavy loads inside thecargo area, not on the roof.

For more information about loadingthe vehicle, see Vehicle Load Limits0 177.

Environmental Concerns. Always use established trails,

roads, and areas that have beenset aside for public off-roadrecreational driving and obey allposted regulations.

. Do not damage shrubs, flowers,trees, or grasses or disturbwildlife.

. Do not park over things thatburn. See Parking over ThingsThat Burn 0 188.

Driving on Hills

Driving safely on hills requires goodjudgment and an understanding ofwhat the vehicle can and cannot do.

{ Warning

Many hills are simply too steepfor any vehicle. Driving up hillscan cause the vehicle to stall.Driving down hills can cause lossof control. Driving across hills cancause a rollover. You could beinjured or killed. Do not drive onsteep hills.

Before driving on a hill, assess thesteepness, traction, andobstructions. If the terrain aheadcannot be seen, get out of thevehicle and walk the hill beforedriving further.



When driving on hills:

. Use a low gear and keep a firmgrip on the steering wheel.

. Maintain a slow speed.

. When possible, drive straight upor down the hill.

. Slow down when approachingthe top of the hill.

. Use headlamps even during theday to make the vehicle morevisible.

{ Warning

Driving to the top of a hill at highspeed can cause a crash. Therecould be a drop-off, embankment,cliff, or even another vehicle. Youcould be seriously injured orkilled. As you near the top of ahill, slow down and stay alert.

. Never go downhill forward orbackward with the transmissionin N (Neutral). The brakes couldoverheat and you could losecontrol.

. When driving down a hill, keepthe vehicle headed straightdown. Use a low gear becausethe engine will work with thebrakes to slow the vehicle andhelp keep the vehicle undercontrol.

{ Warning

Heavy braking when going downa hill can cause your brakes tooverheat and fade. This couldcause loss of control and you orothers could be injured or killed.Apply the brakes lightly whendescending a hill and use a lowgear to keep vehicle speed undercontrol.

If the vehicle stalls on a hill:

1. Apply the brakes to stop thevehicle, and then apply theparking brake.

2. Shift into P (Park) and thenrestart the engine.

. If driving uphill when thevehicle stalls, shift toR (Reverse), release theparking brake, and backstraight down.

. Never try to turn the vehiclearound. If the hill is steepenough to stall the vehicle,it is steep enough to causeit to roll over.

. If you cannot make it up thehill, back straight downthe hill.

. Never back down a hill inN (Neutral) using only thebrake.

. The vehicle can rollbackward quickly and youcould lose control.

. If driving downhill when thevehicle stalls, shift to alower gear, release theparking brake, and drivestraight down the hill.



3. If the vehicle cannot berestarted after stalling, set theparking brake, shift thetransmission into P (Park), andturn the vehicle off.

3.1. Leave the vehicle andseek help.

3.2. Stay clear of the path thevehicle would take if itrolled downhill.

. Avoid turns that take the vehicleacross the incline of the hill.A hill that can be driven straightup or down might be too steep todrive across. Driving across anincline puts more weight on thedownhill wheels which couldcause a downhill slide or arollover.

. Surface conditions can be aproblem. Loose gravel, muddyspots, or even wet grass cancause the tires to slip sideways,downhill. If the vehicle slipssideways, it can hit somethingthat will trip it – a rock, a rut, etc.– and roll over.

. Hidden obstacles can make thesteepness of the incline moresevere. If a rock is driven acrosswith the uphill wheels, or if thedownhill wheels drop into a rutor depression, the vehicle can tilteven more.

. If an incline must be drivenacross, and the vehicle starts toslide, turn downhill. This shouldhelp straighten out the vehicleand prevent the side slipping.

{ Warning

Getting out of the vehicle on thedownhill side when stoppedacross an incline is dangerous.If the vehicle rolls over, you couldbe crushed or killed. Always getout on the uphill side of thevehicle and stay well clear of therollover path.

Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow,or Ice

Use a low gear when driving in mud– the deeper the mud, the lower thegear. Keep the vehicle moving toavoid getting stuck.

Traction changes when driving onsand. On loose sand, such as onbeaches or sand dunes, the tirestend to sink into the sand. Thisaffects steering, accelerating, andbraking. Drive at a reduced speedand avoid sharp turns or abruptmaneuvers.

Traction is reduced on hard packedsnow and ice and it is easy to losecontrol. Reduce vehicle speed whendriving on hard packed snowand ice.

{ Warning

Driving on frozen lakes, ponds,or rivers can be dangerous. Iceconditions vary greatly and thevehicle could fall through the ice;

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

you and your passengers coulddrown. Drive your vehicle on safesurfaces only.

Driving in Water

{ Warning

Driving through rushing water canbe dangerous. Deep water cansweep your vehicle downstreamand you and your passengerscould drown. If it is only shallowwater, it can still wash away theground from under your tires.Traction could be lost, and thevehicle could roll over. Do notdrive through rushing water.

Caution

Do not drive through standingwater if it is deep enough to coverthe wheel hubs, axles, or exhaustpipe. Deep water can damage theaxle and other vehicle parts.

If the standing water is not too deep,drive through it slowly. At fasterspeeds, water can get into theengine and cause it to stall. Stallingcan occur if the exhaust pipe isunder water. Do not turn off theignition when driving through water.If the exhaust pipe is under water,the engine will not start. When goingthrough water, the brakes get wetand it may take longer to stop. SeeDriving on Wet Roads 0 173.

After Off-Road Driving

Remove any brush or debris thathas collected on the underbody orchassis, or under the hood. Theseaccumulations can be a fire hazard.

After operation in mud or sand,have the brake linings cleaned andchecked. These substances cancause glazing and uneven braking.Check the body structure, steering,suspension, wheels, tires, andexhaust system for damage andcheck the fuel lines and coolingsystem for any leakage.

More frequent maintenance serviceis required. See MaintenanceSchedule 0 328.

Driving on Wet RoadsRain and wet roads can reducevehicle traction and affect yourability to stop and accelerate.Always drive slower in these typesof driving conditions and avoiddriving through large puddles anddeep-standing or flowing water.



{ Warning

Wet brakes can cause crashes.They might not work as well in aquick stop and could causepulling to one side. You couldlose control of the vehicle.

After driving through a largepuddle of water or a car/vehiclewash, lightly apply the brakepedal until the brakes worknormally.

Flowing or rushing water createsstrong forces. Driving throughflowing water could cause thevehicle to be carried away. If thishappens, you and other vehicleoccupants could drown. Do notignore police warnings and bevery cautious about trying to drivethrough flowing water.

Hydroplaning

Hydroplaning is dangerous. Watercan build up under the vehicle'stires so they actually ride on thewater. This can happen if the road is

wet enough and you are going fastenough. When the vehicle ishydroplaning, it has little or nocontact with the road.

There is no hard and fast rule abouthydroplaning. The best advice is toslow down when the road is wet.

Other Rainy Weather Tips

Besides slowing down, other wetweather driving tips include:

. Allow extra following distance.

. Pass with caution.

. Keep windshield wipingequipment in good shape.

. Keep the windshield washer fluidreservoir filled.

. Have good tires with propertread depth. See Tires 0 282.

. Turn off cruise control.

. Activate All-Wheel Drive (AWD)mode. See Driver Mode Control0 199.

Hill and Mountain RoadsDriving on steep hills or throughmountains is different than drivingon flat or rolling terrain. Tips include:

. Keep the vehicle serviced and ingood shape.

. Check all fluid levels and brakes,tires, cooling system, andtransmission.

. Shift to a lower gear when goingdown steep or long hills.

{ Warning

Using the brakes to slow thevehicle on a long downhill slopecan cause brake overheating, canreduce brake performance, andcould result in a loss of braking.Shift the transmission to a lowergear to let the engine assist thebrakes on a steep downhill slope.



{ Warning

Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)or with the ignition off isdangerous. This can causeoverheating of the brakes andloss of steering assist. Alwayshave the engine running and thevehicle in gear.

. Drive at speeds that keep thevehicle in its own lane. Do notswing wide or cross thecenter line.

. Be alert on top of hills;something could be in your lane(e.g., stalled car, crash).

. Pay attention to special roadsigns (e.g., falling rocks area,winding roads, long grades,passing or no-passing zones)and take appropriate action.

. Select All-Wheel Drive (AWD)Mode. See Driver Mode Control0 199 andAll-Wheel Drive 0 193.

Winter Driving

Driving on Snow or Ice

Snow or ice between the tires andthe road creates less traction orgrip, so drive carefully. Wet ice canoccur at about 0 °C (32 °F) whenfreezing rain begins to fall. Avoiddriving on wet ice or in freezing rainuntil roads can be treated.

For Slippery Road Driving:

. Accelerate gently. Acceleratingtoo quickly causes the wheels tospin and makes the surfaceunder the tires slick.

. Turn on Traction Control. SeeTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 197.

. The Antilock Brake System(ABS) improves vehicle stabilityduring hard stops, but thebrakes should be applied soonerthan when on dry pavement.See Antilock Brake System(ABS) 0 194.

. Allow greater following distanceand watch for slippery spots. Icypatches can occur on otherwiseclear roads in shaded areas.The surface of a curve or anoverpass can remain icy whenthe surrounding roads are clear.Avoid sudden steeringmaneuvers and braking whileon ice.

. Turn off cruise control.

. Select All-Wheel Drive (AWD)Mode for vehicles equipped withAWD. Select Snow/Ice Mode forFWD only vehicles. See DriverMode Control 0 199 andAll-Wheel Drive 0 193.

Blizzard Conditions

Stop the vehicle in a safe place andsignal for help. Stay with the vehicleunless there is help nearby.If possible, use RoadsideAssistance. See RoadsideAssistance Program 0 347. To gethelp and keep everyone in thevehicle safe:

. Turn on the hazard warningflashers.


176 Driving and Operating. Tie a red cloth to an outside

mirror.

{ Warning

Snow can trap engine exhaustunder the vehicle. This maycause exhaust gases to getinside. Engine exhaust containscarbon monoxide (CO), whichcannot be seen or smelled. It cancause unconsciousness and evendeath.

If the vehicle is stuck in snow:

. Clear snow from the base ofthe vehicle, especially anyblocking the exhaust pipe.

. Open a window about 5 cm(2 in) on the vehicle sidethat is away from the wind,to bring in fresh air.


(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Adjust the climate controlsystem to circulate the airinside the vehicle and setthe fan speed to the highestsetting. See “ClimateControl Systems.”

For more information about CO,see Engine Exhaust 0 189.

To save fuel, run the engine forshort periods to warm the vehicleand then shut the engine off andpartially close the window. Movingabout to keep warm also helps.

If it takes time for help to arrive,when running the engine, push theaccelerator pedal slightly so theengine runs faster than the idlespeed. This keeps the batterycharged to restart the vehicle and tosignal for help with the headlamps.Do this as little as possible, tosave fuel.

If the Vehicle Is StuckSlowly and cautiously spin thewheels to free the vehicle whenstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.

If stuck too severely for the tractionsystem to free the vehicle, turn thetraction system off and use therocking method. See TractionControl/Electronic Stability Control0 197.

{ Warning

If the vehicle's tires spin at highspeed, they can explode, and youor others could be injured. Thevehicle can overheat, causing anengine compartment fire or otherdamage. Spin the wheels as littleas possible and avoid goingabove 56 km/h (35 mph).

Select All-Wheel Drive (AWD)Mode. See Driver Mode Control0 199 andAll-Wheel Drive 0 193.



Rocking the Vehicle to Getit Out

Turn the steering wheel left andright to clear the area around thefront wheels. Turn off any tractionsystem. Shift back and forthbetween R (Reverse) and a lowforward gear, spinning the wheelsas little as possible. To preventtransmission wear, wait until thewheels stop spinning before shiftinggears. Release the acceleratorpedal while shifting, and presslightly on the accelerator pedalwhen the transmission is in gear.Slowly spinning the wheels in theforward and reverse directionscauses a rocking motion that couldfree the vehicle. If that does not getthe vehicle out after a few tries, itmight need to be towed out. If thevehicle does need to be towed out,see Towing the Vehicle 0 314.

Vehicle Load LimitsIt is very important to know howmuch weight the vehicle cancarry. This weight is called the

vehicle capacity weight andincludes the weight of alloccupants, cargo, and allnonfactory-installed options.Two labels on the vehicle mayshow how much weight it mayproperly carry, the Tire andLoading Information label andthe Certification/Tire label.

{ Warning

Do not load the vehicle anyheavier than the GrossVehicle Weight Rating(GVWR), or either themaximum front or rear GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR).This can cause systems tobreak and change the way thevehicle handles. This couldcause loss of control and acrash. Overloading can alsoreduce stopping distance,damage the tires, and shortenthe life of the vehicle.

Tire and Loading InformationLabel

Example Label

A vehicle-specific Tire andLoading Information label isattached to the center pillar(B-pillar). The tire and loadinginformation label shows thenumber of occupant seatingpositions (1), and the maximumvehicle capacity weight (2) inkilograms and pounds.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label also shows thesize of the original equipment



tires (3) and the recommendedcold tire inflation pressures (4).For more information on tiresand inflation see Tires 0 282andTire Pressure 0 289.

There is also important loadinginformation on the vehicleCertification/Tire label. It mayshow the Gross Vehicle WeightRating (GVWR) and the GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR) forthe front and rear axle. See“Certification/Tire Label” later inthis section.

“Steps for Determining CorrectLoad Limit–

1. Locate the statement "Thecombined weight ofoccupants and cargo shouldnever exceed XXX kg orXXX lbs." on your vehicle’splacard.

2. Determine the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers that will beriding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers from XXX kg orXXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equalsthe available amount ofcargo and luggage loadcapacity. For example, if the"XXX" amount equals1400 lbs. and there will befive 150 lb passengers inyour vehicle, the amount ofavailable cargo and luggageload capacity is 650 lbs.(1400-750 (5 x 150) =650 lbs.)

5. Determine the combinedweight of luggage and cargobeing loaded on the vehicle.That weight may not safely

exceed the available cargoand luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towinga trailer, load from yourtrailer will be transferred toyour vehicle. Consult thismanual to determine howthis reduces the availablecargo and luggage loadcapacity of your vehicle.”

See Trailer Towing 0 236 forimportant information on towinga trailer, towing safety rules andtrailering tips.



Example 1

1. Vehicle Capacity Weightfor Example 1 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)× 2 = 136 kg (300 lbs).

3. Available Occupant andCargo Weight = 317 kg(700 lbs).

Example 2


2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)× 5 = 340 kg (750 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight= 113 kg (250 lbs).

Example 3


2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 91 kg(200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight= 0 kg (0 lbs).

Refer to the vehicle's tire andloading information label forspecific information about thevehicle's capacity weight andseating positions. The combined



weight of the driver, passengers,and cargo should never exceedthe vehicle's capacity weight.

Certification/Tire Label

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Certification/Tire label is attached to thecenter pillar (B-pillar).

The label may show the size ofthe vehicle's original tires andthe inflation pressures needed toobtain the gross weight capacityof the vehicle. The label showsthe gross weight capacity of thevehicle. This is called the Gross

Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR).The GVWR includes the weightof the vehicle, all occupants,fuel, and cargo.

The Certification/Tire label mayalso show the maximum weightsfor the front and rear axles,called the Gross Axle WeightRating (GAWR). To find out theactual loads on the front andrear axles, weigh the vehicle ata weigh station. Your dealer canhelp with this. Be sure to spreadthe load equally on both sides ofthe centerline.

Caution

Overloading the vehicle maycause damage. Repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Do not overload thevehicle.

{ Warning

Things inside the vehicle canstrike and injure people in asudden stop or turn, or in acrash.

. Put things in the cargoarea of the vehicle. In thecargo area, put them asfar forward as possible.Try to spread the weightevenly.

. Never stack heavierthings, like suitcases,inside the vehicle so thatsome of them are abovethe tops of the seats.

. Do not leave anunsecured child restraintin the vehicle.

. Secure loose items in thevehicle.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. Do not leave a seatfolded down unlessneeded.

Starting andOperating

New Vehicle Break-In

Caution

The vehicle does not need anelaborate break-in. But it willperform better in the long run ifyou follow these guidelines:

. Do not drive at any oneconstant speed, fast or slow,for the first 800 km (500 mi).Do not make full-throttlestarts. Avoid downshifting tobrake or slow the vehicle.

. Avoid making hard stops forthe first 300 km (200 mi) orso. During this time the newbrake linings are not yetbroken in. Hard stops withnew linings can meanpremature wear and earlierreplacement. Follow this

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

breaking-in guideline everytime you get new brakelinings.

Following break-in, engine speedand load can be graduallyincreased.

Ignition Positions

This vehicle has pushbuttonstarting.



The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter must be in the vehicle forthe system to operate. If thepushbutton start is not working, thevehicle may be near a strong radioantenna signal causing interferenceto the Keyless Access system. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 8.

To shift out of P (Park), the ignitionmust be on or in service mode andthe brake pedal must be applied.

Stopping the Engine/OFF (NoIndicator Lights) : When thevehicle is stopped, press ENGINESTART/STOP once to turn theengine off.

If the vehicle is in P (Park), theignition will turn off, and RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) will remainactive. See Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) 0 186.

If the vehicle is not in P (Park), theignition will return to ACC/ACCESSORY and display themessage SHIFT TO PARK in the

Driver Information Center (DIC).When the vehicle is shifted intoP (Park), the ignition will turn off.

Do not turn the engine off when thevehicle is moving. This will cause aloss of power assist in the brakeand steering systems and disablethe airbags.

If the vehicle must be shut off in anemergency:

1. Brake using a firm and steadypressure. Do not pump thebrakes repeatedly. This maydeplete power assist, requiringincreased brake pedal force.

2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).This can be done while thevehicle is moving. After shiftingto N (Neutral), firmly apply thebrakes and steer the vehicle toa safe location.

3. Come to a complete stop, shiftto P (Park), and turn theignition off. The shift lever mustbe in P (Park) to turn theignition off.

4. Set the parking brake. SeeElectric Parking Brake 0 195.

{ Warning

Turning off the vehicle whilemoving may cause loss of powerassist in the brake and steeringsystems and disable the airbags.While driving, only shut thevehicle off in an emergency.

If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,and must be shut off while driving,press and hold ENGINE START/STOP for longer than two seconds,or press twice in five seconds.

ACC/ACCESSORY (AmberIndicator Light) : This mode allowssome electrical accessories to beused when the engine is off.

With the ignition off, pressing thebutton one time without the brakepedal applied will place the ignitionsystem in ACC/ACCESSORY.



The ignition will switch from ACC/ACCESSORY to OFF afterfive minutes to prevent batteryrundown.

ON/RUN/START (Green IndicatorLight) : This mode is for driving andstarting. With the ignition off, andthe brake pedal applied, pressingthe button once will place theignition system in ON/RUN/START.Once engine cranking begins,release the button. Engine crankingwill continue until the engine starts.See Starting the Engine 0 183. Theignition will then remain in ON/RUN.

Service Mode

This power mode is available forservice and diagnostics, and toverify the proper operation of themalfunction indicator lamp as maybe required for emission inspectionpurposes. With the vehicle off, andthe brake pedal not applied,pressing and holding ENGINESTART/STOP for more thanfive seconds will place the vehicle inService Mode. The instruments andaudio systems will operate as theydo in ON/RUN, but the vehicle will

not be able to be driven. The enginewill not start in Service Mode. Pressthe button again to turn thevehicle off.

Starting the EngineMove the shift lever to P (Park) orN (Neutral). The engine will not startin any other position. To restart theengine when the vehicle is alreadymoving, use N (Neutral) only.

Caution

Do not try to shift to P (Park) if thevehicle is moving. If you do, youcould damage the transmission.Shift to P (Park) only when thevehicle is stopped.

Caution

If you add electrical parts oraccessories, you could changethe way the engine operates. Anyresulting damage would not be

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

covered by the vehicle warranty.See Add-On Electrical Equipment0 245.

Starting Procedure

1. With the Keyless Accesssystem, the RKE transmittermust be in the vehicle. PressENGINE START/STOP with thebrake pedal applied. When theengine begins cranking, let goof the button.

The idle speed will go down asthe engine gets warm. Do notrace the engine immediatelyafter starting it.

If the RKE transmitter is not inthe vehicle, if there isinterference, or if the RKEbattery is low, the DriverInformation Center (DIC) willdisplay a message.



Caution

Cranking the engine for longperiods of time, by trying to startthe engine immediately aftercranking has ended, can overheatand damage the cranking motor,and drain the battery. Wait atleast 15 seconds between eachtry, to let the cranking motorcool down.

2. If the engine does not startafter five to 10 seconds,especially in very cold weather(below −18 °C or 0 °F), it couldbe flooded with too muchgasoline. Try pushing theaccelerator pedal all the way tothe floor and holding it there asyou press ENGINE START/STOP, for up to a maximum of15 seconds. Wait at least15 seconds between each try,to allow the cranking motor tocool down. When the enginestarts, let go of the button andthe accelerator. If the vehicle

starts briefly but then stopsagain, do the same thing. Thisclears the extra gasoline fromthe engine. Do not race theengine immediately afterstarting it. Operate the engineand transmission gently untilthe oil warms up and lubricatesall moving parts.

Stop/Start SystemThis vehicle has a Stop/Startsystem to shut off the engine to helpconserve fuel. It has componentsdesigned for the increased numberof starts.

{ Warning

The automatic engine Stop/Startfeature causes the engine to shutoff while the vehicle is still on. Donot exit the vehicle before shiftingto P (Park). The vehicle mayrestart and move unexpectedly.Always shift to P (Park), and thenturn the ignition off before exitingthe vehicle.

Auto Engine Stop/Start

When the brakes are applied andthe vehicle is at a complete stop,the engine may turn off. Whenstopped, the tachometer displaysAUTO STOP. See Tachometer0 119. When the brake pedal isreleased or the accelerator pedal ispressed, the engine will restart.

To maintain vehicle performance,other conditions may cause theengine to automatically restartbefore the brake pedal is released.

Auto Stops may not occur and/orauto restarts may occur because:

. The climate control settingsrequire the engine to be runningto cool or heat the vehicleinterior.

. The vehicle battery chargeis low.

. The vehicle battery has recentlybeen disconnected.

. Minimum vehicle speed has notbeen reached since the lastAuto Stop.


Driving and Operating 185. The accelerator pedal is

pressed.

. The engine or transmission isnot at the required operatingtemperature.

. The outside temperature is notin the required operating range.

. The vehicle is in any gear otherthan D (Drive).

. Tow/Haul Mode or other drivermodes have been selected.

. The vehicle is on a steep hill orgrade.

. The driver door has beenopened or driver seat belt hasbeen unbuckled.

. The hood has been opened.

. The Auto Stop has reached themaximum allowed time.

Engine HeaterThe engine heater can provideeasier starting and better fueleconomy during engine warm-up incold weather conditions at or below0 °F (−18 °C). Vehicles with an

engine heater should be plugged inat least four hours before starting.Some models may have an internalthermostat in the cord which willprevent engine heater operation attemperatures above 0 °F (−18 °C).

{ Warning

Do not plug in the engine blockheater while the vehicle is parkedin a garage or under a carport.Property damage or personalinjury may result. Always park thevehicle in a clear open area awayfrom buildings or structures.

To Use the Engine Heater

1. Turn off the engine.

2. Open the hood and unwrap theelectrical cord. The bundledcord is on the driver side of theengine compartment, in front ofthe battery. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 251.

Check the heater cord fordamage. If it is damaged, donot use it. See your dealer fora replacement. Inspect thecord for damage yearly.

3. Plug the cord into a normal,grounded 110-volt AC outlet.



{ Warning

Improper use of the heater cordor an extension cord can damagethe cord and may result inoverheating and fire.

. Plug the cord into athree-prong electrical utilityreceptacle that is protectedby a ground fault detectionfunction. An ungroundedoutlet could cause anelectric shock.

. Use a weatherproof,heavy-duty, 15 amp-ratedextension cord if needed.Failure to use therecommended extensioncord in good operatingcondition, or using adamaged heater orextension cord, could make

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

it overheat and cause a fire,property damage, electricshock, and injury.

. Do not operate the vehiclewith the heater cordpermanently attached to thevehicle. Possible heatercord and thermostatdamage could occur.

. While in use, do not let theheater cord touch vehicleparts or sharp edges. Neverclose the hood on theheater cord.

. Before starting the vehicle,unplug the cord, reattachthe cover to the plug, andsecurely fasten the cord.Keep the cord away fromany moving parts.

4. Before starting the engine, besure to unplug and store thecord as it was before to keep it

away from moving engineparts. If you do not, it could bedamaged.

The length of time the heater shouldremain plugged in depends onseveral factors. Ask a dealer in thearea where you will be parking thevehicle for the best advice on this.

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP)When the ignition is turned from onto off, the following features (ifequipped) will continue to functionfor up to 10 minutes, or until thedriver door is opened. Thesefeatures will also work when theignition is in RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY:

. Infotainment System

. Power Windows (during RAPthis functionality will be lostwhen any door is opened)

. Sunroof (during RAP thisfunctionality will be lost whenany door is opened)

. Auxiliary Power Outlet


Driving and Operating 187. Audio System

. OnStar System

Shifting Into Park1. Hold the brake pedal down and

set the parking brake. SeeElectric Parking Brake 0 195.

2. Move the shift lever intoP (Park) by holding in thebutton on the shift lever andpushing the shift lever all theway toward the front of thevehicle.

3. Turn the ignition off.

Leaving the Vehicle with theEngine Running

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to leave thevehicle with the engine running.It could overheat and catch fire.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. The vehicle can roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running. If you have leftthe engine running, the vehiclecan move suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andmove the shift lever to P (Park).See Shifting Into Park 0 187.If you are towing a trailer, seeDriving Characteristics andTowing Tips 0 232.

If you have to leave the vehicle withthe engine running, be sure thevehicle is in P (Park) and theparking brake is set before youleave it. After you have moved theshift lever into P (Park), hold theregular brake pedal down. Then,

see if you can move the shift leveraway from P (Park) without firstpressing the button.

If you can, it means that the shiftlever was not fully locked inP (Park).

Torque Lock

Torque lock is when the weight ofthe vehicle puts too much force onthe parking pawl in thetransmission. This happens whenparking on a hill and shifting thetransmission into P (Park) is notdone properly and then it is difficultto shift out of P (Park). To preventtorque lock, set the parking brakeand then shift into P (Park). To findout how, see “Shifting Into Park”listed previously.

If torque lock does occur, yourvehicle may need to be pusheduphill by another vehicle to relievethe parking pawl pressure, so youcan shift out of P (Park).



Shifting out of ParkThe vehicle is equipped with anelectronic shift lock release system.The shift lock release is designed toprevent movement of the shift leverout of P (Park), unless the ignition ison or in Service Mode and theregular brake pedal is applied.

The shift lock release is alwaysfunctional except in the case of anuncharged or low voltage (less than9-volt) battery.

If the vehicle has an unchargedbattery or a battery with low voltage,try charging or jump starting thebattery. See Jump Starting - NorthAmerica 0 311.

To shift out of P (Park):

1. Turn the ignition on.

2. Apply the brake pedal.

3. Press the shift lever button.

4. Move the shift lever to thedesired position.

If you still are unable to shift out ofP (Park):

1. Fully release the shift leverbutton.

2. While holding down the brakepedal, press the shift leverbutton again.

3. Move the shift lever to thedesired position.

This vehicle may have the Buckle toDrive feature, which may preventthe vehicle from shifting out ofP (Park). See Seat Belts 0 54.

If you still cannot move the shiftlever from P (Park), see your dealer.

Parking over ThingsThat Burn

{ Warning

Things that can burn could touchhot exhaust parts under thevehicle and ignite. Do not parkover papers, leaves, dry grass,or other things that can burn.

Extended ParkingIt is best not to park with the vehiclerunning. If the vehicle is left running,be sure it will not move and there isadequate ventilation.

See Shifting Into Park 0 187 andEngine Exhaust 0 189.

If the vehicle is left parked andrunning with the RKE transmitteroutside the vehicle, it will continueto run for up to half an hour.

If the vehicle is left parked andrunning with the RKE transmitterinside the vehicle, it will continue torun for up to an hour.

The vehicle could turn off sooner if itis parked on a hill, due to lack ofavailable fuel.

The timer will reset if the vehicle istaken out of P (Park) while it isrunning.



Engine Exhaust

{ Warning

Engine exhaust contains carbonmonoxide (CO), which cannot beseen or smelled. Exposure to COcan cause unconsciousness andeven death.

Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:

. The vehicle idles in areaswith poor ventilation(parking garages, tunnels,deep snow that may blockunderbody airflow or tailpipes).

. The exhaust smells orsounds strange or different.

. The exhaust system leaksdue to corrosion or damage.

. The vehicle exhaust systemhas been modified,damaged, or improperlyrepaired.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. There are holes or openingsin the vehicle body fromdamage or aftermarketmodifications that are notcompletely sealed.

If unusual fumes are detected orif it is suspected that exhaust iscoming into the vehicle:

. Drive it only with thewindows completely down.

. Have the vehicle repairedimmediately.

Never park the vehicle with theengine running in an enclosedarea such as a garage or abuilding that has no fresh airventilation.

Running the VehicleWhile ParkedIt is better not to park with theengine running.

If the vehicle is left with the enginerunning, follow the proper steps tobe sure the vehicle will not move.See Shifting Into Park 0 187 andEngine Exhaust 0 189.

If parking on a hill and pulling atrailer, see Driving Characteristicsand Towing Tips 0 232.



AutomaticTransmission

P : This position locks the drivewheels. Use P (Park) when startingthe engine because the vehiclecannot move easily.

{ Warning

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. The vehicle can roll.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running. If you have leftthe engine running, the vehiclecan move suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andmove the shift lever to P (Park).See Shifting Into Park 0 187 andDriving Characteristics andTowing Tips 0 232.

Make sure the shift lever is fully inP (Park) before starting the engine.The vehicle has an automatictransmission shift lock controlsystem. With the ignition on, fullyapply the regular brake, then pressthe button on the shift lever beforeshifting from P (Park). If you cannotshift out of P (Park), ease pressureon the shift lever, then push the shiftlever all the way into P (Park) asyou maintain brake application.Then press the shift lever button

and move the shift lever intoanother gear. See Shifting out ofPark 0 188.

R : Use this gear to back up.

Caution

Shifting to R (Reverse) while thevehicle is moving forward coulddamage the transmission. Therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Shift toR (Reverse) only after the vehicleis stopped.

To rock the vehicle back and forth toget out of snow, ice, or sand withoutdamaging the transmission, see Ifthe Vehicle Is Stuck 0 176.

N : In this position, the engine doesnot connect with the wheels. Torestart the engine when the vehicleis already moving, useN (Neutral) only.



{ Warning

Shifting into a drive gear while theengine is running at high speed isdangerous. Unless your foot isfirmly on the brake pedal, thevehicle could move very rapidly.You could lose control and hitpeople or objects. Do not shiftinto a drive gear while the engineis running at high speed.

Caution

Shifting out of P (Park) orN (Neutral) with the enginerunning at high speed maydamage the transmission. Therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Be sure theengine is not running at highspeed when shifting the vehicle.

Caution

A transmission hot message maydisplay if the automatictransmission fluid is too hot.Driving under this condition candamage the vehicle. Stop and idlethe engine to cool the automatictransmission fluid. This messageclears when the transmission fluidhas cooled sufficiently.

D : This position is for normaldriving. If more power is needed forpassing, press the acceleratorpedal down.

Caution

If the vehicle does not shift gears,the transmission could bedamaged. Have the vehicleserviced right away.

If the vehicle is stopped on a hill,with your foot off the brake pedal,the vehicle may roll. This is normaland is due to the torque converter

designed to improve fuel economyand performance. Use the brake tohold the vehicle on a hill. Do not usethe accelerator pedal.

L : This position gives you accessto gear ranges. This provides moreengine braking but lower fueleconomy than D (Drive). You canuse it on very steep hills, or in deepsnow or mud. See Manual Mode0 192.

Operating Modes : Thetransmission may operate in a lowergear than normal to improve vehicleperformance. The engine speedmay be higher and there may be anincrease in noise during thefollowing conditions:

. When climbing a grade.

. When driving downhill.

. When driving in hottemperatures, or at high altitude.



Manual Mode

Electronic Range Select(ERS) Mode

ERS mode allows you to choose thetop-gear limit of the transmissionand the vehicle's speed whiledriving downhill or towing a trailer.The vehicle has an electronic shiftposition indicator within theinstrument cluster. When using theERS mode a number will displaynext to the L, indicating the highestgear available for the rangeselected.

To use this feature:

1. Press the shift lever button andmove the shift lever to L (Low).

2. Press + (Plus) or − (Minus) onthe shift lever to increase ordecrease the gear rangeavailable.

When you shift from D (Drive) toL (Low), the transmission will shift toa pre-determined lower gear range.The highest gear available for thispre-determined range is displayednext to the L in the DIC. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 133. Thenumber displayed in the DIC is thehighest gear that the transmissionwill be allowed to operate in. Thismeans that all gears below thatnumber are available. For example,when 4 (Fourth) is shown next to theL, 1 (First) through 4 (Fourth) gearsare automatically shifted by thevehicle. The transmission will notshift into 5 (Fifth) until the + (Plus)button is used or you shift back intoD (Drive).

If the transmission is in 9 (Ninth)gear when L (Low) is selected, adownshift to 7 (Seventh) will be

commanded. If in 8 (Eighth) through2 (Second) a single downshift willoccur.

While in L (Low), the transmissionwill prevent shifting to a lower gearrange if the engine speed is toohigh. You have a brief period of timeto slow the vehicle. If vehicle speedis not reduced within the timeallowed, the lower gear range shiftwill not be completed. You mustfurther slow the vehicle, then press− (Minus) to the desired lower gearrange.

Automatic Engine Grade Braking isnot available when the ERS isactive. It is available in D (Drive) forboth normal driving and Tow/HaulMode. While using the ERS, cruisecontrol and the Tow/Haul Mode canbe used. See “Tow/Haul Mode”following.



Tow/Haul Mode

This feature can assist when towingor hauling a heavy load.

_ : Select Tow/Haul Mode withthe knob on the center console.

When Tow/Haul Mode is activated,a message is displayed on theDriver Information Center (DIC).See Driving Characteristics andTowing Tips 0 232 andDriver Mode Control 0 199.

Automatic Engine GradeBraking

Automatic Engine Grade Brakingassists when driving downhill.It maintains vehicle speed byautomatically implementing a shiftpattern that uses the engine and thetransmission to slow the vehicle.The system will automaticallycommand downshifts to reducevehicle speed. The normal shiftpattern will return once the vehicleis on a low grade or when theaccelerator pedal is pressed.

While in the Electronic RangeSelect (ERS) mode, grade braking isdeactivated, allowing the driver toselect a range and limiting thehighest gear available. Gradebraking is available for normaldriving and in Tow/Haul Mode.

See Automatic Transmission 0 190.

Drive Systems

All-Wheel DriveVehicles with this feature canoperate in All-WheelDrive (AWD) Mode.

Turn the knob to4 to select AWD.

The AWD Mode will stay selecteduntil the mode is changed. SeeDriver Mode Control 0 199.

When operated in Two-wheel drive,the vehicle will deliver power to thefront wheels only and may providebetter fuel economy.



When using a compact spare tire onan AWD vehicle, the systemautomatically detects the compactspare and reduces AWDperformance to protect the system.To restore full AWD operation andprevent excessive wear on thesystem, replace the compact sparewith a full-size tire as soon aspossible. See Compact Spare Tire0 310.

Brakes

Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS)The Antilock Brake System (ABS)helps prevent a braking skid andmaintain steering whilebraking hard.

ABS performs a system check whenthe vehicle is first driven.A momentary motor or clicking noisemay be heard while this test is goingon, and the brake pedal may moveslightly. This is normal.

If there is a problem with ABS, thiswarning light stays on. See AntilockBrake System (ABS) Warning Light0 127.

ABS does not change the timeneeded to get a foot on the brakepedal and does not alwaysdecrease stopping distance. If youget too close to the vehicle ahead,there will not be enough time toapply the brakes if that vehiclesuddenly slows or stops. Alwaysleave enough room ahead to stop,even with ABS.

Using ABS

Do not pump the brakes. Just holdthe brake pedal down firmly.Hearing or feeling ABS operate isnormal.

Braking in Emergencies

ABS allows steering and braking atthe same time. In manyemergencies, steering can helpeven more than braking.



Electric Parking Brake

The vehicle has an Electric ParkingBrake (EPB). The EPB can alwaysbe activated, even if the ignition isoff. To prevent draining the battery,avoid repeated cycles of the EPBsystem when the engine is notrunning.

The system has aY or PARKElectric Parking Brake light, andsome vehicles may have a 8Service Parking Brake light. SeeElectric Parking Brake Light 0 126andService Electric Parking Brake Light0 126.

Before leaving the vehicle, check fortheY or PARK light to ensure thatthe parking brake is applied.

EPB Apply

To apply the EPB:

1. Be sure the vehicle is at acomplete stop.

2. Lift up the EPB switchmomentarily.

TheY or PARK light will flash andthen stay on once the EPB is fullyapplied. If theY or PARK lightflashes continuously, then the EPBis only partially applied, the vehicleis in Service Mode, or there is aproblem with the EPB. A DriverInformation Center (DIC) messagewill display. Release the EPB and

try to apply it again. If the light doesnot come on, or keeps flashing,have the vehicle serviced.

Do not drive the vehicle if theY orPARK light is flashing. See yourdealer. See Electric Parking BrakeLight 0 126.

If the 8 light is on or theY orPARK light flashes when the ignitionis turned on, pull the EPB switchand hold it. Continue to hold theswitch until theY or PARK light

remains on. If the 8 light remainson, see your dealer.

If the EPB is applied while thevehicle is moving, the vehicle willdecelerate as long as the switch ispulled. If the switch is pulled untilthe vehicle comes to a stop, theEPB will remain applied.

The vehicle may automatically applythe EPB in some situations whenthe vehicle is not moving. This isnormal, and is done to periodicallycheck the correct operation of theEPB system.



If the EPB fails to apply, block therear wheels to prevent vehiclemovement.

EPB Release

To release the EPB:

1. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/ACCESSORY.

2. Apply and hold the brakepedal.

3. Press the EPB switchmomentarily.

The EPB is released when theYor PARK light is off.

If the 8 light is on or theY orPARK light flashes, release the EPBby pressing and holding the EPBswitch. Continue to hold the switchuntil theY or PARK light is off.If either light stays on after releaseis attempted, see your dealer.

Caution

Driving with the parking brake oncan overheat the brake systemand cause premature wear ordamage to brake system parts.Make sure that the parking brakeis fully released and the brakewarning light is off before driving.

If parking on a hill, or if the vehicleis pulling a trailer, see DrivingCharacteristics and Towing Tips0 232.

Automatic EPB Release

The EPB will automatically release ifthe vehicle is running, placed intogear, and an attempt is made todrive away. Avoid rapid accelerationwhen the EPB is applied, topreserve parking brake lining life.

Brake AssistBrake Assist detects rapid brakepedal applications due toemergency braking situations andprovides additional braking to

activate the Antilock Brake System(ABS) if the brake pedal is notpushed hard enough to activateABS normally. Minor noise, brakepedal pulsation, and/or pedalmovement during this time mayoccur. Continue to apply the brakepedal as the driving situationdictates. Brake Assist disengageswhen the brake pedal is released.

Hill Start Assist (HSA)

{ Warning

Do not rely on the HSA feature.HSA does not replace the need topay attention and drive safely.You may not hear or feel alerts orwarnings provided by this system.Failure to use proper care whendriving may result in injury, death,or vehicle damage. SeeDefensive Driving 0 166.

When the vehicle is stopped on agrade, Hill Start Assist (HSA)prevents the vehicle from rolling inan unintended direction during the



transition from brake pedal releaseto accelerator pedal apply. Thebrakes release when the acceleratorpedal is applied. If the acceleratorpedal is not applied within a fewminutes, the Electric Parking Brakewill apply. The brakes may alsorelease under other conditions. Donot rely on HSA to hold the vehicle.

HSA is available when the vehicle isfacing uphill in a forward gear,or when facing downhill inR (Reverse). The vehicle mustcome to a complete stop on a gradefor HSA to activate.

Ride Control Systems

Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControl

System Operation

The vehicle has a Traction ControlSystem (TCS) and StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC),an electronic stability controlsystem. These systems help limitwheel slip and assist the driver inmaintaining control, especially onslippery road conditions.

TCS activates if it senses that anyof the drive wheels are spinning orbeginning to lose traction. When thishappens, TCS applies the brakes tothe spinning wheels and reducesengine power to limit wheel spin.

StabiliTrak/ESC activates when thevehicle senses a difference betweenthe intended path and the directionthe vehicle is actually traveling.StabiliTrak/ESC selectively appliesbraking pressure to any one of the

vehicle wheel brakes to assist thedriver in keeping the vehicle on theintended path.

If cruise control is being used andTCS or StabiliTrak/ESC begins tolimit wheel spin, cruise control willdisengage. Cruise control may beturned back on when roadconditions allow. TCS andStabiliTrak/ESC will automaticallyturn on when cruise control is set.

Both systems come onautomatically when the vehicle isstarted and begins to move. Thesystems may be heard or felt whilethey are operating or whileperforming diagnostic checks. Thisis normal and does not mean thereis a problem with the vehicle.

It is recommended to leave bothsystems on for normal drivingconditions, but it may be necessaryto turn TCS off if the vehicle getsstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 176and “Turning the Systems Off andOn” later in this section.



The indicator light for both systemsis in the instrument cluster. Thislight will:

. Flash when TCS is limitingwheel spin.

. Flash when StabiliTrak/ESC isactivated.

. Turn on and stay on when eithersystem is not working.

If either system fails to turn on or toactivate, a message displays in theDriver Information Center (DIC), andd comes on and stays on toindicate that the system is inactiveand is not assisting the driver inmaintaining control. The vehicle issafe to drive, but driving should beadjusted accordingly.

If d comes on and stays on:

1. Stop the vehicle.

2. Turn the engine off and wait15 seconds.

3. Start the engine.

4. Drive the vehicle.

If d comes on and stays on, seeyour dealer.

Turning the Systems Offand On

Caution

Do not repeatedly brake oraccelerate heavily when TCS isoff. The vehicle driveline could bedamaged.

To turn off only TCS, press andrelease g on the center console.

The Traction Off light i displays inthe instrument cluster.

To turn TCS on again, press andrelease g. The Traction Off light idisplayed in the instrument clusterwill turn off.

If TCS is limiting wheel spin when gis pressed, the system will not turnoff until the wheels stop spinning.

To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC, press and hold g until the

Traction Off light i and StabiliTrak/

ESC OFF light g come on and stayon in the instrument cluster.

To turn TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC onagain, press and release g. The

Traction Off light i and StabiliTrak/

ESC OFF light g in the instrumentcluster turn off.

StabiliTrak will automatically turn onif the vehicle exceeds 56 km/h(35 mph). Traction control willremain off.

Adding accessories can affect thevehicle performance. SeeAccessories and Modifications0 248.



Driver Mode ControlIf equipped with Front-Wheel Drive(FWD), the Driver Mode Controlmay have the following modes:FWD, Snow, and Tow/Haul.If equipped with All-Wheel Drive(AWD), the Driver Mode Controlmay have AWD, Two-Wheel Drive(2WD), Off-Road, and Tow/Haul.There may be Driver InformationCenter (DIC) messages displayedfor each drive mode.

Driver Mode Control Knobfor FWD

Driver Mode Control Knobfor AWD

Rotate the Driver Mode Controlknob to make a mode selection. Theicons on the knob will illuminate toindicate which mode is active.A Driver Information Center (DIC)message will indicate that the modeis on when switching to differentmodes.

5 (AWD Only) orq (FWDOnly) : Vehicle is in eitherFront-Wheel Drive for non AWDvehicles, or Two-Wheel Drive forAWD vehicles. This mode willremain active through future ignitioncycles. This setting either puts the

vehicle in Two-Wheel Drive (AWDvehicles) or is the normal drivemode (FWD vehicles). Use thismode for normal driving conditions.This is the most fuel efficient drivemode. See Driving for Better FuelEconomy 0 165.

4 (AWD Only) : Vehicle is in AWDMode. This mode will remain activethrough future ignition cycles. AWDMode provides drive torque to allfour wheels. Use this mode fordriving conditions that requireimproved traction such as gravel,sand, wet pavement, snow, and ice.AWD may turn off and display amessage on the DIC in instances ofextensive use or overheating.

When in AWD Mode, the AWDMode indicator will be on. For moreinformation on AWD Mode, seeAll-Wheel Drive 0 193.

6 (FWD Only) : Vehicle is in SnowMode. This mode will not remainactive through future ignition cycles.The vehicle will be in Front-WheelDrive when the engine is restarted.Snow Mode improves vehicleacceleration on snow and ice



covered roads. The acceleratorpedal will be more sensitive toprovide finer control of the torque atthe wheels in slippery conditions.

7 (AWD Only) : Vehicle is inOff-Road Mode. This mode will notremain active through future ignitioncycles. The vehicle will be inTwo-Wheel Drive when the engineis restarted. This mode willautomatically activate AWD. Theaccelerator pedal will be moresensitive to provide finer control ofthe torque at the wheels.StabiliTrak/ESC, ABS, and TCS willchange for optimal off-roadperformance. Use this mode forpublic off-road recreational driving.See Off-Road Driving 0 169.

_ Tow/Haul : Vehicle is in Tow/Haul Mode. This mode will notremain active through future ignitioncycles. The vehicle will be inFront-Wheel Drive or Two-WheelDrive when the engine is restarted.This mode will automaticallyactivate AWD. See All-Wheel Drive0 193. The transmission holds lowergears longer before shifting to

provide more torque necessarywhen towing heavy loads. This willalso increase fuel consumption. Usethis mode to assist in maintainingdesired vehicle speeds when drivingon downhill grades by using theengine and transmission to slow thevehicle. This helps prevent thebrakes from overheating. For moreinformation, see Tow/Haul Mode0 193.

The following table shows how thedifferent modes affect the varioussubsystem functions that may be onthe vehicle.



Modes: Front-WheelDrive/

Two-WheelDrive

AWD Snow Off-Road Tow/Haul

Mode Availability AWD & FWDVehicles

AWDVehicles Only

FWDVehicles Only

AWDVehicles Only

TowingPackage

(AWD& FWD)

Retained In Future Ignition Cycles Yes Yes No No No

Accelerator Pedal Sensitivity Normal Normal Snow Off-Road Normal

Automatic Transmission Shifting Normal Normal Normal Normal Tow/Haul

AWD Status (If Equipped) Off(Two-Wheel

Drive)

Normal AWDActive

Not Available Off-RoadAWD Active

Normal AWDActive

StabiliTrak/ESC, ABS, and TCS Normal Normal Normal Off-Road Normal



Cruise Control

{ Warning

Cruise control can be dangerouswhere you cannot drive safely ata steady speed. Do not usecruise control on winding roads orin heavy traffic.

Cruise control can be dangerouson slippery roads. On such roads,fast changes in tire traction cancause excessive wheel slip, andyou could lose control. Do not usecruise control on slippery roads.

With cruise control, a speed ofabout 40 km/h (25 mph) or more canbe maintained without keeping yourfoot on the accelerator. Cruisecontrol does not work at speedsbelow about 40 km/h (25 mph).

If the Traction Control System (TCS)or StabiliTrak/Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) system begins to limitwheel spin while using cruisecontrol, the cruise control

automatically disengages. SeeTraction Control/Electronic StabilityControl 0 197. If a collision alertoccurs when cruise control isactivated, cruise control isdisengaged. See Forward CollisionAlert (FCA) System 0 218. Whenroad conditions allow the cruisecontrol to be safely used, cruisecontrol can be turned back on.

Turning off the TCS or StabiliTrak/ESC system will disengage thecruise control.

If the brakes are applied, cruisecontrol disengages.

J : Press to turn the system onand off. A white indicator appears inthe instrument cluster when cruiseis turned on.

RES+ : If there is a set speed inmemory, press briefly to resume tothat speed or press and hold toaccelerate. If the cruise control isalready active, use to increasevehicle speed.

SET− : Press briefly to set thespeed and activate cruise control.If the cruise control is alreadyactive, use to decrease vehiclespeed.

* : Press to disengage cruisecontrol without erasing the setspeed from memory.

Setting Cruise Control

IfJ is on when not in use, SET− orRES+ could get pressed and go intocruise when not desired. KeepJoff when cruise is not being used.

1. PressJ.

2. Get up to the desired speed.



3. Press and release SET−. Thedesired set speed brieflyappears in the instrumentcluster.

4. Remove your foot from theaccelerator.

When the cruise control has beenset to the desired speed, a greencruise control indicator appears onthe instrument cluster.

Resuming a Set Speed

If the cruise control is set at adesired speed and then the brakesare applied or* is pressed, thecruise control is disengaged withouterasing the set speed from memory.

Once the vehicle speed reachesabout 40 km/h (25 mph) or more,press RES+ briefly. The vehiclereturns to the previous set speed.

Increasing Speed While UsingCruise Control

If the cruise control system isalready activated:

. Press and hold RES+ up untilthe desired speed is reached,then release it.

. To increase vehicle speed insmall increments, briefly pressRES+. For each press, thevehicle goes about 1 km/h(1 mph) faster.

The speedometer reading can bedisplayed in either English or metricunits. See Instrument Cluster(Uplevel) 0 114 orInstrument Cluster (Base Level)0 117. The increment value useddepends on the units displayed.

Reducing Speed While UsingCruise Control

If the cruise control system isalready activated:

. Press and hold SET− until thedesired lower speed is reached,then release it.

. To decrease the vehicle speed insmall increments, briefly pressSET−. For each press, thevehicle goes about 1 km/h(1 mph) slower.


Passing Another Vehicle WhileUsing Cruise Control

Use the accelerator pedal toincrease the vehicle speed. Whenyou take your foot off the pedal, thevehicle will slow down to theprevious set cruise speed.

While pressing the accelerator pedalor shortly following the release tooverride cruise, briefly applying SET− will result in cruise set to thecurrent vehicle speed.

Using Cruise Control on Hills

How well the cruise control will workon hills depends upon the vehiclespeed, load, and the steepness ofthe hills. When going up steep hills,you might have to step on theaccelerator pedal to maintain yourspeed. While on a hill, thetransmission may downshift in order



to use engine braking to slow thevehicle and maintain the set speed.Also, you may have to brake or shiftto a lower gear to keep your speeddown. If the brake pedal is applied,cruise control disengages.

Ending Cruise Control

There are four ways to end cruisecontrol:

. Step lightly on the brake pedal.

. Press*.

. Shift the transmission toN (Neutral).

. PressJ.

Erasing Speed Memory

The cruise control set speed iserased from memory ifJ ispressed or if the ignition isturned off.

Adaptive Cruise ControlIf equipped with Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC), it allows the driver toselect the cruise control set speedand following gap. Read this entire

section before using this system.The following gap is the followingtime between your vehicle and avehicle detected directly ahead inyour path, moving in the samedirection. If no vehicle is detected inyour path, ACC works like regularcruise control. ACC uses cameraand radar sensors. See RadioFrequency Statement 0 353.

If a vehicle is detected in your path,ACC can apply acceleration orlimited, moderate braking tomaintain the selected following gap.To disengage ACC, apply the brake.If ACC is controlling your vehiclespeed when the Traction ControlSystem (TCS) or StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC)system activates, the ACC mayautomatically disengage. SeeTraction Control/Electronic StabilityControl 0 197. When roadconditions allow ACC to be safelyused, the ACC can be turnedback on.

Turning off the TCS or StabiliTrak/ESC system will disengage thecruise control.

{ Warning

ACC has limited braking abilityand may not have time to slowthe vehicle down enough to avoida collision with another vehicleyou are following. This can occurwhen vehicles suddenly slow orstop ahead, or enter your lane.Also see “Alerting the Driver” inthis section. Complete attention isalways required while driving andyou should be ready to takeaction and apply the brakes. SeeDefensive Driving 0 166.

{ Warning

ACC will not detect or brake forchildren, pedestrians, animals,or other objects.

Do not use ACC when:

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. On winding and hilly roadsor when the sensors areblocked by snow, ice, or dirt.The system may not detecta vehicle ahead. Keep theentire front of the vehicleclean.

. Visibility is low, such as infog, rain, or snowconditions. ACCperformance is limited underthese conditions.

. On slippery roads wherefast changes in tire tractioncan cause excessivewheel slip.

J : Press to turn the system on oroff. The indicator turns white on theinstrument cluster when ACC isturned on.

RES+ : Press briefly to resume theprevious set speed or to increasevehicle speed. If ACC is alreadyactivated, use to increase vehiclespeed.

SET– : Press briefly to set thespeed and activate ACC or todecrease vehicle speed. If ACC isalready activated, use to decreasevehicle speed.

* : Press to disengage ACCwithout erasing the selected setspeed.

[ : Press to select a following gaptime (or distance) setting for ACC ofFar, Medium, or Near.


Switching Between ACC andRegular Cruise Control

To switch between ACC and regularcruise control, press and hold*.A Driver Information Display (DIC)message displays. See VehicleMessages 0 136.

ACC can also be set while thevehicle is stopped if ACC is on andthe brake pedal is applied.



ACC Indicator Regular CruiseControl Indicator

When ACC is engaged, a greenoindicator will be lit on the instrumentcluster and the following gap will bedisplayed. When the regular cruisecontrol is engaged, a greenJindicator will be lit on the instrumentcluster; the following gap will notdisplay.

When the vehicle is turned on, thecruise control mode will be set tothe last mode used before thevehicle was turned off.

{ Warning

Always check the cruise controlindicator on the instrument clusterto determine which mode cruise

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

control is in before using thefeature. If ACC is not active, thevehicle will not automaticallybrake for other vehicles, whichcould cause an accident if thebrakes are not applied manually.You and others could be seriouslyinjured or killed.

Setting Adaptive Cruise Control

IfJ is on when not in use, it couldget pressed and go into cruise whennot desired. KeepJ off whencruise is not being used.

Select the set speed desired forcruise. This is the vehicle speedwhen no vehicle is detected inits path.

While the vehicle is moving, ACCwill not set at a speed less than25 km/h (16 mph), although it can beresumed when driving at lowerspeeds.

To set ACC while moving:

1. PressJ.

2. Get up to the desired speed.

3. Press and release SET–.

4. Remove foot from theaccelerator.

After ACC is set, it may immediatelyapply the brakes if a vehicle aheadis detected closer than the selectedfollowing gap.

ACC can also be set while thevehicle is stopped if ACC is on andthe brake pedal is applied.

When ACC is turned on, theindicator will be lit white. When ACCis engaged, the indicator will turngreen.

Be mindful of speed limits,surrounding traffic speeds, andweather conditions when selectingthe set speed.



Resuming a Set Speed

If the ACC is set at a desired speedand then the brakes are applied,ACC is disengaged without erasingthe set speed from memory.

To begin using ACC again, pressRES+ up briefly. The vehicle returnsto the previous set speed.

. If the vehicle is moving, it returnsto the previous set speed.

. If the vehicle is stopped with thebrake pedal applied, press RES+ and release the brake pedal.ACC will hold the vehicle untilRES+ or the accelerator pedal ispressed.

A green ACC indicator and the setspeed display on the instrumentcluster. The vehicle ahead indicatormay be flashing if a vehicle aheadwas present and moved. See“Approaching and Following aVehicle” later in this section.

Once ACC has resumed, if there isno vehicle ahead, if the vehicleahead is beyond the selectedfollowing gap, or if the vehicle has

exited a sharp curve, then thevehicle speed will increase to theset speed.

Increasing Speed While ACC Is ata Set Speed

Do one of the following:

. Use the accelerator to get to thehigher speed. Press SET– .Release the control and theaccelerator pedal. The vehiclewill now cruise at the higherspeed.

When the accelerator pedal ispressed, ACC will not brakebecause it is overridden. TheACC indicator will turn blue onthe instrument cluster.

. Press and hold RES+ until thedesired set speed appears onthe display, then release it.

. To increase vehicle speed insmall increments, press RES+.For each press, the vehicle goes1 km/h (1 mph) faster.

. To increase vehicle speed inlarger increments, press andhold RES+. For each press, thevehicle goes 5 km/h (5 mph)faster.

When it is determined that there isno vehicle ahead or the vehicleahead is beyond the selectedfollowing gap, then the vehiclespeed will increase to the set speed.

The set speed can also beincreased while the vehicle isstopped.

. If stopped with the brakeapplied, press RES+ until thedesired set speed is displayed.

. If ACC is holding the vehicle at astop and there is another vehicledirectly ahead, pressing RES+will increase the set speed.Pressing RES+ when there is nolonger a vehicle ahead willcause ACC to resume.

Reducing Speed While ACC Is at aSet Speed

Do one of the following:


208 Driving and Operating. Use the brake to get to the

desired lower speed. Releasethe brake and press SET–. Thevehicle will now cruise at thelower speed.

. Press and hold SET– until thedesired lower speed is reached,then release it.

. To decrease the vehicle speed insmaller increments, press SET−.For each press, the vehicle goesabout 1 km/h (1 mph) slower.

. To decrease the vehicle speed inlarger increments, press andhold SET−. For each press, thevehicle goes about 5 km/h(5 mph) slower.

. To decrease speed while thevehicle is stopped, press SET−until the desired set speed isdisplayed.

Selecting the Follow Distance Gap

When a slower moving vehicle isdetected ahead within the selectedfollowing gap, ACC will adjust the

vehicle's speed and attempt tomaintain the follow distance gapselected.

Press[ on the steering wheel toadjust the following gap. Each presscycles the gap button through threesettings: Far, Medium, or Near.

When pressed, the current gapsetting displays briefly on theinstrument cluster. The gap settingwill be maintained until it ischanged.

Since each gap setting correspondsto a following time (Far, Medium,or Near), the following distance willvary based on vehicle speed. Thefaster the vehicle speed, the furtherback your vehicle will follow avehicle detected ahead. Considertraffic and weather conditions whenselecting the following gap. Therange of selectable gaps may not beappropriate for all drivers anddriving conditions.

Changing the gap settingautomatically changes the alerttiming sensitivity (Far, Medium,

or Near) for the Forward CollisionAlert (FCA) feature. See ForwardCollision Alert (FCA) System 0 218.

Alerting the Driver

If ACC is engaged, driver actionmay be required when ACC cannotapply sufficient braking because ofapproaching a vehicle too rapidly.

When this condition occurs, six redlights will flash on the windshieldand eight beeps will sound from thefront. See “Collision/DetectionSystems” under VehiclePersonalization 0 137.

See Defensive Driving 0 166.



Approaching and Following aVehicle

The vehicle ahead indicator is in theinstrument cluster.

The vehicle ahead indicator onlydisplays when a vehicle is detectedin your vehicle’s path moving in thesame direction.

If this symbol is not displaying, ACCwill not respond to or brake forvehicles ahead.

ACC automatically slows the vehicledown and adjusts vehicle speed tofollow the vehicle in front at theselected follow gap. The vehiclespeed increases or decreases tofollow the vehicle in front of you, butwill not exceed the set speed. It mayapply limited braking, if necessary.When braking is active, the brakelights will come on. The automatic

braking may feel or sound differentthan if the brakes were appliedmanually. This is normal.

Stationary or Very Slow-MovingObjects

{ Warning

ACC may not detect and react tostopped or slow-moving vehiclesahead of you. For example, thesystem may not brake for avehicle it has never detectedmoving. This can occur instop-and-go traffic or when avehicle suddenly appears due toa vehicle ahead changing lanes.Your vehicle may not stop andcould cause a crash. Use cautionwhen using ACC. Your completeattention is always required whiledriving and you should be readyto take action and apply thebrakes.

ACC Automatically Disengages

ACC may automatically disengageand the driver will need to manuallyapply the brakes to slow thevehicle if:

. The sensors are blocked.

. The Traction Control System(TCS) or StabiliTrak/ESC systemhas activated or been disabled.

. There is a fault in the system.

. The radar falsely reportsblockage when driving in adesert or remote area with noother vehicle or roadsideobjects. A DIC message maydisplay to indicate that ACC istemporarily unavailable.

The ACC indicator will turn whitewhen ACC is no longer active.

In some cases, when ACC will notactivate, regular cruise control maybe used. See “Switching BetweenACC and Regular Cruise Control”previously in this section. Alwaysconsider driving conditions beforeusing either cruise control system.



Notification to Resume ACC

ACC will maintain a follow gapbehind a detected vehicle and slowyour vehicle to a stop behind thatvehicle.

If the stopped vehicle ahead hasdriven away and ACC has notresumed, the vehicle aheadindicator will flash and three beepswill sound as a reminder to checktraffic ahead before proceeding. See“Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier” in“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 137.

When the vehicle ahead drivesaway, press RES+ or theaccelerator pedal to resume ACC.If stopped for more thantwo minutes or if the driver door isopened and the driver seat belt isunbuckled, the ACC automaticallyapplies the Electric Parking Brake(EPB) to hold the vehicle. TheElectric Parking Brake status lightwill turn on. See Electric ParkingBrake 0 195. To resume ACC andrelease the EPB, press theaccelerator pedal.

A DIC warning message maydisplay indicating to shift to P (Park)before exiting the vehicle. SeeVehicle Messages 0 136.

{ Warning

If ACC has stopped the vehicle,and if ACC is disengaged, turnedoff, or canceled, the vehicle willno longer be held at a stop. Thevehicle can move. When ACC isholding the vehicle at a stop,always be prepared to manuallyapply the brakes.

{ Warning

Leaving the vehicle withoutplacing it in P (Park) can bedangerous. Do not leave thevehicle while it is being held at astop by ACC. Always place thevehicle in P (Park) and turn offthe ignition before leaving thevehicle.

ACC Override

If using the accelerator pedal whileACC is active, the ACC indicatorturns blue on the instrument cluster.ACC will resume operation when theaccelerator pedal is not beingpressed.

{ Warning

The ACC will not automaticallyapply the brakes if your foot isresting on the accelerator pedal.You could crash into a vehicleahead of you.

Curves in the Road

{ Warning

On curves, ACC may not detect avehicle ahead in your lane. Youcould be startled if the vehicleaccelerates up to the set speed,especially when following avehicle exiting or entering exitramps. You could lose control of

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

the vehicle or crash. Do not useACC while driving on an entranceor exit ramp. Always be ready touse the brakes if necessary.

{ Warning

On curves, ACC may respond toa vehicle in another lane, or maynot have time to react to a vehiclein your lane. You could crash intoa vehicle ahead of you, or losecontrol of your vehicle. Give extraattention in curves and be readyto use the brakes if necessary.Select an appropriate speed whiledriving in curves.

ACC may operate differently in asharp curve. It may reduce thevehicle speed if the curve is toosharp.

When following a vehicle andentering a curve, ACC may notdetect the vehicle ahead andaccelerate to the set speed. Whenthis happens, the vehicle aheadindicator will not appear.

ACC may detect a vehicle that isnot in your lane and apply thebrakes.

ACC may occasionally provide analert and/or braking that isconsidered unnecessary. It couldrespond to vehicles in differentlanes, signs, guardrails, and otherstationary objects when entering orexiting a curve. This is normaloperation. The vehicle does notneed service.

Other Vehicle Lane Changes

ACC will not detect a vehicle aheaduntil it is completely in the lane. Thebrakes may need to be manuallyapplied.



Do Not Use ACC on Hills andWhen Towing a Trailer

Do not use ACC when driving onsteep hills or when towing a trailer.ACC will not detect a vehicle in thelane while driving on steep hills. Thedriver will often need to take overacceleration and braking on steephills, especially when towing atrailer. If the brakes are applied, theACC disengages.

Disengaging ACC

There are three ways todisengage ACC:

. Step lightly on the brake pedal.

. Press*.

. PressJ.

Erasing Speed Memory

The cruise control set speed iserased from memory ifJ ispressed or if the ignition isturned off.

Cleaning the Sensing System

The camera sensor on thewindshield behind the rearviewmirror and the radar sensors on thefront of the vehicle can becomeblocked by snow, ice, dirt, or mud.These areas need to be cleaned forACC to operate properly.

If ACC will not operate, regularcruise control may be available. See“Switching Between ACC andRegular Cruise Control” previouslyin this section. Always considerdriving conditions before usingeither cruise control system.

For cleaning instructions, see“Washing the Vehicle” underExterior Care 0 317.

System operation may also belimited under snow, heavy rain,or road spray conditions.

Driver AssistanceSystemsThis vehicle may have features thatwork together to help avoid crashesor reduce crash damage whiledriving, backing, and parking. Readthis entire section before usingthese systems.

{ Warning

Do not rely on the DriverAssistance Systems. Thesesystems do not replace the needfor paying attention and drivingsafely. You may not hear or seealerts or warnings provided bythese systems. Failure to useproper care when driving mayresult in injury, death, or vehicledamage. See Defensive Driving0 166.

Under many conditions, thesesystems will not:

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. Detect children,pedestrians, bicyclists,or animals.

. Detect vehicles or objectsoutside the area monitoredby the system.

. Work at all driving speeds.

. Warn you or provide youwith enough time to avoid acrash.

. Work under poor visibility orbad weather conditions.

. Work if the detection sensoris not cleaned or is coveredby ice, snow, mud, or dirt.

. Work if the detection sensoris covered up, such as witha sticker, magnet, or metalplate.

. Work if the area surroundingthe detection sensor isdamaged or not properlyrepaired.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Complete attention is alwaysrequired while driving, and youshould be ready to take actionand apply the brakes and/or steerthe vehicle to avoid crashes.

Audible Alert

Some driver assistance featuresalert the driver of obstacles bybeeping. To change the volume ofthe warning chime, see “Comfortand Convenience” under VehiclePersonalization 0 137.

Cleaning

Depending on vehicle options, keepthese areas of the vehicle clean toensure the best driver assistancefeature performance. DriverInformation Center (DIC) messagesmay display when the systems areunavailable or blocked. . Front and rear bumpers and the

area below the bumpers

. Front grille and headlamps


214 Driving and Operating. Front camera lens in the front

grille or near the front emblem

. Front side and rear side panels

. Outside of the windshield in frontof the rearview mirrors

. Side camera lens on the bottomof the outside mirrors

. Rear side corner bumpers

. Rear Vision Camera above thelicense plate

Assistance Systems forParking or BackingIf equipped, the Rear Vision Camera(RVC), Rear Park Assist (RPA),Surround Vision, and Rear CrossTraffic Alert (RCTA) may help thedriver park or avoid objects. Alwayscheck around the vehicle whenparking or backing.

Rear Vision Camera (RVC)

When the vehicle is shifted intoR (Reverse), the RVC displays animage of the area behind the vehiclein the infotainment display. Theprevious screen displays when the

vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse)after a short delay. To return to theprevious screen sooner, press anybutton on the infotainment system,shift into P (Park), or reach a vehiclespeed of approximately 12 km/h (8mph). The RVC is above the licenseplate.

1. View Displayed by theCamera

1. View Displayed by theCamera

2. Corners of the Rear Bumper

Displayed images may be farther orcloser than they appear. The areadisplayed is limited and objects thatare close to either corner of thebumper or under the bumper do notdisplay.

A warning triangle may display toshow that RPA has detected anobject. This triangle changes fromamber to red and increases in sizethe closer the object.

Hitch Guidance

If equipped, this feature displays asingle, centered guideline on thecamera display to assist withaligning a vehicle’s hitch ball with a



trailer coupler. Select the trailerguidance line button, then align thetrailer guidance line over the trailercoupler. Continuously steer thevehicle to keep the guidance linecentered on the coupler whenbacking. RVC Park Assist overlayswill not display when the trailerguidance line is active. HitchGuidance is only available inStandard View.

To check the trailer when in aforward gear above 12 km/h(8 mph), touch CAMERA on theinfotainment display to view the rearcamera. Touch X to exit the view orit will be removed automatically aftereight seconds.

{ Warning

Use Hitch Guidance only to helpback the vehicle to a trailer hitchor, when traveling above 12 km/h(8 mph), to briefly check thestatus of your trailer. Do not usefor any other purpose, such as

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

making lane change decisions.Before making a lane change,always check the mirrors andglance over your shoulder.Improper use could result inserious injury to you or others.

Surround Vision

If equipped, Surround Vision showsan image of the area surroundingthe vehicle, along with the front orrear camera views on theinfotainment display. The frontcamera is in the grille or near thefront emblem, the side cameras areon the bottom of the outside mirrors,and the rear camera is above thelicense plate.

The Surround Vision system can beaccessed by selecting CAMERA inthe infotainment display or when thevehicle is shifted into R (Reverse).To return to the previous screensooner, press any button on the

infotainment system, shift intoP (Park), or reach a vehicle speedof approximately 12 km/h (8 mph).

{ Warning

The Surround Vision camerashave blind spots and will notdisplay all objects near thecorners of the vehicle. Foldingoutside mirrors that are out ofposition may not display surroundview correctly. Always checkaround the vehicle when parkingor backing.

1. Views Displayed by theSurround Vision Cameras

2. Area Not Shown



1. Views Displayed by theSurround Vision Cameras

2. Area Not Shown

{ Warning

The camera(s) do not displaychildren, pedestrians, bicyclists,crossing traffic, animals, or anyother object outside of thecameras’ field of view, below thebumper, or under the vehicle.Shown distances may be differentfrom actual distances. Do notdrive or park the vehicle usingonly these camera(s). Alwayscheck behind and around the

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

vehicle before driving. Failure touse proper care may result ininjury, death, or vehicle damage.

Camera Views

Touch the camera view buttonsalong the bottom of the infotainmentdisplay. Available views will differdepending on vehicle options.

Front/Rear Standard View :Displays an image of the area infront or behind the vehicle. TouchFront/Rear Standard View on the

infotainment display when a cameraview is active. Touching the buttonmultiple times will toggle betweenfront and rear camera views.

If equipped, the front view cameraalso displays when the Park Assistsystem detects an object within30 cm (12 in).

Front/Rear Junction View :Displays a front or rear cross trafficview that shows objects directly tothe left and right of the front or backof the vehicle. Touch Junction Viewon the infotainment display when acamera view is active. Touching thebutton multiple times will togglebetween front and rear cameraviews.

Front/Rear Overhead View :Displays a front or rear overheadview of the vehicle. Touching thebutton will toggle between the twoviews.

Front/Rear Bowl View : Displays aview of the vehicle from either thefront or the back of the vehicle.Touch Bowl View on theinfotainment display when a camera



view is active. Touching the buttonmultiple times will toggle betweenforward and rearward views. ParkAssist and RCTA overlays are notavailable when Bowl View is active.

Side Forward/Rearward View :Displays a view that shows objectsnext to the front or rear sides of thevehicle. Touch Side Forward/Rearward View on the infotainmentdisplay when a camera view isactive. Touching the button multipletimes will toggle between forwardand rearward views. Park Assistand RCTA overlays are notavailable when Side Forward/Rearward View is active.

Hitch View : Assists whileconnecting to a trailer. Displays azoomed-in view of the hitch to helpalign the vehicle’s hitch ball with thetrailer coupler. Shifting into P (Park)while in this view will automaticallyengage the Electronic ParkingBrake (EPB).

Guidance Lines : Displaysavailable guidelines, includingstandard and Hitch Guidance.

Top Down View : Displays animage of the area surrounding thevehicle, along with the rear cameraview in the infotainment display. Therear camera view will be replacedby the front camera view aftershifting from R (Reverse) to aforward gear or when the vehicle ismoving forward slower than 12 km/h(8 mph). This view can only beenabled in Front/Rear StandardView by touching the Top DownView button when a camera view isactive.

Park Assist

With RPA, as the vehicle backs upat speeds of less than 8 km/h(5 mph), the sensors on the rearbumper may detect objects up to2.5 m (8 ft) behind the vehicle withina zone 25 cm (10 in) high off theground and below bumper level.These detection distances may beshorter during warmer or humidweather.

Blocked sensors will not detectobjects and can also cause falsedetections. Keep the sensors clean

of mud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush;and clean sensors after a car washin freezing temperatures.

{ Warning

The Park Assist system does notdetect children, pedestrians,bicyclists, animals, or objectsbelow the bumper or that are tooclose or too far from the vehicle.It is not available at speedsgreater than 8 km/h (5 mph). Toprevent injury, death, or vehicledamage, even with Park Assist,always check the area around thevehicle and check all mirrorsbefore backing.



The instrument cluster may have aPark Assist display with bars thatshow “distance to object” and objectlocation information for RPA. As theobject gets closer, more bars lightup and the bars change color fromyellow to amber to red.

When an object is first detected inthe rear, one beep will be heardfrom the rear. When an object isvery close, <0.6 m (2 ft) in thevehicle rear, five beeps will soundfrom the rear.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)

If equipped, RCTA shows a redwarning triangle with a left or rightpointing arrow on the infotainmentdisplay to warn of traffic comingfrom the left or right. This systemdetects objects coming from up to20 m (65 ft) from the left or right sideof the vehicle. When an object isdetected, three beeps sound fromthe left or right, depending on thedirection of the detected vehicle.

Use caution while backing up whentowing a trailer, as the RCTAdetection zones that extend out

from the back of the vehicle do notmove further back when a trailer istowed.

Turning the Features On or Off

RPA, RCTA, and Rear Park Assistsymbols can be turned on or offthrough vehicle personalization. See“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 137.

Turn off RPA when towing a trailer.

Assistance Systems forDrivingIf equipped, when driving thevehicle in a forward gear, ForwardCollision Alert (FCA), LaneDeparture Warning (LDW), LaneKeep Assist (LKA), Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA), Lane Change Alert(LCA), Automatic EmergencyBraking (AEB), and/or the FrontPedestrian Braking (FPB) Systemcan help to avoid a crash or reducecrash damage.

Forward Collision Alert(FCA) SystemIf equipped, the FCA system mayhelp to avoid or reduce the harmcaused by front-end crashes. Whenapproaching a vehicle ahead tooquickly, FCA provides a red flashingalert on the windshield and rapidlybeeps. FCA also lights an ambervisual alert if following anothervehicle much too closely.

FCA detects vehicles within adistance of approximately 60 m(197 ft) and operates at speedsabove 8 km/h (5 mph). If the vehiclehas Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC),it can detect vehicles to distances ofapproximately 110 m (360 ft) andoperates at all speeds. SeeAdaptive Cruise Control 0 204.

{ Warning

FCA is a warning system anddoes not apply the brakes. Whenapproaching a slower-moving orstopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

or when following a vehicle tooclosely, FCA may not provide awarning with enough time to helpavoid a crash. It also may notprovide any warning at all. FCAdoes not warn of pedestrians,animals, signs, guardrails,bridges, construction barrels,or other objects. Be ready to takeaction and apply the brakes. SeeDefensive Driving 0 166.

FCA can be disabled throughvehicle personalization. See“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 137.

Detecting the Vehicle Ahead

FCA warnings will not occur unlessthe FCA system detects a vehicleahead. When a vehicle is detected,the vehicle ahead indicator willdisplay green. Vehicles may not bedetected on curves, highway exitramps, or hills, due to poor visibility;or if a vehicle ahead is partiallyblocked by pedestrians or otherobjects. FCA will not detect anothervehicle ahead until it is completelyin the driving lane.

{ Warning

FCA does not provide a warningto help avoid a crash, unless itdetects a vehicle. FCA may notdetect a vehicle ahead if the FCAsensor is blocked by dirt, snow,or ice, or if the windshield isdamaged. It may also not detect avehicle on winding or hilly roads,or in conditions that can limitvisibility such as fog, rain,or snow, or if the headlamps orwindshield are not cleaned or in

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

proper condition. Keep thewindshield, headlamps, and FCAsensors clean and in good repair.

Collision Alert

When your vehicle approachesanother detected vehicle too rapidly,the red FCA display will flash on thewindshield. Also, eight rapidhigh-pitched beeps will sound fromthe front. When this Collision Alertoccurs, the brake system mayprepare for driver braking to occurmore rapidly which can cause abrief, mild deceleration. Continue toapply the brake pedal as needed.Cruise control may be disengagedwhen the Collision Alert occurs.



Tailgating Alert

The vehicle ahead indicator willdisplay amber when you arefollowing a vehicle ahead much tooclosely.

Selecting the Alert Timing

The Collision Alert control is on thesteering wheel. Press[ to set theFCA timing to Far, Medium, or Near.The first button press shows thecurrent setting on the DriverInformation Center (DIC). Additionalbutton presses will change thissetting. The chosen setting willremain until it is changed and willaffect the timing of both the CollisionAlert and the Tailgating Alertfeatures. The timing of both alertswill vary based on vehicle speed.The faster the vehicle speed, thefarther away the alert will occur.Consider traffic and weather

conditions when selecting the alerttiming. The range of selectable alerttimings may not be appropriate forall drivers and driving conditions.

If your vehicle is equipped withAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC),changing the FCA timing settingautomatically changes the followinggap setting (Far, Medium, or Near).

Following Distance Indication

The following distance to a movingvehicle you are following isindicated in following time inseconds on the DIC. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 133. Theminimum following time is0.5 seconds away. If there is novehicle detected ahead, or thevehicle ahead is out of sensorrange, dashes will be displayed.

Unnecessary Alerts

FCA may provide unnecessaryalerts for turning vehicles, vehiclesin other lanes, objects that are notvehicles, or shadows. These alertsare normal operation and thevehicle does not need service.

Cleaning the System

If the FCA system does not seem tooperate properly, this may correctthe issue:

. Clean the outside of thewindshield in front of therearview mirror.

. Clean the entire front of thevehicle.

. Clean the headlamps.

Automatic EmergencyBraking (AEB)If the vehicle has Forward CollisionAlert (FCA), it also has AEB, whichincludes Intelligent BrakeAssist (IBA). When the systemdetects a vehicle ahead in your paththat is traveling in the samedirection that you may be about tocrash into, it can provide a boost tobraking or automatically brake thevehicle. This can help avoid orlessen the severity of crashes whendriving in a forward gear. Dependingon the situation, the vehicle mayautomatically brake moderately or



hard. This automatic emergencybraking can only occur if a vehicle isdetected. This is shown by the FCAvehicle ahead indicator being lit.See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 218.

The system works when driving in aforward gear between 8 km/h(5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph),or on vehicles with Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC), above 4 km/h(2 mph). It can detect vehicles up toapproximately 60 m (197 ft).

{ Warning

AEB is an emergency crashpreparation feature and is notdesigned to avoid crashes. Donot rely on AEB to brake thevehicle. AEB will not brakeoutside of its operating speedrange and only responds todetected vehicles.

AEB may not:

. Detect a vehicle ahead onwinding or hilly roads.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Detect all vehicles,especially vehicles with atrailer, tractors, muddyvehicles, etc.

. Detect a vehicle whenweather limits visibility, suchas in fog, rain, or snow.

. Detect a vehicle ahead if itis partially blocked bypedestrians or other objects.

Complete attention is alwaysrequired while driving, and youshould be ready to take actionand apply the brakes and/or steerthe vehicle to avoid crashes.

AEB may slow the vehicle to acomplete stop to try to avoid apotential crash. If this happens, AEBmay engage the Electric ParkingBrake (EPB) to hold the vehicle at astop. Release the EPB or firmlypress the accelerator pedal.

{ Warning

AEB may automatically brake thevehicle suddenly in situationswhere it is unexpected andundesired. It could respond to aturning vehicle ahead, guardrails,signs, and other non-movingobjects. To override AEB, firmlypress the accelerator pedal, if it issafe to do so.

Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)

IBA may activate when the brakepedal is applied quickly by providinga boost to braking based on thespeed of approach and distance toa vehicle ahead.

Minor brake pedal pulsations orpedal movement during this time isnormal and the brake pedal shouldcontinue to be applied as needed.IBA will automatically disengageonly when the brake pedal isreleased.



{ Warning

IBA may increase vehicle brakingin situations when it may not benecessary. You could block theflow of traffic. If this occurs, takeyour foot off the brake pedal andthen apply the brakes as needed.

AEB and IBA can be disabledthrough vehicle personalization. See“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 137.

{ Warning

Using AEB or IBA while towing atrailer could cause you to losecontrol of the vehicle and crash.Turn the system to Alert, or if thevehicle has ACC to Off, whentowing a trailer.

A system unavailable message maydisplay if:

. The front of the vehicle orwindshield is not clean.

. Heavy rain or snow is interferingwith object detection.

. There is a problem with theStabiliTrak/Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) system.

The AEB system does not needservice.

Front Pedestrian Braking(FPB) SystemIf equipped, the Front PedestrianBraking (FPB) system may helpavoid or reduce the harm caused byfront-end crashes with nearbypedestrians when driving in aforward gear. FPB displays anamber indicator, ~, when a nearbypedestrian is detected ahead. Whenapproaching a detected pedestriantoo quickly, FPB provides a redflashing alert on the windshield andrapidly beeps. FPB can provide aboost to braking or automaticallybrake the vehicle. This systemincludes Intelligent Brake Assist(IBA), and the AutomaticEmergency Braking (AEB) system

may also respond to pedestrians.See Automatic Emergency Braking(AEB) 0 220.

The FPB system can detect andalert to pedestrians in a forwardgear at speeds between 8 km/h(5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph).During daytime driving, the systemdetects pedestrians up to a distanceof approximately 40 m (131 ft).During nighttime driving, systemperformance is very limited.

{ Warning

FPB does not provide an alert orautomatically brake the vehicle,unless it detects a pedestrian.FPB may not detect pedestrians,including children:

. When the pedestrian is notdirectly ahead, fully visible,or standing upright, or whenpart of a group.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. Due to poor visibility,including nighttimeconditions, fog, rain,or snow.

. If the FPB sensor is blockedby dirt, snow, or ice.

. If the headlamps orwindshield are not cleanedor in proper condition.

Be ready to take action and applythe brakes. For more information,see Defensive Driving 0 166.Keep the windshield, headlamps,and FPB sensor clean and ingood repair.

FPB can be set to Off, Alert, or Alertand Brake through vehiclepersonalization. See “Collision/Detection Systems” under VehiclePersonalization 0 137.

Detecting the PedestrianAhead

FPB alerts and automatic brakingwill not occur unless the FPBsystem detects a pedestrian. Whena nearby pedestrian is detected infront of the vehicle, the pedestrianahead indicator will display amber.

Front Pedestrian Alert

When the vehicle approaches apedestrian ahead too rapidly, thered FPB alert display will flash onthe windshield. Eight rapidhigh-pitched beeps will sound from

the front. When this Pedestrian Alertoccurs, the brake system mayprepare for driver braking to occurmore rapidly which can cause abrief, mild deceleration. Continue toapply the brake pedal as needed.Cruise control may be disengagedwhen the Front Pedestrian Alertoccurs.

Automatic Braking

If FPB detects it is about to crashinto a pedestrian ahead, and thebrakes have not been applied, FPBmay automatically brake moderatelyor brake hard. This can help toavoid some very low speedpedestrian crashes or reducepedestrian injury. FPB canautomatically brake to detectedpedestrians between 8 km/h (5 mph)and 80 km/h (50 mph). Automaticbraking levels may be reducedunder certain conditions, such ashigher speeds.

If this happens, Automatic Brakingmay engage the Electric ParkingBrake (EPB) to hold the vehicle at astop. Release the EPB. A firm press



of the accelerator pedal will alsorelease Automatic Braking andthe EPB.

{ Warning

FPB may alert or automaticallybrake the vehicle suddenly insituations where it is unexpectedand undesired. It could falselyalert or brake for objects similar inshape or size to pedestrians,including shadows. This is normaloperation and the vehicle doesnot need service. To overrideAutomatic Braking, firmly pressthe accelerator pedal, if it is safeto do so.

Automatic Braking can be disabledthrough vehicle personalization. See“Front Pedestrian Detection” in“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 137.

{ Warning

Using the Front PedestrianBraking system while towing atrailer could cause you to losecontrol of the vehicle and crash.Turn the system to Alert or Offwhen towing a trailer.

Cleaning the System

If FPB does not seem to operateproperly, cleaning the outside of thewindshield in front of the rearviewmirror may correct the issue.

Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA)If equipped, the SBZA system is alane-changing aid that assistsdrivers with avoiding crashes thatoccur with moving vehicles in theside blind zone (or spot) areas.When the vehicle is in a forwardgear, the left or right side mirrordisplay will light up if a movingvehicle is detected in that blindzone. If the turn signal is activated

and a vehicle is also detected onthe same side, the display will flashas an extra warning not to changelanes. Since this system is part ofthe Lane Change Alert (LCA)system, read the entire LCA sectionbefore using this feature.

Lane Change Alert (LCA)If equipped, the LCA system is alane-changing aid that assistsdrivers with avoiding lane changecrashes that occur with movingvehicles in the side blind zone (orspot) areas or with vehicles rapidlyapproaching these areas frombehind. The LCA warning displaywill light up in the correspondingoutside mirror and will flash if theturn signal is on.

{ Warning

LCA does not alert the driver tovehicles outside of the systemdetection zones, pedestrians,bicyclists, or animals. It may not

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

provide alerts when changinglanes under all driving conditions.Failure to use proper care whenchanging lanes may result ininjury, death, or vehicle damage.Before making a lane change,always check mirrors, glance overyour shoulder, and use the turnsignals.

LCA Detection Zones

1. SBZA Detection Zone2. LCA Detection Zone

The LCA sensor covers a zone ofapproximately one lane over fromboth sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m

(11 ft). The height of the zone isapproximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft)and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. TheSide Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)warning area starts at approximatelythe middle of the vehicle and goesback 5 m (16 ft). Drivers are alsowarned of vehicles rapidlyapproaching from up to 70 m (230 ft)behind the vehicle.

How the System Works

The LCA symbol lights up in theoutside mirrors when the systemdetects a moving vehicle in the nextlane over that is in the side blindzone or rapidly approaching thatzone from behind. A lit LCA symbolindicates it may be unsafe tochange lanes. Before making a lanechange, check the LCA display,check mirrors, glance over yourshoulder, and use the turn signals.

Left OutsideMirror Display

Right OutsideMirror Display

When the vehicle is started, bothoutside mirror LCA displays willbriefly come on to indicate thesystem is operating. When thevehicle is in a forward gear, the leftor right outside mirror display willlight up if a moving vehicle isdetected in the next lane over in thatblind zone or rapidly approachingthat zone. If the turn signal isactivated in the same direction as adetected vehicle, this display willflash as an extra warning not tochange lanes.

LCA can be disabled throughvehicle personalization. When youdisable LCA, Side Blind Zone Alertis also disabled. See “Collision/



Detection Systems” under VehiclePersonalization 0 137. If LCA isdisabled by the driver, the LCAmirror displays will not light up.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

The LCA system requires somedriving for the system to calibrate tomaximum performance. Thiscalibration may occur more quickly ifthe vehicle is driving on a straighthighway road with traffic androadside objects (e.g., guardrails,barriers).

LCA displays may not come onwhen passing a vehicle quickly, fora stopped vehicle, or when towing atrailer. The LCA detection zonesthat extend back from the side ofthe vehicle do not move further backwhen a trailer is towed. Use cautionwhile changing lanes when towing atrailer. LCA may alert to objectsattached to the vehicle, such as atrailer, bicycle, or object extendingout to either side of the vehicle.Attached objects may also interfere

with the detection of vehicles. Thisis normal system operation; thevehicle does not need service.

LCA may not always alert the driverto vehicles in the next lane over,especially in wet conditions or whendriving on sharp curves. The systemdoes not need to be serviced. Thesystem may light up due toguardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, andother non-moving objects. This isnormal system operation; thevehicle does not need service.

LCA may not operate when the LCAsensors in the left or right corners ofthe rear bumper are covered withmud, dirt, snow, ice, or slush, or inheavy rainstorms. For cleaninginstructions, see "Washing theVehicle" under Exterior Care 0 317.If the DIC still displays the systemunavailable message after cleaningboth sides of the vehicle toward therear corners of the vehicle, see yourdealer.

If the LCA displays do not light upwhen moving vehicles are in theside blind zone or are rapidlyapproaching this zone and the

system is clean, the system mayneed service. Take the vehicle toyour dealer.

Radio Frequency Information

See Radio Frequency Statement0 353.

Lane Keep Assist (LKA)If equipped, LKA may help avoidcrashes due to unintentional lanedepartures. This system uses acamera to detect lane markingsbetween 60 km/h (37 mph) and 180km/h (112 mph). It may assist bygently turning the steering wheel ifthe vehicle approaches a detectedlane marking. It may also provide aLane Departure Warning (LDW)alert if the vehicle crosses adetected lane marking. LKA can beoverridden by turning the steeringwheel. This system is not intendedto keep the vehicle centered in thelane. LKA will not assist and alert ifthe turn signal is active in thedirection of lane departure, or if itdetects that you are accelerating,braking or actively steering.



{ Warning

The LKA system does notcontinuously steer the vehicle.It may not keep the vehicle in thelane or give a Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) alert, even if alane marking is detected.

The LKA and LDW systemsmay not:

. Provide an alert or enoughsteering assist to avoid alane departure or crash.

. Detect lane markings underpoor weather or visibilityconditions. This can occur ifthe windshield orheadlamps are blocked bydirt, snow, or ice; if they arenot in proper condition; or ifthe sun shines directly intothe camera.

. Detect road edges.

. Detect lanes on winding orhilly roads.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

If LKA only detects lane markingson one side of the road, it willonly assist or provide an LDWalert when approaching the laneon the side where it has detecteda lane marking. Even with LKAand LDW, you must steer thevehicle. Always keep yourattention on the road andmaintain proper vehicle positionwithin the lane, or vehicledamage, injury, or death couldoccur. Always keep thewindshield, headlamps, andcamera sensors clean and ingood repair. Do not use LKA inbad weather conditions or onroads with unclear lane markings,such as construction zones.

{ Warning

Using LKA while towing a traileror on slippery roads could causeloss of control of the vehicle anda crash. Turn the system off.

How the System Works

LKA uses a camera sensor installedon the windshield ahead of therearview mirror to detect lanemarkings. It may provide briefsteering assist if it detects anunintended lane departure. It mayfurther provide an audible alert thata lane marking has been crossed.

To turn LKA on and off, pressAon the center console. If equipped,the indicator light on the buttoncomes on when LKA is on and turnsoff when LKA is disabled.

A is green if LKA is ready toassist. LKA may assist by gentlyturning the steering wheel if thevehicle approaches a detectedlane marking.A is amber whenassisting. It may also provide a



Lane Departure Warning (LDW)alert by flashingA amber if thevehicle crosses a detected lanemarking. Additionally, there may bethree beeps on the right or left,depending on the lane departuredirection.

Take Steering

The LKA system does notcontinuously steer the vehicle.If LKA does not detect active driversteering, an alert and chime may beprovided. Steer the vehicle todismiss. LKA may becometemporarily unavailable afterrepeated take steering alerts.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

The system performance may beaffected by:

. Close vehicles ahead.

. Sudden lighting changes, suchas when driving through tunnels.

. Banked roads.

. Roads with poor lane markings,such as two-lane roads.

A system unavailable message maydisplay if the camera is blocked.The LKA system does not needservice.

A camera blocked message maydisplay if the camera is blocked.Some driver assistance systemsmay have reduced performance ornot work at all. An LKA or LDWunavailable message may display ifthe systems are temporarilyunavailable. This message could bedue to a blocked camera. The LKAsystem does not need service.Clean the outside of the windshieldbehind the rearview mirror.

LKA assistance and/or LDW alertsmay occur due to tar marks,shadows, cracks in the road,temporary or construction lanemarkings, or other roadimperfections. This is normal systemoperation; the vehicle does not needservice. Turn LKA off if theseconditions continue.

Fuel

Top Tier FuelGM recommends the use of TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline to keepthe engine clean, reduce enginedeposits, and maintain optimalvehicle performance. Look for theTOP TIER Logo or seewww.toptiergas.com for a list of TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline marketersand applicable countries.



Recommended Fuel

Use regular unleaded gasolinemeeting ASTM specification D4814with a posted octane rating of 87 —(R+M)/2 — or higher. Do not usegasoline with a posted octane ratingof less than 87, as this may causeengine knock and will lower fueleconomy.

Do not use any fuel labeled E85 orFlexFuel. Do not use gasoline withethanol levels greater than 15% byvolume.

Prohibited Fuels

Caution

Do not use fuels with any of thefollowing conditions; doing somay damage the vehicle and voidits warranty:

. For vehicles that are notFlexFuel, fuel labeledgreater than 15% ethanol byvolume, such as mid-levelethanol blends (16–50%ethanol), E85, or FlexFuel.

. Fuel with any amount ofmethanol, methylal,ferrocene, and aniline.These fuels can corrodemetal fuel system parts ordamage plastic and rubberparts.

. Fuel containing metals suchas methylcyclopentadienylmanganese tricarbonyl

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

(MMT), which can damagethe emissions controlsystem and spark plugs.

. Fuel with a posted octanerating of less than therecommended fuel. Usingthis fuel will lower fueleconomy and performance,and may decrease the life ofthe emissions catalyst.

Fuels in ForeignCountriesThe U.S., Canada, and Mexico postfuel octane ratings in anti-knockindex (AKI). For fuel not to use in aforeign country, see ProhibitedFuels 0 229.

Fuel AdditivesTOP TIER Detergent Gasoline ishighly recommended for use withyour vehicle. If your country doesnot have TOP TIER DetergentGasoline, add ACDelco Fuel



System Treatment Plus−Gasoline tothe vehicle’s gasoline fuel tank atevery oil change or 15 000 km(9,000 mi), whichever occurs first.TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline andACDelco Fuel System TreatmentPlus−Gasoline will help keep yourvehicle’s engine fuel deposit freeand performing optimally.

Filling the TankAn arrow on the fuel gaugeindicates which side of the vehiclethe fuel door is on. See Fuel Gauge0 120.

{ Warning

Fuel vapors and fuel fires burnviolently and can cause injury ordeath.

Follow these guidelines to helpavoid injuries to you and others:

. Read and follow all theinstructions on the fuelpump island.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Turn off the engine whenrefueling.

. Keep sparks, flames, andsmoking materials awayfrom fuel.

. Do not leave the fuel pumpunattended.

. Avoid using electronicdevices while refueling.

. Do not re-enter the vehiclewhile pumping fuel.

. Keep children away fromthe fuel pump and never letchildren pump fuel.

. Before touching the fillnozzle, touch a metallicobject to discharge staticelectricity from your body.

. Fuel can spray out if the fillnozzle is inserted tooquickly. This spray canhappen if the tank is nearlyfull, and is more likely in hot

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

weather. Insert the fill nozzleslowly and wait for any hissnoise to stop beforebeginning to flow fuel.

To open the fuel door, push andrelease the rearward center edge ofthe door.

The capless refueling system doesnot have a fuel cap. Fully insert andlatch the fill nozzle, begin fueling.



{ Warning

Overfilling the fuel tank by morethan three clicks of a standard fillnozzle may cause:

. Vehicle performance issues,including engine stalling anddamage to the fuel system.

. Fuel spills.

. Under certain conditions,fuel fires.

Be careful not to spill fuel. Waitfive seconds after you have finishedpumping before removing the fillnozzle. Clean fuel from paintedsurfaces as soon as possible. SeeExterior Care 0 317. Push the fueldoor closed until it latches.

{ Warning

If a fire starts while you arerefueling, do not remove the fillnozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

shutting off the pump or bynotifying the station attendant.Leave the area immediately.

Filling the Tank with a PortableFuel Container

If the vehicle runs out of fuel andmust be filled from a portable fuelcontainer:

1. Locate the capless funneladapter from the rear cargoarea under the load floor.

2. Insert and latch the funnel intothe capless fuel system.

{ Warning

Attempting to refuel from aportable fuel container withoutusing the funnel adapter maycause fuel spillage and damagethe capless fuel system. Thiscould cause a fire. You or otherscould be badly burned and thevehicle could be damaged.

3. Remove and clean the funneladapter and return it to thestorage location.

Filling a Portable FuelContainer

{ Warning

Never fill a portable fuel containerwhile it is in the vehicle. Staticelectricity discharge from thecontainer can ignite the fuelvapor. You can be badly burned

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

and the vehicle damaged if thisoccurs. To help avoid injury to youand others:

. Dispense fuel only intoapproved containers.

. Do not fill a container whileit is inside a vehicle, in avehicle's trunk, pickup bed,or on any surface other thanthe ground.

. Bring the fill nozzle incontact with the inside ofthe fill opening beforeoperating the nozzle.Contact should bemaintained until the filling iscomplete.

. Do not smoke whilepumping fuel.

. Avoid using electronicdevices.

Trailer Towing

General TowingInformationOnly use towing equipment that hasbeen designed for the vehicle.Contact your dealer or traileringdealer for assistance with preparingthe vehicle to tow a trailer. Read theentire section before towing a trailer.

To tow a disabled vehicle, seeTowing the Vehicle 0 314. To towthe vehicle behind another vehiclesuch as a motor home, seeRecreational Vehicle Towing 0 314.

Driving Characteristicsand Towing Tips

{ Warning

You can lose control when towinga trailer if the correct equipment isnot used or the vehicle is notdriven properly. For example,if the trailer is too heavy or the

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

trailer brakes are inadequate forthe load, the vehicle may not stopas expected. You and otherscould be seriously injured. Thevehicle may also be damaged,and the repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Pull a trailer only if all the steps inthis section have been followed.Ask your dealer for advice andinformation about towing a trailerwith the vehicle.

Driving with a Trailer

Trailering is different than justdriving the vehicle by itself.Trailering means changes inhandling, acceleration, braking,durability, and fuel economy.Successful, safe trailering takescorrect equipment, and it has to beused properly.

The following information has manytime-tested, important trailering tipsand safety rules. Many of these are



important for your safety and that ofyour passengers. Read this sectioncarefully before pulling a trailer.

When towing a trailer:

. Become familiar with and followall state and local laws thatapply to trailer towing. Theserequirements vary from state tostate.

. State laws may require the useof extended side view mirrors.Even if not required, you shouldinstall extended side viewmirrors if your visibility is limitedor restricted while towing.

. Do not tow a trailer during thefirst 800 km (500 mi) of vehicleuse to prevent damage to theengine, axle, or other parts.

. It is recommended to performthe first oil change before heavytowing.

. During the first 800 km (500 mi)of trailer towing, do not driveover 80 km/h (50 mph) and donot make starts at full throttle.

. Vehicles can tow in D (Drive).Tow/Haul Mode is recommendedfor heavier trailers. See Tow/Haul Mode 0 193. If thetransmission downshifts toooften, a lower gear may beselected using Manual ModeSee Manual Mode 0 192.

If equipped, the following driverassistance features should beturned off when towing a trailer:

. Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)

. Super Cruise Control

. Lane Keep Assist (LKA)

. Park Assist

. Automatic Parking Assist (APA)

. Reverse AutomaticBraking (RAB)

If equipped, the following driverassistance features should beturned to alert or off when towing atrailer:

. Automatic EmergencyBraking (AEB)

. Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)

. Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)

If equipped with Lane Change Alert(LCA), the LCA detection zones thatextend back from the side of thevehicle do not move further backwhen a trailer is towed. Use cautionwhile changing lanes when towing atrailer.

If equipped with Rear Cross TrafficAlert (RCTA), use caution whilebacking up when towing a trailer, asthe RCTA detection zones thatextend out from the back of thevehicle do not move further backwhen a trailer is towed.

{ Warning

To prevent serious injury or deathfrom carbon monoxide (CO),when towing a trailer:

. Do not drive with theliftgate, trunk/hatch,or rear-most window open.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)


. Adjust the climate controlsystem to a setting thatbrings in only outside air.See “Climate ControlSystems” in the Index.

For more information aboutcarbon monoxide, see EngineExhaust 0 189.

Towing a trailer requires experience.The combination of the vehicle andtrailer is longer and not asresponsive as the vehicle itself. Getused to the handling and braking ofthe combination by driving on alevel road surface before driving onpublic roads.

The trailer structure, the tires, andthe brakes must be all be rated tocarry the intended cargo.Inadequate trailer equipment cancause the combination to operate in

an unexpected or unsafe manner.Before driving, inspect all trailerhitch parts and attachments, safetychains, electrical connectors, lamps,tires, and mirrors. See TowingEquipment 0 240. If the trailer haselectric brakes, start thecombination moving and thenmanually apply the trailer brakecontroller to check the trailer brakeswork. During the trip, occasionallycheck that the cargo and trailer aresecure and that the lamps and anytrailer brakes are working.

Towing with a Stability ControlSystem

When towing, the stability controlsystem might be heard. The systemreacts to vehicle movement causedby the trailer, which mainly occursduring cornering. This is normalwhen towing heavier trailers.

Following Distance

Stay at least twice as far behind thevehicle ahead as you would whendriving without a trailer. This canhelp to avoid heavy braking andsudden turns.

Passing

More passing distance is neededwhen towing a trailer. Thecombination of the vehicle andtrailer will not accelerate as quicklyand is much longer than the vehiclealone. It is necessary to go muchfarther beyond the passed vehiclebefore returning to the lane. Passon level roadways. Avoid passingon hills if possible.

Backing Up

Hold the bottom of the steeringwheel with one hand. To move thetrailer to the left, move that hand tothe left. To move the trailer to theright, move that hand to the right.Always back up slowly and,if possible, have someoneguide you.



Making Turns

Caution

Turn more slowly and make widerarcs when towing a trailer toprevent damage to your vehicle.Making very sharp turns couldcause the trailer to contact thevehicle.

Make wider turns than normal whentowing, so trailer will not go over softshoulders, over curbs, or strike roadsigns, trees, or other objects.Always signal turns well in advance.Do not steer or brake suddenly.

Driving on Grades

Reduce speed and shift to a lowergear before starting down a long orsteep downhill grade. If thetransmission is not shifted down, thebrakes may overheat and result inreduced braking efficiency.

The vehicle can tow in D (Drive).Shift the transmission to a lowergear if the transmission shifts toooften under heavy loads and/or hillyconditions.

When towing at higher altitudes,engine coolant will boil at a lowertemperature than at lower altitudes.If the engine is turned offimmediately after towing at highaltitude on steep uphill grades, thevehicle could show signs similar toengine overheating. To avoid this,let the engine run, preferably onlevel ground, with the transmissionin P (Park) for a few minutes beforeturning the engine off. If theoverheat warning comes on, seeEngine Overheating 0 261.

Parking on Hills

{ Warning

To prevent serious injury or death,always park your vehicle andtrailer on a level surface whenpossible.

When parking your vehicle and yourtrailer on a hill:

1. Press the brake pedal, but donot shift into P (Park) yet. Turnthe wheels into the curb iffacing downhill or into traffic iffacing uphill.

2. Have someone place chocksunder the trailer wheels.

3. When the wheel chocks are inplace, gradually release thebrake pedal to allow the chocksto absorb the load of the trailer.

4. Reapply the brake pedal. Thenapply the parking brake andshift into P (Park).

5. Release the brake pedal.

Leaving After Parking on a Hill

1. Apply and hold the brakepedal.

. Start the engine.

. Shift into a gear.

. Release the parking brake.

2. Let up on the brake pedal.



3. Drive slowly until the trailer isclear of the chocks.

4. Stop and have someone pickup and store the chocks.

Maintenance When TrailerTowing

The vehicle needs service moreoften when used to tow trailers. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 328. It isespecially important to check theengine oil, axle lubricant, belts,cooling system, and brake systembefore and during each trip.

Check periodically that all nuts andbolts on the trailer hitch are tight.

Engine Cooling When TrailerTowing

The cooling system may temporarilyoverheat during severe operatingconditions. See Engine Overheating0 261.

Trailer Towing

Caution

Towing a trailer improperly candamage the vehicle and result incostly repairs not covered by thevehicle warranty. To tow a trailercorrectly, follow the directions inthis section and see your dealerfor important information abouttowing a trailer with the vehicle.

Trailer Weight

{ Warning

Never exceed the towing capacityfor your vehicle.

Safe trailering requires monitoringthe weight, speed, altitude, roadgrades, outside temperature,dimensions of the front of the trailer,and how frequently the vehicle isused to tow a trailer.

Trailer Weight Ratings

When towing a trailer, the combinedweight of the vehicle, vehiclecontents, trailer, and trailer contentsmust be below all of the maximumweight ratings for the vehicleincluding:

. GCWR: Gross Combined WeightRating

. GVWR: Gross Vehicle WeightRating

. Maximum Trailer Weight Rating

. Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight

See “Weight-Distributing HitchAdjustment” under TowingEquipment 0 240 to determine ifequalizer bars are required to obtainthe maximum trailer weight rating.

See “Trailer Brakes” under TowingEquipment 0 240 to determine ifbrakes are required based on yourtrailer's weight.

The only way to be sure the weightis not exceeding any of theseratings is to weigh the tow vehicle



and trailer combination, fully loadedfor the trip, getting individualweights for each of these items.

{ Warning

You and others could be seriouslyinjured or killed if the trailer is tooheavy or the trailer brakes areinadequate for the load. Thevehicle may be damaged, and therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Only tow a trailer if all the steps inthis section have been followed.Ask your dealer for advice andinformation about towing a trailer.

Gross Combined WeightRating (GCWR)

GCWR is the total allowable weightof the completely loaded vehicleand trailer including any fuel,passengers, cargo, equipment, andaccessories. Do not exceed theGCWR for your vehicle. The GCWRfor the vehicle is on the Tow RatingChart following.

To check that the weight of thevehicle and trailer are within theGCWR for the vehicle, follow thesesteps:

1. Start with the "curb weight"from the Trailering InformationLabel.

2. Add the weight of the trailerloaded with cargo and readyfor the trip.

3. Add the weight of allpassengers.

4. Add the weight of all cargo inthe vehicle.

5. Add the weight of hitchhardware such as a draw bar,ball, load equalizer bars,or sway bars.

6. Add the weight of anyaccessories or aftermarketequipment added to thevehicle.

The resulting weight cannot exceedthe GCWR value shown on theTrailering Information Label.

The gross combined weight canalso be confirmed by weighing thetruck and trailer on a public scale.The truck and trailer should beloaded for the trip with passengersand cargo.



Gross Vehicle WeightRating (GVWR)

For information about the vehicle'smaximum load capacity, see VehicleLoad Limits 0 177. When calculatingthe GVWR with a trailer attached,the trailer tongue weight must beincluded as part of the weight thevehicle is carrying.

Maximum Trailer WeightRating

The maximum trailer weight rating iscalculated assuming the tow vehiclehas a driver, a front seat passenger,

and all required traileringequipment. This value representsthe heaviest trailer the vehicle cantow, but it may be necessary toreduce the trailer weight to staywithin the GCW, GVWR, maximumtrailer tongue load, or GAWR-RR forthe vehicle.

Use the tow rating chart todetermine how much the trailer canweigh, based on the vehicle model,powertrain and trailering options.



Vehicle Maximum Trailer Weight *GCWR

Front-Wheel Drive 680 kg (1,500 lb) 3 050 kg (6,725 lb)

Front-Wheel Drive, V92 Trailer Towing Package 2 268 kg (5,000 lb) 4 650 kg (10,250 lb)

All-Wheel Drive 680 kg (1,500 lb) 3 200 kg (7,055 lb)

All-Wheel Drive, V92 Trailer Towing Package 2 268 kg (5,000 lb) 4 750 kg (10,470 lb)

*The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle andtrailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment, and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not beexceeded.

Maximum Trailer TongueWeight Rating

The Maximum Trailer TongueWeight Rating is the allowabletrailer tongue weight that the vehiclecan support using a conventionaltrailer hitch. It may be necessary toreduce the overall trailer weight tostay within the maximum trailertongue weight rating while stillmaintaining the correct trailer loadbalance.

Do not exceed a maximum trailertongue weight of 226 kg (500 lb) fora conventional trailer hitch.

The trailer tongue weight contributesto the Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW).GVW includes the CURB WEIGHTof your vehicle, any passengers,cargo, equipment and the trailertongue weight. Vehicle options,passengers, cargo, and equipmentreduce the maximum allowabletongue weight the vehicle can carry,which also reduces the maximumallowable trailer weight.

Trailer Load Balance

The correct trailer load balancemust be maintained to ensure trailerstability. Incorrect load balance is aleading cause of trailer sway.



The trailer tongue weight (1) shouldbe 10–15% of the loaded trailerweight (2). Some specific trailertypes, such as boat trailers, falloutside of this range. Always referto the trailer owner’s manual for therecommended trailer tongue weightfor each trailer. Never exceed themaximum loads for your vehicle,hitch and trailer.

After loading the trailer, separatelyweigh the trailer and then the trailertongue and calculate the trailer loadbalance percentage to see if theweights and distribution areappropriate for your vehicle. If thetrailer weight is too high, it may be

possible to transfer some of thecargo into your vehicle. If the trailertongue weight is too high or too low,it may be possible to rearrangesome of the cargo inside of thetrailer.

Do not exceed the maximumallowable tongue weight for yourvehicle. Use the shortest hitchextension available to position thehitch ball closer to your vehicle. Thiswill help reduce the effect of thetrailer tongue weight on the trailerhitch and the rear axle.

If a cargo carrier is used in thetrailer hitch receiver, choose acarrier that positions the load asclose to the vehicle as possible.Make sure the total weight,including the carrier, is no more thanhalf of the maximum allowabletongue weight for the vehicle or227 kg (500 lb), whichever is less.

Ask your dealer for traileringinformation or assistance.

Towing Equipment

Hitches

Always use the correct hitchequipment for your vehicle.Crosswinds, large trucks going by,and rough roads can affect thetrailer and the hitch.

Never attach rental hitches or otherbumper-type hitches. Only useframe-mounted hitches that do notattach to the bumper.

Hitch Cover

To remove hitch cover, if equipped:



1. Remove the two fasteners onthe lower tabs.

2. Pull the lower edge of thecover to about a 45 degreeangle.

3. Pull the cover downward todisengage the upperattachments.

To reinstall hitch cover:

1. Hold cover at a 45 degreeangle to the vehicle and pushthe upper tabs into the slots inthe bumper.

2. Push the bottom of the coverforward until the lower tabs lineup with the lower slots.

3. Snap the hitch cover into placeby pushing the upper cornersforward.

4. Reinstall the two fasteners onthe lower tabs.

Consider using mechanical swaycontrols with any trailer. Ask atrailering professional about swaycontrols or refer to the trailermanufacturer's recommendationsand instructions.

Weight-Distributing HitchAdjustment

A weight-distributing hitch may beuseful with some trailers.

1. Front of Vehicle

2. Body to Ground Distance

When using a weight-distributinghitch, measure the front fenderheight above the front axledistance (2) before and afterconnecting the trailer. Adjust thespring bars until the front fenderheight distance (2) is approximatelyhalf way between the first andsecond measurements.

Tires. Do not tow a trailer while using a

compact spare tire on thevehicle.

. Tires must be properly inflated tosupport loads while towing atrailer. See Tires 0 282 forinstructions on proper tireinflation.

Safety Chains

Always attach chains between thevehicle and the trailer, and attachthe chains to the holes on the trailerhitch platform. Instructions aboutsafety chains may be provided bythe hitch manufacturer or by thetrailer manufacturer.

Cross the safety chains under thetongue of the trailer to help preventthe tongue from contacting the roadif it becomes separated from thehitch. Always leave just enoughslack so the combination can turn.Never allow safety chains to drag onthe ground.



Trailer Brakes

Loaded trailers over 450 kg(1,000 lb) must be equipped withbrake systems and with brakes foreach axle. Trailer braking equipmentconforming to Canadian StandardsAssociation (CSA) requirementCAN3-D313, or its equivalent, isrecommended.

State or local regulations mayrequire trailers to have their ownbraking system if the loaded weightof the trailer exceeds certainminimums that can vary from stateto state.

Read and follow the instructions forthe trailer brakes so they areinstalled, adjusted, and maintainedproperly.

Never attempt to tap into yourvehicle's hydraulic brake system.If you do, both the vehicle anti-lockbrakes and the trailer brakes maynot function, which could result in acrash.

Trailer Wiring

The trailer wiring harness (ifequipped), with a 7-pin connector islocated at the rear of the vehicle,and it is tied to the vehicle's frame.

If the vehicle is not equipped with a7-pin trailer connector, the bodyharness has provisions to connect atrailer harness and a 7-pin trailerconnector which is available throughyour dealer.

Use only a round, seven-wireconnector with flat blade terminalsmeeting SAE J2863 specificationsfor proper electrical connectivity.

The seven-wire harness containsthe following trailer circuits:

1Stop/TurnSignal Left

Yellow/Blue

2 Tail/ParkingLamps

Gray/Brown

3ReverseLamps

White/Green

4 Battery Feed Red/Green

5Stop/TurnSignal Right

Green/Brown

6Electric TrailerBrake* Blue

7 Ground Black

* Circuit powered by electric trailerbrake control wiring provisions.

Electric Trailer Brake ControlWiring Provisions

Wiring provisions for an aftermarketelectric trailer brake controller areincluded with the vehicle as part ofthe trailer wiring package. Theharness contains the followingcircuits:



Electric TrailerBrakes

Blue

Battery FeedRed/Green orRed/Blue

Brake ApplySignal White/Blue

Ground Black

Refer to the aftermarket electrictrailer brake controller owner'smanual to determine wire colorcoding of the electric trailer brakecontroller. The wire colors on thebrake controller may be differentfrom the vehicle. The electric trailerbrake controller should be installedby your dealer or a qualified servicecenter.

If equipped, there are four blunt cutwires inside the front driver sideinstrument panel. It will benecessary to have a technicianconnect the 12-volt power to theengine compartment fuse block.

Trailer Lamps

Always check all trailer lamps areworking at the beginning of eachtrip, and periodically on longer trips.

Turn Signals When Towing aTrailer

When properly connected, the trailerturn signals will illuminate to indicatethe vehicle is turning, changinglanes, or stopping. When towing atrailer, the arrows on the instrumentcluster will illuminate even if thetrailer is not properly connected orthe bulbs are burned out.

Tow/Haul Mode

For instructions on how to enterTow/Haul mode, see Driver ModeControl 0 199.

Tow/Haul assists when pulling aheavy trailer or a large or heavyload. See Tow/Haul Mode 0 193.

Tow/Haul Mode is designed to bemost effective when the vehicle andtrailer combined weight is at least75% of the vehicle's Gross

Combined Weight Rating (GCWR).See “Weight of the Trailer” underTrailer Towing 0 236.

Tow/Haul Mode is most useful whenpulling a heavy trailer or a large orheavy load:

. through rolling terrain

. in stop-and-go traffic

. in busy parking lots

Operating the vehicle in Tow/HaulMode when lightly loaded or nottowing will not cause damage;however, it is not recommended andmay result in unpleasant engine andtransmission driving characteristicsand reduced fuel economy.

Trailer SwayControl (TSC)Vehicles with StabiliTrak/ElectronicStability Control (ESC) have aTrailer Sway Control (TSC) feature.Trailer sway is unintendedside-to-side motion of a trailer whiletowing. If the vehicle is towing atrailer and the TSC detects thatsway is increasing, the vehicle



brakes are selectively applied ateach wheel, to help reduceexcessive trailer sway. If equippedwith the Integrated Trailer BrakeControl (ITBC) system, and thetrailer has an electric brake system,StabiliTrak/ESC may also apply thetrailer brakes.

If TSC is enabled, the TractionControl System (TCS)/StabiliTrak/ESC warning light will flash on theinstrument cluster. Reduce vehiclespeed by gradually removing yourfoot from the accelerator. If trailersway continues, StabiliTrak/ESCcan reduce engine torque to helpslow the vehicle. TSC will notfunction if StabiliTrak/ESC is turnedoff. See Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 197.

{ Warning

Trailer sway can result in a crashand in serious injury or death,even if the vehicle is equippedwith TSC.

If the trailer begins to sway,reduce vehicle speed bygradually removing your foot fromthe accelerator. Then pull over tocheck the trailer and vehicle tohelp correct possible causes,including an improperly oroverloaded trailer, unrestrainedcargo, improper trailer hitchconfiguration, or improperlyinflated or incorrect vehicle ortrailer tires. See TowingEquipment 0 240 for trailer ratingsand hitch setuprecommendations.

Trailer Tires

Special Trailer (ST) tires differ fromvehicle tires. Trailer tires aredesigned with stiff sidewalls to helpprevent sway and to support heavyloads. These features can make itdifficult to determine if the trailer tirepressures are low only based on avisual inspection.

Always check all trailer tirepressures before each trip when thetires are cool. Low trailer tirepressure is a leading cause of trailertire blow-outs.

Trailer tires deteriorate over time.The trailer tire sidewall will show theweek and year the tire wasmanufactured. Many trailer tiremanufacturers recommendreplacing tires more than sixyears old.

Overloading is another leadingcause of trailer tire blow-outs. Neverload your trailer with more weightthan the tires are designed tosupport. The load rating is locatedon the trailer tire sidewall.



Always know the maximum speedrating for the trailer tires beforedriving. This may be significantlylower than the vehicle tire speedrating. The speed rating may be onthe trailer tire sidewall. If the speedrating is not shown, the defaulttrailer tire speed rating is 105 km/h(65 mph).

Conversions andAdd-Ons

Add-On ElectricalEquipment

{ Warning

The Data Link Connector (DLC) isused for vehicle service andEmission Inspection/Maintenancetesting. See Malfunction IndicatorLamp (Check Engine Light) 0 124. A device connected to the DLC— such as an aftermarket fleet ordriver-behavior tracking device —may interfere with vehiclesystems. This could affect vehicleoperation and cause a crash.Such devices may also accessinformation stored in the vehicle’ssystems.

Caution

Some electrical equipment candamage the vehicle or causecomponents to not work andwould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Always checkwith your dealer before addingelectrical equipment.

Add-on equipment can drain thevehicle's 12-volt battery, even if thevehicle is not operating.

The vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to add anythingelectrical to the vehicle, seeServicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle 0 74 andAdding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 75.


246 Vehicle Care

Vehicle Care

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 247California Proposition

65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247California Perchlorate

Materials Requirements . . . . . 248Accessories and

Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

Vehicle ChecksDoing Your Own

Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249Engine Compartment

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 254Automatic Transmission

Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255Engine Air Filter Life

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 256Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 261Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

Battery - North America . . . . . . 265All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 266Automatic Transmission Shift

Lock Control FunctionCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 266

Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 267Windshield Replacement . . . . . 268Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . 270

Bulb ReplacementBulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 270High Intensity Discharge (HID)

Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270Headlamps, Front Turn Signal,

and Sidemarker . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . 271

Electrical SystemHigh Voltage Devices and

Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272Electrical System Overload . . . 272Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 273Engine Compartment Fuse

Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273

Instrument Panel FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277

Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279

Wheels and TiresTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . 283Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285Tire Terminology and

Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289Tire Pressure for High-Speed

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290Tire Pressure Monitor

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290Tire Pressure Monitor

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296When It Is Time for New

Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297Different Size Tires and

Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299Uniform Tire Quality

Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299Wheel Alignment and Tire

Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301


Vehicle Care 247

Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 301Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 302Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 310

Jump StartingJump Starting - North

America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311

Towing the VehicleTowing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 314Recreational Vehicle

Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314

Appearance CareExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325

General InformationFor service and parts needs, visityour dealer. You will receivegenuine GM parts and GM-trainedand supported service people.

Genuine GM parts have one ofthese marks:

California Proposition65 Warning

{ Warning

Most motor vehicles, includingthis one, as well as many of itsservice parts and fluids, containand/or emit chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Engineexhaust, many parts andsystems, many fluids, and somecomponent wear by-productscontain and/or emit thesechemicals. For more informationgo to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

See Battery - North America 0 265andJump Starting - North America0 311 and the back cover.


248 Vehicle Care

California PerchlorateMaterials RequirementsCertain types of automotiveapplications, such as airbaginitiators, seat belt pretensioners,and lithium batteries contained inelectronic keys, may containperchlorate materials. PerchlorateMaterial – special handling mayapply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

Accessories andModificationsAdding non-dealer accessories ormaking modifications to the vehiclecan affect vehicle performance andsafety, including such things asairbags, braking, stability, ride andhandling, emissions systems,aerodynamics, durability, andelectronic systems like antilockbrakes, traction control, and stabilitycontrol. These accessories ormodifications could even causemalfunction or damage not coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Damage to suspension componentscaused by modifying vehicle heightoutside of factory settings will not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Damage to vehicle componentsresulting from modifications or theinstallation or use of non-GMcertified parts, including controlmodule or software modifications, isnot covered under the terms of thevehicle warranty and may affectremaining warranty coverage foraffected parts.

GM Accessories are designed tocomplement and function with othersystems on the vehicle. See yourdealer to accessorize the vehicleusing genuine GM Accessoriesinstalled by a dealer technician.

Also, see Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 75.

Vehicle Checks

Doing Your OwnService Work

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to work onyour vehicle if you do not havethe proper knowledge, servicemanual, tools, or parts. Alwaysfollow owner’s manual proceduresand consult the service manualfor your vehicle before doing anyservice work.

If doing some of your own servicework, use the proper servicemanual. It tells you much moreabout how to service the vehiclethan this manual can. To order theproper service manual, seePublication Ordering Information0 352.

This vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to do your ownservice work, see Servicing theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 74.


Vehicle Care 249

If equipped with remote vehiclestart, open the hood beforeperforming any service work toprevent remote starting the vehicleaccidentally. See Remote VehicleStart 0 15.

Keep a record with all parts receiptsand list the mileage and the date ofany service work performed. SeeMaintenance Records 0 339.

Caution

Even small amounts ofcontamination can cause damageto vehicle systems. Do not allowcontaminants to contact the fluids,reservoir caps, or dipsticks.

Hood

{ Warning

For vehicles with auto enginestop/start, turn the vehicle offbefore opening the hood. If the

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

vehicle is on, the engine will startwhen the hood is opened. You orothers could be injured.

{ Warning

Components under the hood canget hot from running the engine.To help avoid the risk of burningunprotected skin, never touchthese components until they havecooled, and always use a glove ortowel to avoid direct skin contact.

Clear any snow from the hoodbefore opening.

To open the hood:

1. Pull the hood release lever withthei symbol. It is on thelower left side of the instrumentpanel.

2. Go to the front of the vehicleand locate the secondaryrelease lever under the frontcenter of the hood. Push thesecondary hood release leverto the right to release.

3. After you have partially liftedthe hood, the gas strut systemwill automatically lift the hoodand hold it in the fully openposition.

To close the hood:

1. Before closing the hood, besure all filler caps are onproperly, and all tools areremoved.


250 Vehicle Care

2. Pull the hood down until thestrut system is no longerholding up the hood.

3. Allow the hood to fall. Check tomake sure the hood is latchedcompletely. Repeat thisprocess with additional force ifnecessary.

{ Warning

Do not drive the vehicle if thehood is not latched completely.The hood could open fully, blockyour vision, and cause a crash.You or others could be injured.Always close the hood completelybefore driving.


Vehicle Care 251

Engine Compartment Overview


252 Vehicle Care

1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 256.

2. Engine Oil Fill Cap. SeeEngine Oil 0 252.

3. Engine Oil Dipstick. SeeEngine Oil 0 252.

4. Engine Cooling Fan (Out ofView). See Cooling System0 257.

5. Brake Fluid Reservoir. SeeBrake Fluid 0 264.

6. Battery - North America 0 265.

7. Engine Coolant Surge Tankand Pressure Cap. SeeCooling System 0 257.

8. Positive (+) Battery Terminal.See Jump Starting - NorthAmerica 0 311.

9. Windshield Washer FluidReservoir. See Washer Fluid0 262.

10. Engine Compartment FuseBlock 0 273.

11. Remote Negative (-) BatteryTerminal. See Jump Starting -North America 0 311.

Engine OilTo ensure proper engineperformance and long life, carefulattention must be paid to engine oil.Following these simple, butimportant steps will help protectyour investment:

. Use engine oil approved to theproper specification and of theproper viscosity grade. See“Selecting the Right Engine Oil”in this section.

. Check the engine oil levelregularly and maintain theproper oil level. See “CheckingEngine Oil” and “When to AddEngine Oil” in this section.

. Change the engine oil at theappropriate time. See Engine OilLife System 0 254.

. Always dispose of engine oilproperly. See “What to Do withUsed Oil” in this section.

Checking Engine Oil

Check the engine oil level regularly,every 650 km (400 mi), especiallyprior to a long trip. The engine oildipstick handle is a loop. SeeEngine Compartment Overview0 251 for the location.

{ Warning

The engine oil dipstick handlemay be hot; it could burn you.Use a towel or glove to touch thedipstick handle.

If a low oil Driver Information Center(DIC) message displays, check theoil level.

Follow these guidelines:

. To get an accurate reading, parkthe vehicle on level ground.Check the engine oil level afterthe engine has been off for atleast two hours. Checking theengine oil level on steep gradesor too soon after engine shutoffcan result in incorrect readings.Accuracy improves when


Vehicle Care 253

checking a cold engine prior tostarting. Remove the dipstickand check the level.

. If unable to wait two hours, theengine must be off for at least15 minutes if the engine iswarm, or at least 30 minutes ifthe engine is not warm. Pull outthe dipstick, wipe it with a cleanpaper towel or cloth, then push itback in all the way. Remove itagain, keeping the tip down, andcheck the level.

When to Add Engine Oil

If the oil is below the cross-hatchedarea at the tip of the dipstick andthe engine has been off for at least15 minutes, add 1 L (1 qt) of therecommended oil and then recheckthe level. See “Selecting the RightEngine Oil” later in this section for

an explanation of what kind of oil touse. For engine oil crankcasecapacity, see Capacities andSpecifications 0 341.

Caution

Do not add too much oil. Oillevels above or below theacceptable operating rangeshown on the dipstick are harmfulto the engine. If the oil level isabove the operating range (i.e.,the engine has so much oil thatthe oil level gets above thecross-hatched area that showsthe proper operating range), theengine could be damaged. Drainthe excess oil or limit driving ofthe vehicle, and seek a serviceprofessional to remove theexcess oil.

See Engine Compartment Overview0 251 for the location of the engineoil fill cap.

Add enough oil to put the levelsomewhere in the proper operatingrange. Push the dipstick all the wayback in when through.

Selecting the Right Engine Oil

Selecting the right engine oildepends on both the proper oilspecification and viscosity grade.See Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 337.

Specification

Ask for and use full synthetic engineoils that meet the dexos1specification. Engine oils that havebeen approved by GM as meetingthe dexos1 specification are markedwith the dexos1 approved logo. Seewww.gmdexos.com.


254 Vehicle Care

Caution

Failure to use the recommendedengine oil or equivalent can resultin engine damage not covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Viscosity Grade

Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity gradeengine oil. Cold TemperatureOperation: In an area of extremecold, where the temperature fallsbelow −29 °C (−20 °F), an SAE0W-30 oil may be used. An oil ofthis viscosity grade will provideeasier cold starting for the engine atextremely low temperatures.

When selecting an oil of theappropriate viscosity grade, it isrecommended to select an oil of thecorrect specification. See“Specification” earlier in this section.

Engine Oil Additives/EngineOil Flushes

Do not add anything to the oil. Therecommended oils meeting thedexos1 specification are all that isneeded for good performance andengine protection.

Engine oil system flushes are notrecommended and could causeengine damage not covered by thevehicle warranty.

What to Do with Used Oil

Used engine oil contains certainelements that can be unhealthy foryour skin and could even causecancer. Do not let used oil stay onyour skin for very long. Clean yourskin and nails with soap and water,or a good hand cleaner. Wash orproperly dispose of clothing or ragscontaining used engine oil. See themanufacturer's warnings about theuse and disposal of oil products.

Used oil can be a threat to theenvironment. If you change yourown oil, be sure to drain all the oilfrom the filter before disposal. Never

dispose of oil by putting it in thetrash or pouring it on the ground,into sewers, or into streams orbodies of water. Recycle it by takingit to a place that collects used oil.

Engine Oil Life System

When to Change Engine Oil

This vehicle has a computer systemthat indicates when to change theengine oil and filter. This is basedon a combination of factors whichinclude engine revolutions, enginetemperature, and miles driven.Based on driving conditions, themileage at which an oil change isindicated can vary considerably. Forthe oil life system to work properly,the system must be reset every timethe oil is changed.

On some vehicles, when the systemhas calculated that oil life has beendiminished, a CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON message comes on toindicate that an oil change isnecessary. Change the oil as soonas possible within the next 1 000 km(600 mi). It is possible that, if driving


Vehicle Care 255

under the best conditions, the oil lifesystem might indicate that an oilchange is not necessary for up to ayear. The engine oil and filter mustbe changed at least once a yearand, at this time, the system mustbe reset. For vehicles without theCHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage, an oil change is neededwhen the OIL LIFE REMAININGpercentage is near 0%. Your dealerhas trained service people who willperform this work and reset thesystem. It is also important to checkthe oil regularly over the course ofan oil drain interval and keep it atthe proper level.

If the system is ever resetaccidentally, the oil must bechanged at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)since the last oil change.Remember to reset the oil lifesystem whenever the oil is changed.

How to Reset the Engine OilLife System

Reset the system whenever theengine oil is changed so that thesystem can calculate the next

engine oil change. Always reset theengine oil life to 100% after every oilchange. It will not reset itself. Toreset the engine oil life system:

1. Display the OIL LIFEREMAINING on the DIC. SeeDriver Information Center (DIC)0 133.

2. Press and hold V for severalseconds. The oil life willchange to 100%.

The oil life system can also be resetas follows:

1. Display the OIL LIFEREMAINING on the DIC. SeeDriver Information Center (DIC)0 133.

2. Fully press the acceleratorpedal slowly three times withinfive seconds.

3. Display the OIL LIFEREMAINING on the DIC. If thedisplay shows 100%, thesystem is reset.

If the vehicle has a CHANGEENGINE OIL SOON message and itcomes back on when the vehicle is

started and/or the OIL LIFEREMAINING is near 0%, the engineoil life system has not been reset.Repeat the procedure.

Automatic TransmissionFluidIt is not necessary to check thetransmission fluid level.A transmission fluid leak is the onlyreason for fluid loss. If a leakoccurs, take the vehicle to thedealer and have it repaired as soonas possible.

Change the fluid at the intervalslisted in Maintenance Schedule0 328, and be sure to use thetransmission fluid listed inRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 337.

Caution

Use of the incorrect automatictransmission fluid may damagethe vehicle, and the damage maynot be covered by the vehicle

(Continued)


256 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued)

warranty. Always use the correctautomatic transmission fluid. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 337.

If you need to check thetransmission fluid level, take thevehicle to your dealer.

Engine Air Filter LifeSystemIf equipped, this feature providesthe engine air filter’s remaining lifeand best timing for a change. Thetiming to change an engine air filterdepends on driving andenvironmental conditions.

When to Change Engine AirFilter

When the REPLACE AT NEXT OILCHANGE message displays, theengine air filter should be replacedat the next engine oil change.

When the REPLACE ENGINE AIRFILTER SOON message displays,the engine air filter should bereplaced at the earliestconvenience. The system must bereset after the engine air filter ischanged.

If the CHECK AIR FILTER SYSTEMmessage displays, see your dealer.

How to Reset Engine Air FilterLife System

Reset the system whenever theengine air filter is replaced so thatthe system can calculate the nextengine air filter change.

To reset:

1. Place the vehicle in P (Park).

2. Display the Air Filter Life on theDIC. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 133.

3. Press p to move to the Reset/Disable display area. SelectReset then press V for severalseconds.

4. Press V to confirm the reset.

Engine Air Cleaner/FilterThe engine air cleaner/filter is in theengine compartment on thepassenger side of the vehicle. SeeEngine Compartment Overview0 251.

When to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/Filter. For intervals on changing and

inspecting the engine air filter,see Maintenance Schedule0 328.

. If equipped with Engine Air FilterLife System, see Engine AirFilter Life System 0 256.

. If driving in very dusty areas,follow the engine air filterinspecting and changingintervals, see MaintenanceSchedule 0 328.

How to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/Filter

Do not start the engine or have theengine running with the engine aircleaner/filter housing open. Beforeremoving the engine air cleaner/


Vehicle Care 257

filter, make sure that the engine aircleaner/filter housing and nearbycomponents are free of dirt anddebris. Remove the engine aircleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shakethe engine air cleaner/filter (awayfrom the vehicle), to release loosedust and dirt. Inspect the engine aircleaner/filter for damage, andreplace if damaged. Do not cleanthe engine air cleaner/filter orcomponents with water orcompressed air.

To inspect or replace the air cleaner/filter:

1. Remove the five screws and liftthe cover out of the assembly.

2. Inspect or replace the engineair cleaner/filter.

3. Lower the cover and securewith the five screws.

4. If equipped with Engine AirFilter Life System, reset thesystem after replacing theengine air filter. See Engine AirFilter Life System 0 256.

{ Warning

Operating the engine with the aircleaner/filter off can cause you orothers to be burned. Use cautionwhen working on the engine. Donot start the engine or drive thevehicle with the air cleaner/filteroff, as flames may be present ifthe engine backfires.

Caution

If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirtcan easily get into the engine,which could damage it. Alwayshave the air cleaner/filter in placewhen driving.

Cooling SystemThe cooling system allows theengine to maintain the correctworking temperature.

1. Engine Cooling Fan (Outof View)


258 Vehicle Care

2. Engine Coolant Surge Tankand Pressure Cap

{ Warning

An underhood electric fan canstart up even when the engine isnot running and can cause injury.Keep hands, clothing, and toolsaway from any underhoodelectric fan.

{ Warning

Do not touch heater or radiatorhoses, or other engine parts.They can be very hot and canburn you. Do not run the engine ifthere is a leak; all coolant couldleak out. That could cause anengine fire and can burn you. Fixany leak before driving thevehicle.

Engine Coolant

The cooling system in the vehicle isfilled with DEX-COOL enginecoolant. This coolant needs to bechecked and replaced atappropriate intervals. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 328.

The following explains the coolingsystem and how to check and addcoolant when it is low. If there is aproblem with engine overheating,see Engine Overheating 0 261.

What to Use

{ Warning

Plain water, or other liquids suchas alcohol, can boil before theproper coolant mixture will. Withplain water or the wrong mixture,the engine could get too hot butthere would not be an overheatwarning. The engine could catchfire and you or others could beburned.

Use a 50/50 mixture of clean,drinkable water and DEX-COOLcoolant. This mixture:

. Gives freezing protection downto −37 °C (−34 °F), outsidetemperature.

. Gives boiling protection up to129 °C (265 °F), enginetemperature.

. Protects against rust andcorrosion.

. Will not damage aluminum parts.

. Helps keep the proper enginetemperature.

Caution

Do not use anything other than amix of DEX-COOL coolant thatmeets GM StandardGMW3420 and clean, drinkablewater. Anything else can causedamage to the engine coolingsystem and the vehicle, whichwould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.


Vehicle Care 259

Never dispose of engine coolant byputting it in the trash, pouring it onthe ground, or into sewers, streams,or bodies of water. Have the coolantchanged by an authorized servicecenter, familiar with legalrequirements regarding usedcoolant disposal. This will helpprotect the environment and yourhealth.

Checking Coolant

The vehicle must be on a levelsurface when checking the coolantlevel.

Check to see if coolant is visible inthe coolant surge tank. If the coolantinside the coolant surge tank isboiling, do not do anything else untilit cools down. If coolant is visiblebut the coolant level mark is notvisible, add a 50/50 mixture ofclean, drinkable water andDEX-COOL coolant at the coolantsurge tank to the top rib on themiddle of the tank, but be sure thecooling system is cool before this isdone. See Engine Overheating0 261.

The coolant surge tank is located inthe engine compartment on thedriver side of the vehicle. SeeEngine Compartment Overview0 251.

How to Add Coolant to theCoolant Surge Tank

{ Warning

Steam and scalding liquids from ahot cooling system are underpressure. Turning the pressure

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

cap, even a little, can cause themto come out at high speed andyou could be burned. Never turnthe cap when the cooling system,including the pressure cap, is hot.Wait for the cooling system andpressure cap to cool.

{ Warning

Plain water, or other liquids suchas alcohol, can boil before theproper coolant mixture will. Withplain water or the wrong mixture,the engine could get too hot butthere would not be an overheatwarning. The engine could catchfire and you or others could beburned.


260 Vehicle Care

{ Warning

Spilling coolant on hot engineparts can burn you. Coolantcontains ethylene glycol and it willburn if the engine parts are hotenough.

Caution

Failure to follow the specificcoolant fill procedure could causethe engine to overheat and couldcause system damage. If coolantis not visible in the surge tank,contact your dealer.

If no problem is found, check to seeif coolant is visible in the coolantsurge tank. If coolant is visible butthe coolant level is not at theindicated level mark, add a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable waterand DEX-COOL coolant at thecoolant surge tank, but be sure the

cooling system, including thecoolant surge tank pressure cap, iscool before you do it.

1. Remove the coolant surge tankpressure cap when the coolingsystem, including the coolantsurge tank pressure cap andupper radiator hose, is nolonger hot.

Turn the pressure cap slowlycounterclockwise aboutone-quarter of a turn. If youhear a hiss, wait for that tostop. This will allow anypressure still left to be ventedout the discharge hose.

2. Keep turning the pressure capslowly and remove it.

3. Fill the coolant surge tank withthe proper mixture to theindicated level mark.

4. With the coolant surge tankpressure cap off, start theengine and let it run until youcan feel the upper radiatorhose getting hot. Watch out forthe engine cooling fan.

By this time, the coolant levelinside the coolant surge tankmay be lower. If the level islower, add more of the propermixture to the coolant surgetank until the level reaches theindicated level mark.


Vehicle Care 261

5. Replace the pressure captightly.

6. Verify coolant level after theengine is shut off and thecoolant is cold. If necessary,repeat coolant fill procedureSteps 1–6.

If the coolant still is not at theproper level when the systemcools down again, see yourdealer.

Caution

If the pressure cap is not tightlyinstalled, coolant loss and enginedamage may occur. Be sure thecap is properly and tightlysecured.

Engine OverheatingThe vehicle has several indicatorsto warn of the engine overheating.

There is an engine coolanttemperature gauge on theinstrument cluster. See EngineCoolant Temperature Gauge 0 121.

The vehicle may also display amessage on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC).

If the decision is made not to lift thehood when this warning appears,get service help right away. SeeRoadside Assistance Program0 347.

If the decision is made to lift thehood, make sure the vehicle isparked on a level surface. Thencheck to see if the engine coolingfan is running. If the engine isoverheating, the fan should berunning. If it is not, do not continueto run the engine. Have the vehicleserviced.

Caution

Do not run the engine if there is aleak in the engine cooling system.This can cause a loss of allcoolant and can damage thesystem and vehicle. Have anyleaks fixed right away.

If Steam Is Coming from theEngine Compartment

{ Warning

Steam and scalding liquids from ahot cooling system are underpressure. Turning the pressurecap, even a little, can cause themto come out at high speed andyou could be burned. Never turnthe cap when the cooling system,including the pressure cap, is hot.Wait for the cooling system andpressure cap to cool.

If No Steam Is Coming fromthe Engine Compartment

If an engine overheat warning isdisplayed but no steam can be seenor heard, the problem may not betoo serious. Sometimes the enginecan get a little too hot when thevehicle:

. Climbs a long hill on a hot day.

. Stops after high-speed driving.

. Idles for long periods in traffic.


262 Vehicle Care

If the overheat warning is displayedwith no sign of steam:

1. Turn the air conditioning off.

2. Turn the heater on to thehighest temperature and to thehighest fan speed. Open thewindows as necessary.

3. When it is safe to do so, pull offthe road, shift to P (Park) orN (Neutral), and let theengine idle.

If the engine coolant temperaturegauge is no longer in theoverheated area, the vehicle can bedriven. Continue to drive the vehicleslowly for about 10 minutes. Keep asafe distance from the vehicle infront. If the warning does not comeback on, continue to drive normallyand have the cooling systemchecked for proper fill and function.

If the warning continues, pull over,stop, and park the vehicleright away.

If there is no sign of steam, idle theengine for three minutes whileparked. If the warning is stilldisplayed, turn off the engine until itcools down.

Washer Fluid

What to Use

When windshield washer fluid isneeded, be sure to read themanufacturer's instructions beforeuse. If operating the vehicle in anarea where the temperature may fallbelow freezing, use a fluid that hassufficient protection againstfreezing.

Adding Washer Fluid

Open the cap with the washersymbol on it. Add washer fluid untilthe tank is full. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 251 forreservoir location.

Caution

. Do not use washer fluid thatcontains any type of waterrepellent coating. This cancause the wiper blades tochatter or skip.

. Do not use engine coolant(antifreeze) in thewindshield washer. It candamage the windshieldwasher system and paint.

. Do not mix water withready-to-use washer fluid.Water can cause thesolution to freeze anddamage the washer fluidtank and other parts of thewasher system.

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 263

Caution (Continued)

. When using concentratedwasher fluid, follow themanufacturer instructions foradding water.

. Fill the washer fluid tankonly three-quarters full whenit is very cold. This allowsfor fluid expansion iffreezing occurs, which coulddamage the tank if it iscompletely full.

BrakesDisc brake pads have built-in wearindicators that make a high-pitchedwarning sound when the brake padsare worn and new pads are needed.The sound can come and go or canbe heard all the time when thevehicle is moving, except whenapplying the brake pedal firmly.

{ Warning

The brake wear warning soundmeans that soon the brakes willnot work well. That could lead toa crash. When the brake wearwarning sound is heard, have thevehicle serviced.

Caution

Continuing to drive with worn-outbrake pads could result in costlybrake repair.

Some driving conditions or climatescan cause a brake squeal when thebrakes are first applied or lightlyapplied. This does not meansomething is wrong with the brakes.

Properly torqued wheel nuts arenecessary to help prevent brakepulsation. When tires are rotated,inspect brake pads for wear andevenly tighten wheel nuts in the

proper sequence to torquespecifications. See Capacities andSpecifications 0 341.

Brake pads should be replaced ascomplete sets.

Brake Pedal Travel

See your dealer if the brake pedaldoes not return to normal height,or if there is a rapid increase inpedal travel. This could be a signthat brake service may be required.

Replacing Brake System Parts

Always replace brake system partswith new, approved replacementparts. If this is not done, the brakesmay not work properly. The brakingperformance expected can changein many other ways if the wrongreplacement brake parts areinstalled or if parts are improperlyinstalled.


264 Vehicle Care

Brake Fluid

The brake master cylinder reservoiris filled with GM approved DOT 3brake fluid as indicated on thereservoir cap. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 251 forthe location of the reservoir.

Checking Brake Fluid

With the vehicle in P (Park) on alevel surface, the brake fluid levelshould be between the minimumand maximum marks on the brakefluid reservoir.

There are only two reasons why thebrake fluid level in the reservoir maygo down:

. Normal brake lining wear. Whennew linings are installed, thefluid level goes back up.

. A fluid leak in the brakehydraulic system. Have thebrake hydraulic system fixed.With a leak, the brakes will notwork well.

Always clean the brake fluidreservoir cap and the area aroundthe cap before removing it.

Do not top off the brake fluid.Adding fluid does not correct a leak.If fluid is added when the linings areworn, there will be too much fluidwhen new brake linings areinstalled. Add or remove fluid, asnecessary, only when work is doneon the brake hydraulic system.

{ Warning

If too much brake fluid is added, itcan spill on the engine and burn,if the engine is hot enough. Youor others could be burned, andthe vehicle could be damaged.Add brake fluid only when work isdone on the brake hydraulicsystem.

When the brake fluid falls to a lowlevel, the brake warning light comeson. See Brake System WarningLight 0 126.

Brake fluid absorbs water over timewhich degrades the effectiveness ofthe brake fluid. Replace brake fluidat the specified intervals to preventincreased stopping distance. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 328.

What to Add

Use only GM approved DOT 3brake fluid from a clean, sealedcontainer. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 337.

{ Warning

The wrong or contaminated brakefluid could result in damage to thebrake system. This could result inthe loss of braking leading to apossible injury. Always use theproper GM approved brake fluid.


Vehicle Care 265

Caution

If brake fluid is spilled on thevehicle's painted surfaces, thepaint finish can be damaged.Immediately wash off any paintedsurface.

Battery - North AmericaThe original equipment battery ismaintenance free. Do not removethe cap and do not add fluid.

Refer to the replacement number onthe original battery label when anew battery is needed. Forreplacement of the battery, see yourdealer.

Stop/Start System

The vehicle has a Stop/Start systemto shut off the engine to helpconserve fuel. See Stop/StartSystem 0 184.

It has an Absorbed Glass Mat(AGM) 12-volt battery. Installation ofa standard 12-volt battery will resultin reduced 12-volt battery life.

When using a 12-volt batterycharger on the 12-volt AGM battery,some chargers have an AGMbattery setting on the charger.If available, use the AGM setting onthe charger, to limit charge voltageto 14.8 volts.

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts,terminals, and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds, chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Batteries alsocontain other chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer. WASH HANDS AFTERHANDLING. For more informationgo to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

See California Proposition65 Warning 0 247 and the backcover.

Vehicle Storage

{ Warning

Batteries have acid that can burnyou and gas that can explode.You can be badly hurt if you arenot careful. See Jump Starting -North America 0 311 for tips onworking around a battery withoutgetting hurt.

Infrequent Usage: Remove the12-volt battery black, negative (−)cable from the battery to keep thebattery from running down.

Extended Storage: Remove the12-volt battery black, negative (−)cable from the battery or use abattery trickle charger.

Remember to reconnect the batterywhen ready to drive the vehicle.


266 Vehicle Care

All-Wheel Drive

Transfer Case

Under normal driving conditions,transfer case fluid does not requiremaintenance unless there is a fluidleak or unusual noise. If required,have the transfer case serviced byyour dealer.

Starter Switch Check

{ Warning

When you are doing thisinspection, the vehicle couldmove suddenly. If the vehiclemoves, you or others could beinjured.

1. Before starting this check, besure there is enough roomaround the vehicle.

2. Apply both the parking brakeand the regular brake.

Do not use the acceleratorpedal, and be ready to turn offthe engine immediately if itstarts.

3. Try to start the engine in eachgear. The vehicle should startonly in P (Park) or N (Neutral).If the vehicle starts in any otherposition, contact your dealer forservice.

Automatic TransmissionShift Lock ControlFunction Check

{ Warning

When you are doing thisinspection, the vehicle couldmove suddenly. If the vehiclemoves, you or others could beinjured.

1. Before starting this check, besure there is enough roomaround the vehicle. It should beparked on a level surface.

2. Apply the parking brake. Beready to apply the regularbrake immediately if the vehiclebegins to move.

3. With the engine off, turn theignition on, but do not start theengine. Without applying theregular brake, try to move theshift lever out of P (Park) withnormal effort. If the shift levermoves out of P (Park), contactyour dealer for service.

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check

{ Warning

When you are doing this check,the vehicle could begin to move.You or others could be injuredand property could be damaged.Make sure there is room in frontof the vehicle in case it begins toroll. Be ready to apply the regularbrake at once should the vehiclebegin to move.


Vehicle Care 267

Park on a fairly steep hill, with thevehicle facing downhill. Keepingyour foot on the regular brake, setthe parking brake.

. To check the parking brake'sholding ability: With the enginerunning and the transmission inN (Neutral), slowly remove footpressure from the regular brakepedal. Do this until the vehicle isheld by the parking brake only.

. To check the P (Park)mechanism's holding ability:With the engine running, shift toP (Park). Then release theparking brake followed by theregular brake.

Contact your dealer if service isrequired.

Wiper Blade ReplacementWindshield wiper blades should beinspected for wear and cracking.See Maintenance Schedule 0 328.

Replacement blades come indifferent types and are removed indifferent ways. For proper type andlength, see MaintenanceReplacement Parts 0 338.

Caution

Allowing the wiper arm to touchthe windshield when no wiperblade is installed could damagethe windshield. Any damage thatoccurs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Do not allowthe wiper arm to touch thewindshield.

Front Wiper BladeReplacement

To replace the front wiper blades:

1. Pull the windshield wiperassembly away from thewindshield.

2. Lift up on the latch in themiddle of the wiper bladewhere the wiper arm attaches.

3. With the latch open, pull thewiper blade down toward thewindshield far enough torelease it from the J-hookedend of the wiper arm.

4. Remove the wiper blade.

5. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiperblade replacement.


268 Vehicle Care

Caution

Damage may occur if the wiperblades are not in contact with thewindshield before turning on thewiper system.

Rear Wiper Blade Replacement

To replace the rear wiper blade:

1. Slide a plastic tool under thecover and push upward tounsnap.

2. Slide the cover toward thewiper blade tip to unhook itfrom the blade assembly.

3. Remove the cover.

4. Lift the wiper arm away fromthe windshield.

5. Push the release lever (2) todisengage the hook and pushthe wiper arm (1) out of theblade assembly (3).

6. Push the new blade assemblysecurely on the wiper arm untilthe release lever clicks intoplace.

7. To reinstall the cover, ensurethat the cover hook slides intothe slot in the blade assembly.

8. Snap the cover down tosecure.

Windshield Replacement

Driver Assistance Systems

If the windshield needs to bereplaced and the vehicle isequipped with a front camera sensorfor the Driver Assistance Systems, aGM replacement windshield isrecommended. The replacementwindshield must be installedaccording to GM specifications forproper alignment. If it is not, thesesystems may not work properly, theymay display messages, or they maynot work at all. See your dealer forproper windshield replacement.

Gas Strut(s)This vehicle is equipped with gasstrut(s) to provide assistance inlifting and holding open the hood/trunk/liftgate system in full openposition.


Vehicle Care 269

{ Warning

If the gas struts that hold openthe hood, trunk, and/or liftgate fail,you or others could be seriouslyinjured. Take the vehicle to yourdealer for service immediately.Visually inspect the gas struts forsigns of wear, cracks, or otherdamage periodically. Check tomake sure the hood/trunk/liftgateis held open with enough force.If struts are failing to hold thehood/trunk/liftgate, do notoperate. Have the vehicleserviced.

Caution

Do not apply tape or hang anyobjects from gas struts. Also donot push down or pull on gasstruts. This may cause damage tothe vehicle.

See Maintenance Schedule 0 328.

Hood

Trunk

Liftgate


270 Vehicle Care

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp aim has been preset andshould need no further adjustment.

If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,the headlamp aim may be affected.If adjustment to the headlamps isnecessary, see your dealer.

Bulb ReplacementFor the proper type of replacementbulbs, or any bulb changingprocedure not listed in this section,contact your dealer.

Caution

Do not replace incandescentbulbs with aftermarket LEDreplacement bulbs. This cancause damage to the vehicleelectrical system.

High Intensity Discharge(HID) Lighting

{ Warning

The High Intensity Discharge(HID) lighting system operates ata very high voltage. If you try toservice any of the systemcomponents, you could beseriously injured. Have yourdealer or a qualified technicianservice them.

After an HID headlamp bulb hasbeen replaced, the beam might be aslightly different shade than it wasoriginally. This is normal.

LED LightingThis vehicle has several LED lamps.For replacement of any LED lightingassembly, contact your dealer.

Headlamps, Front TurnSignal, and SidemarkerThe headlamp is either an HID or anLED. See “High Intensity Discharge(HID) Lighting” and “LED Lighting”earlier in this section.


Vehicle Care 271


1. Sidemarker Bulb2. Front Turn Signal

To replace the front turn signal orsidemarker:

1. Open the hood. See Hood0 249.

2. Locate the bulb socket on theheadlamp assembly.

3. Turn the bulb socketcounterclockwise to remove itfrom the headlamp assembly.

4. Pull the bulb straight out fromthe socket.

5. Push the new bulb into thesocket and reinstall the socketinto the headlamp assembly byturning it clockwise.

License Plate LampThis applies only to vehicles withoutrear camera mirrors. All othervehicles are equipped with LEDlicense plate lamps.

To replace one of these bulbs:

1. Push the left end of the lampassembly toward the right.

2. Pull the lamp assembly downgently to remove it from theliftgate.

3. Turn the bulb socket (1)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the lamp assembly (3).

4. Pull the bulb (2) straight out ofthe bulb socket.

5. Push the replacement bulbstraight into the bulb socketand turn the bulb socketclockwise to install it into thelamp assembly.


272 Vehicle Care

6. Replace the lamp in the liftgateapplique engaging the rightside with the clip first.

7. Push on the lamp side oppositethe clip until the lamp assemblysnaps into place.

Electrical System

High Voltage Devices andWiring

{ Warning

Exposure to high voltage cancause shock, burns, and evendeath. The high voltagecomponents in the vehicle canonly be serviced by technicianswith special training.

High voltage components areidentified by labels. Do notremove, open, take apart,or modify these components.High voltage cable or wiring hasorange covering or labels. Do notprobe, tamper with, cut, or modifyhigh voltage cable or wiring.

Electrical SystemOverloadThe vehicle has fuses and circuitbreakers to protect against anelectrical system overload.

When the current electrical load istoo heavy, the circuit breaker opensand closes, protecting the circuituntil the current load returns tonormal or the problem is fixed. Thisgreatly reduces the chance of circuitoverload and fire caused byelectrical problems.

Fuses and circuit breakers protectpower devices in the vehicle.

Replace a bad fuse with a new oneof the identical size and rating.

If there is a problem on the road anda fuse needs to be replaced, thesame amperage fuse can beborrowed. Choose some feature ofthe vehicle that is not needed to useand replace it as soon as possible.


Vehicle Care 273

Headlamp Wiring

An electrical overload may causethe lamps to go on and off, or insome cases to remain off. Have theheadlamp wiring checked right awayif the lamps go on and off orremain off.

Windshield Wipers

If the wiper motor overheats due toheavy snow or ice, the windshieldwipers will stop until the motor coolsand will then restart.

Although the circuit is protectedfrom electrical overload, overloaddue to heavy snow or ice maycause wiper linkage damage.Always clear ice and heavy snowfrom the windshield before using thewindshield wipers.

If the overload is caused by anelectrical problem and not snow orice, be sure to get it fixed.

Fuses and CircuitBreakersThe wiring circuits in the vehicle areprotected from short circuits by acombination of fuses and circuitbreakers. This greatly reduces thechance of damage caused byelectrical problems.

{ Danger

Fuses and circuit breakers aremarked with their ampere rating.Do not exceed thespecified amperage rating whenreplacing fuses and circuitbreakers. Use of an oversizedfuse or circuit breaker can resultin a vehicle fire. You and otherscould be seriously injured orkilled.

To check a fuse, look at thesilver-colored band inside the fuse.If the band is broken or melted,replace the fuse. Be sure to replacea bad fuse with a new one of theidentical size and rating.

Fuses of the same amperage canbe temporarily borrowed fromanother fuse location, if a fuse goesout. Replace the fuse as soon aspossible.

Engine CompartmentFuse BlockThe underhood fuse block is in theengine compartment, on the driverside of the vehicle.


274 Vehicle Care

Caution

Do not pull the enginecompartment fuse block lever,since it is intended only forservice purposes. If pulled,vehicle malfunction may occur.

To remove the fuse block cover,press the clips on the cover and liftit straight up.

Caution

Spilling liquid on any electricalcomponent on the vehicle maydamage it. Always keep thecovers on any electricalcomponent.

To remove fuses, use the fuse pullerand pull straight out.

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses, relays, andfeatures shown.

Fuses Usage

F1 Antilock brakesystem pump


Vehicle Care 275

Fuses Usage

F2 Starter 1

F3 DC DCtransformer 1

F4 –

F5 DC DCtransformer 2

F6 –

F7 –

F8 –

F9 Vacuum pump

F10 Front wiper

F11 –

F12 –

F13 Starter 2

F14 –

F15 Rear wiper

F16 –

F17 –

F18 –

F19 –

Fuses Usage

F20 –

F21 –

F22 Electronic brakecontrol module

F23 Parking/Trailerlamps

F24 Right trailerstoplamp/Turnlamp

F25 Steeringcolumn lock

F26 –

F27 Left trailerstoplamp/Turnlamp

F28 –

F29 –

F30 Washer pump

F31 –

F32 Left low – beamheadlamp

F33 Front fog lamps

F34 Horn

F35 –

Fuses Usage

F36 –

F37 Right low – beamheadlamp

F38 Automaticheadlamp levelingmotor

F39 Transmissioncontrol module

F40 Left rear buselectrical center/Ignition

F41 Instrument cluster

F42 Heating,ventilation, and airconditioning

F43 Head-up display

F44 Communicationgateway module/Run/Crank

F45 –

F46 –

F47 –

F48 –


276 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage

F49 Interior rearviewmirror

F50 Fuel system controlmodule

F51 Heated steeringwheel

F52 Folding seatsswitch

F53 –

F54 Coolant pump

F55 Air conditioningclutch

F56 Integrated chassiscontrol module

F57 Engine controlmodule/Ignition

F58 Transmissioncontrol module/Ignition

F59 Engine controlmodule battery

F60 Engine controlmodule – even

Fuses Usage

F61 O2 sensor 1/Air flow

F62 –

F63 O2 sensor 2/Canister/Engine oil/Turbo

F64 Aeroshutter

F65 Engine controlmodulepowertrain 1

F66 Engine controlmodulepowertrain 2

F67 Engine controlmodule – odd

F68 –

F69 –

F70 –

F71 –

F72 –

F73 –

F74 –

Fuses Usage

F75 –

F76 –

F77 –

Relays Usage

K1 Starter 1

K2 Run/Crank

K3 Vacuum pump

K4 –

K5 Air conditioning

K6 Coolant pump

K7 Engine controlmodule

K8 Folding seats

K9 –

K10 Starter 2


Vehicle Care 277

Instrument Panel FuseBlock

The instrument panel fuse block isinside the center console on thepassenger side of the vehicle.

Remove the fuse access door byinserting a coin or tool into the slotof the access door.

To remove a fuse, use the fusepuller located in the EngineCompartment Fuse block. The vehicle may not be equipped

with all of the fuses, relays, andfeatures shown.

Fuses Usage

F1 Body controlmodule 6

F2 Diagnostic link

F3 Electric steeringcolumn lock

F4 Rear USB port

F5 –

F6 Heating,ventilation, and airconditioning


F8 –

F9 Right frontheated seat

F10 Airbag

F11 Electronic precisionshift

F12 Amplifier



278 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage

F14 Left frontheated seat

F15 –

F16 Sunroof

F17 Communicationgateway module

F18 Instrument cluster


F20 Wireless chargermodule


F22 Infotainment


F24 –

F25 Park assist

F26 Communicationsintegration module

F27 Video

Fuses Usage

F28 Radio/Heating,ventilation, and airconditioningdisplay

F29 Radio

F30 Steering wheelcontrols

F31 Front blower

F32 DC AC inverter

F33 Driver power seat

F34 Passengerpower seat

F35 Feed/Body controlmodule 4

F36 Electric powersteering

F37 Power outlet/Wireless charger/Accessory


Fuses Usage

F39 Steering wheelcontrolsbacklighting

CircuitBreakers

Usage

F40 –

F41 –

F42 Auxiliary poweroutlet/Lighter


Vehicle Care 279

Rear Compartment FuseBlock

The rear compartment fuse block isbehind a trim panel on the driverside of the rear storagecompartment.

The trim panel is removed by pryingalong the top edge of the trim panelat two notched locations. Removethe trim panel to access the fuseblock.

To remove a fuse, use the fusepuller in the engine compartmentfuse block.

The fuse block label is on the backof the access door in the driver siderear trim panel.


280 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage

F1 –

Fuses Usage

F2 Trailer

F3 Folding seats

Fuses Usage

F4 Rear blower

F5 Rear drive control

F6 –

F7 Right window

F8 Rear defogger

F9 Left window

F10 –

F11 Trailer reverse

F12 USB port/Third rowseats

F13 –

F14 –

F15 –

F16 –

F17 Air quality sensor

F18 –

F19 Ventilated seats/Massage

F20 –

F21 –


Vehicle Care 281

Fuses Usage

F22 –

F23 –

F24 Lumbar

F25 –

F26 Trailer brake lamps

F27 Massage

F28 Passive entry/Passive start

F29 –

F30 Canister vent

F31 –

F32 Heated mirrors

F33 USB port/Secondrow seats

F34 Liftgate module

F35 Fuel system controlmodule

F36 –

F37 –

F38 Window module

F39 Rear closure

Fuses Usage

F40 Memory seatmodule

F41 Automaticoccupancy sensor

F42 –

F43 –

F44 –

F45 Liftgate motor

F46 Rear heated seats

F47 –

F48 –

F49 –

F50 –

F51 –

F52 Semi-activedampening systemmodule

F53 –

F54 External objectcalculating remotesystem/Side blindzone alert

Fuses Usage

F55 –

F56 Universal remotesystem/Overheadconsole

F57 Hands free closurerelease

CircuitBreakers

Usage

CB1 –

CB2 –

CB3 Rear auxiliarypower outlet

Relays Usage

K1 –

K2 –


282 Vehicle Care

Wheels and Tires

TiresEvery new GM vehicle hashigh-quality tires made by aleading tire manufacturer. Seethe warranty manual forinformation regarding the tirewarranty and where to getservice. For additionalinformation refer to the tiremanufacturer.

{ Warning

. Poorly maintained andimproperly used tires aredangerous.

. Overloading the tires cancause overheating as aresult of too muchflexing. There could be ablowout and a seriouscrash. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 177.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Underinflated tires posethe same danger asoverloaded tires. Theresulting crash couldcause serious injury.Check all tires frequentlyto maintain therecommended pressure.Tire pressure should bechecked when the tiresare cold.

. Overinflated tires aremore likely to be cut,punctured, or broken bya sudden impact — suchas when hitting a pothole.Keep tires at therecommended pressure.

. Worn or old tires cancause a crash. If thetread is badly worn,replace them.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Replace any tires thathave been damaged byimpacts with potholes,curbs, etc.

. Improperly repaired tirescan cause a crash. Onlythe dealer or anauthorized tire servicecenter should repair,replace, dismount, andmount the tires.

. Do not spin the tires inexcess of 56 km/h(35 mph) on slipperysurfaces such as snow,mud, ice, etc. Excessivespinning may cause thetires to explode.

See Tire Pressure forHigh-Speed Operation 0 290 forinflation pressure adjustment forhigh-speed driving.


Vehicle Care 283

All-Season TiresThis vehicle may come withall-season tires. These tires aredesigned to provide good overallperformance on most road surfacesand weather conditions. Originalequipment tires designed to GM'sspecific tire performance criteriahave a TPC specification codemolded onto the sidewall. Originalequipment all-season tires can beidentified by the last two charactersof this TPC code, which willbe “MS.”

Consider installing winter tires onthe vehicle if frequent driving onsnow or ice-covered roads isexpected. All-season tires provideadequate performance for mostwinter driving conditions, but theymay not offer the same level oftraction or performance as wintertires on snow or ice-covered roads.See Winter Tires 0 283.

Winter TiresThis vehicle was not originallyequipped with winter tires. Wintertires are designed for increasedtraction on snow and ice-coveredroads. Consider installing wintertires on the vehicle if frequentdriving on ice or snow coveredroads is expected. See your dealerfor details regarding winter tireavailability and proper tire selection.Also, see Buying New Tires 0 297.

With winter tires, there may bedecreased dry road traction,increased road noise, and shortertread life. After changing to wintertires, be alert for changes in vehiclehandling and braking.

If using winter tires:

. Use tires of the same brand andtread type on all four wheelpositions.

. Use only radial ply tires of thesame size, load range, andspeed rating as the originalequipment tires.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipment tiresmay not be available for H, V, W, Y,and ZR speed rated tires. If wintertires with a lower speed rating arechosen, never exceed the tire'smaximum speed capability.

Tire Sidewall LabelingUseful information about a tire ismolded into its sidewall. Theexamples show a typicalpassenger vehicle tire and acompact spare tire sidewall.


284 Vehicle Care

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example

(1) Tire Size : The tire size is acombination of letters andnumbers used to define aparticular tire's width, height,aspect ratio, construction type,and service description. See the“Tire Size” illustration later in thissection.

(2) TPC Spec (TirePerformance CriteriaSpecification) : Originalequipment tires designed toGM's specific tire performancecriteria have a TPC specification

code molded onto the sidewall.GM's TPC specifications meet orexceed all federal safetyguidelines.

(3) DOT (Department ofTransportation) : TheDepartment of Transportation(DOT) code indicates that thetire is in compliance with theU.S. Department ofTransportation Motor VehicleSafety Standards.

DOT Tire Date ofManufacture : The last fourdigits of the TIN indicate the tiremanufactured date. The first twodigits represent the week (01–52) and the last two digits, theyear. For example, the thirdweek of the year 2010 wouldhave a four-digit DOT dateof 0310.

(4) Tire Identification Number(TIN) : The letters and numbersfollowing the DOT (Departmentof Transportation) code are the

Tire Identification Number (TIN).The TIN shows themanufacturer and plant code,tire size, and date the tire wasmanufactured. The TIN ismolded onto both sides of thetire, although only one side mayhave the date of manufacture.

(5) Tire Ply Material : The typeof cord and number of plies inthe sidewall and under the tread.

(6) Uniform Tire QualityGrading (UTQG) : Tiremanufacturers are required tograde tires based on threeperformance factors: treadwear,traction, and temperatureresistance. For more informationsee Uniform Tire QualityGrading 0 299.

(7) Maximum Cold InflationLoad Limit : Maximum load thatcan be carried and themaximum pressure needed tosupport that load.


Vehicle Care 285

Compact Spare Tire Example

(1) Tire Ply Material : The typeof cord and number of plies inthe sidewall and under the tread.

(2) Temporary Use Only : Thecompact spare tire or temporaryuse tire should not be driven atspeeds over 80 km/h (50 mph).The compact spare tire is foremergency use when a regularroad tire has lost air and goneflat. If the vehicle has a compactspare tire, see Compact SpareTire 0 310 andIf a Tire Goes Flat 0 302.

(3) Tire Identification Number(TIN) : The letters and numbersfollowing the DOT (Departmentof Transportation) code are theTire Identification Number (TIN).The TIN shows themanufacturer and plant code,tire size, and date the tire wasmanufactured. The TIN ismolded onto both sides of thetire, although only one side mayhave the date of manufacture.

(4) Maximum Cold InflationLoad Limit : Maximum load thatcan be carried and themaximum pressure needed tosupport that load.

(5) Tire Inflation : Thetemporary use tire or compactspare tire should be inflated to420 kPa (60 psi). For moreinformation on tire pressure andinflation see Tire Pressure0 289.

(6) Tire Size : A combination ofletters and numbers define atire's width, height, aspect ratio,construction type, and servicedescription. The letter “T” as thefirst character in the tire sizemeans the tire is for temporaryuse only.

(7) TPC Spec (TirePerformance CriteriaSpecification) : Originalequipment tires designed toGM's specific tire performancecriteria have a TPC specificationcode molded onto the sidewall.GM's TPC specifications meet orexceed all federal safetyguidelines.

Tire Designations

Tire Size

The example shows a typicalpassenger vehicle tire size.


286 Vehicle Care

(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire :The United States version of ametric tire sizing system. Theletter “P” as the first character inthe tire size means a passengervehicle tire engineered tostandards set by the U.S. Tireand Rim Association.

(2) Tire Width : The three-digitnumber indicates the tire sectionwidth in millimeters fromsidewall to sidewall.

(3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digitnumber that indicates the tireheight-to-width measurements.For example, if the tire sizeaspect ratio is 60, as shown initem (3) of the illustration, itwould mean that the tire'ssidewall is 60 percent as high asit is wide.

(4) Construction Code : A lettercode is used to indicate the typeof ply construction in the tire.The letter “R” means radial plyconstruction; the letter “D”means diagonal or bias plyconstruction.

(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter ofthe wheel in inches.

(6) Service Description : Thesecharacters represent the loadindex and speed rating of thetire. The load index representsthe load carrying capacity a tireis certified to carry. The speedrating is the maximum speed atire is certified to carry a load.

Tire Terminology andDefinitionsAir Pressure : The amount ofair inside the tire pressingoutward on each square inch ofthe tire. Air pressure isexpressed in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch).

Accessory Weight : Thecombined weight of optionalaccessories. Some examples ofoptional accessories areautomatic transmission, powerwindows, power seats, and airconditioning.

Aspect Ratio : The relationshipof a tire's height to its width.

Belt : A rubber coated layer ofcords between the plies and thetread. Cords may be made fromsteel or other reinforcingmaterials.

Bead : The tire bead containssteel wires wrapped by steelcords that hold the tire ontothe rim.

Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tirein which the plies are laid atalternate angles less than90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.


Vehicle Care 287

Cold Tire Pressure : Theamount of air pressure in a tire,measured in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch)before a tire has built up heatfrom driving. See Tire Pressure0 289.

Curb Weight : The weight of amotor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment including themaximum capacity of fuel, oil,and coolant, but withoutpassengers and cargo.

DOT Markings : A code moldedinto the sidewall of a tiresignifying that the tire is incompliance with the U.S.Department of Transportation(DOT) Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. The DOT codeincludes the Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN), an alphanumericdesignator which can alsoidentify the tire manufacturer,production plant, brand, anddate of production.

GVWR : Gross Vehicle WeightRating. See Vehicle Load Limits0 177.

GAWR FRT : Gross Axle WeightRating for the front axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 177.

GAWR RR : Gross Axle WeightRating for the rear axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 177.

Intended Outboard Sidewall :The side of an asymmetrical tirethat must always face outwardwhen mounted on a vehicle.

Kilopascal (kPa) : The metricunit for air pressure.

Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : Atire used on light duty trucks andsome multipurpose passengervehicles.

Load Index : An assignednumber ranging from 1 to 279that corresponds to the loadcarrying capacity of a tire.

Maximum Inflation Pressure :The maximum air pressure towhich a cold tire can be inflated.The maximum air pressure ismolded onto the sidewall.

Maximum Load Rating : Theload rating for a tire at themaximum permissible inflationpressure for that tire.

Maximum Loaded VehicleWeight : The sum of curbweight, accessory weight,vehicle capacity weight, andproduction options weight.

Normal Occupant Weight : Thenumber of occupants a vehicleis designed to seat multiplied by68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 177.

Occupant Distribution :Designated seating positions.

Outward Facing Sidewall : Theside of an asymmetrical tire thathas a particular side that facesoutward when mounted on a


288 Vehicle Care

vehicle. The side of the tire thatcontains a whitewall, bearswhite lettering, or bearsmanufacturer, brand, and/ormodel name molding that ishigher or deeper than the samemoldings on the other sidewallof the tire.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : Atire used on passenger cars andsome light duty trucks andmultipurpose vehicles.

Recommended InflationPressure : Vehiclemanufacturer's recommendedtire inflation pressure as shownon the tire placard. See TirePressure 0 289 andVehicle Load Limits 0 177.

Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatictire in which the ply cords thatextend to the beads are laid at90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

Rim : A metal support for a tireand upon which the tire beadsare seated.

Sidewall : The portion of a tirebetween the tread and the bead.

Speed Rating : Analphanumeric code assigned toa tire indicating the maximumspeed at which a tire canoperate.

Traction : The friction betweenthe tire and the road surface.The amount of grip provided.

Tread : The portion of a tire thatcomes into contact withthe road.

Treadwear Indicators : Narrowbands, sometimes called wearbars, that show across the treadof a tire when only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) of tread remains. SeeWhen It Is Time for New Tires0 297.

UTQGS (Uniform Tire QualityGrading Standards) : A tireinformation system that providesconsumers with ratings for atire's traction, temperature, andtreadwear. Ratings aredetermined by tiremanufacturers usinggovernment testing procedures.The ratings are molded into thesidewall of the tire. See UniformTire Quality Grading 0 299.

Vehicle Capacity Weight : Thenumber of designated seatingpositions multiplied by68 kg (150 lb) plus the ratedcargo load. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 177.

Vehicle Maximum Load on theTire : Load on an individual tiredue to curb weight, accessoryweight, occupant weight, andcargo weight.

Vehicle Placard : A labelpermanently attached to avehicle showing the vehicle


Vehicle Care 289

capacity weight and the originalequipment tire size andrecommended inflation pressure.See “Tire and LoadingInformation Label” under VehicleLoad Limits 0 177.

Tire PressureTires need the correct amount ofair pressure to operateeffectively.

{ Warning

Neither tire underinflation noroverinflation is good.Underinflated tires, or tiresthat do not have enough air,can result in:

. Tire overloading andoverheating which couldlead to a blowout.

. Premature orirregular wear.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Poor handling.

. Reduced fuel economy.

Overinflated tires, or tires thathave too much air, canresult in:

. Unusual wear.

. Poor handling.

. Rough ride.

. Needless damage fromroad hazards.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label on the vehicleindicates the original equipmenttires and the correct cold tireinflation pressures. Therecommended pressure is theminimum air pressure needed tosupport the vehicle's maximumload carrying capacity. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 177.

How the vehicle is loadedaffects vehicle handling and ridecomfort. Never load the vehiclewith more weight than it wasdesigned to carry.

When to Check

Check the pressure of the tiresonce a month or more. Do notforget the compact spare, if thevehicle has one. The coldcompact spare tire pressureshould be at 420 kPa (60 psi).See Compact Spare Tire 0 310.

How to Check

Use a good quality pocket-typegauge to check tire pressure.Proper tire inflation cannot bedetermined by looking at the tire.Check the tire inflation pressurewhen the tires are cold, meaningthe vehicle has not been drivenfor at least three hours or nomore than 1.6 km (1 mi).


290 Vehicle Care

Remove the valve cap from thetire valve stem. Press the tiregauge firmly onto the valve toget a pressure measurement.If the cold tire inflation pressurematches the recommendedpressure on the Tire andLoading Information label, nofurther adjustment is necessary.If the inflation pressure is low,add air until the recommendedpressure is reached. If theinflation pressure is high, presson the metal stem in the centerof the tire valve to release air.

Recheck the tire pressure withthe tire gauge.

Put the valve caps back on thevalve stems to keep out dirt andmoisture and prevent leaks. Useonly valve caps designed for thevehicle by GM. TPMS sensorscould be damaged and wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Tire Pressure forHigh-Speed Operation

{ Warning

Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h(100 mph) or higher, putsadditional strain on tires.Sustained high-speed drivingcauses excessive heat buildupand can cause sudden tire failure.This could cause a crash, andyou or others could be killed.Some high-speed rated tiresrequire inflation pressureadjustment for high-speedoperation. When speed limits androad conditions allow the vehicleto be driven at high speeds, makesure the tires are rated forhigh-speed operation, are inexcellent condition, and are set tothe correct cold tire inflationpressure for the vehicle load.

Vehicles with 255/65R18 or 255/55R20 size tires require inflationpressure adjustment when driving

the vehicle at speeds of160 km/h (100 mph) or higher. Setthe cold inflation pressure to themaximum inflation pressure shownon the tire sidewall, or 280 kPa(41 psi), whichever is lower. Returnthe tires to the recommended coldtire inflation pressure whenhigh-speed driving has ended. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 177 andTire Pressure 0 289.

The maximum load and inflationpressure is molded on the tiresidewall, in small letters, near therim flange. It will read something likethis: Maximum load690 kg (1,521 lbs) 300 kPa (44 psi)Max. Press.

Tire Pressure MonitorSystemThe Tire Pressure Monitor System(TPMS) uses radio and sensortechnology to check tire pressurelevels. The TPMS sensors monitorthe air pressure in your tires andtransmit tire pressure readings to areceiver located in the vehicle.


Vehicle Care 291

Each tire, including the spare (ifprovided), should be checkedmonthly when cold and inflated tothe inflation pressure recommendedby the vehicle manufacturer on thevehicle placard or tire inflationpressure label. (If your vehicle hastires of a different size than the sizeindicated on the vehicle placard ortire inflation pressure label, youshould determine the proper tireinflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with atire pressure monitoring system(TPMS) that illuminates a low tirepressure telltale when one or moreof your tires is significantlyunder-inflated.

Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale illuminates, youshould stop and check your tires assoon as possible, and inflate themto the proper pressure. Driving on asignificantly under-inflated tirecauses the tire to overheat and canlead to tire failure. Under-inflationalso reduces fuel efficiency and tire

tread life, and may affect thevehicle's handling and stoppingability.

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tiremaintenance, and it is the driver'sresponsibility to maintain correct tirepressure, even if under-inflation hasnot reached the level to triggerillumination of the TPMS low tirepressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also beenequipped with a TPMS malfunctionindicator to indicate when thesystem is not operating properly.The TPMS malfunction indicator iscombined with the low tire pressuretelltale. When the system detects amalfunction, the telltale will flash forapproximately one minute and thenremain continuously illuminated.This sequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups aslong as the malfunction exists.

When the malfunction indicator isilluminated, the system may not beable to detect or signal low tirepressure as intended. TPMSmalfunctions may occur for a variety

of reasons, including the installationof replacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that preventthe TPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or moretires or wheels on your vehicle toensure that the replacement oralternate tires and wheels allow theTPMS to continue to functionproperly.

See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 291.


Tire Pressure MonitorOperationThis vehicle may have a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS).The TPMS is designed to warn thedriver when a low tire pressurecondition exists. TPMS sensors aremounted onto each tire and wheelassembly, excluding the spare tireand wheel assembly. The TPMSsensors monitor the air pressure in


292 Vehicle Care

the tires and transmit the tirepressure readings to a receiverlocated in the vehicle.

When a low tire pressure conditionis detected, the TPMS illuminatesthe low tire pressure warning lightlocated on the instrument cluster.If the warning light comes on, stopas soon as possible and inflate thetires to the recommended pressureshown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 177.

A message to check the pressure ina specific tire displays in the DriverInformation Center (DIC). The lowtire pressure warning light and theDIC warning message come on ateach ignition cycle until the tires areinflated to the correct inflationpressure. Using the DIC, tirepressure levels can be viewed. For

additional information and detailsabout the DIC operation anddisplays see Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 133.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thiscould be an early indicator that theair pressure is getting low andneeds to be inflated to the properpressure.

A Tire and Loading Informationlabel, attached to your vehicle,shows the size of the originalequipment tires and the correctinflation pressure for the tires whenthey are cold. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 177, for an example of theTire and Loading Information labeland its location. Also see TirePressure 0 289.

The TPMS can warn about a lowtire pressure condition but it doesnot replace normal tiremaintenance. See Tire Inspection0 295, Tire Rotation 0 296 andTires 0 282.

Caution

Tire sealant materials are not allthe same. A non-approved tiresealant could damage the TPMSsensors. TPMS sensor damagecaused by using an incorrect tiresealant is not covered by thevehicle warranty. Always use onlythe GM approved tire sealantavailable through your dealer orincluded in the vehicle.

TPMS Malfunction Light andMessage

The TPMS will not function properlyif one or more of the TPMS sensorsare missing or inoperable. When thesystem detects a malfunction, thelow tire pressure warning lightflashes for about one minute andthen stays on for the remainder ofthe ignition cycle. A DIC warningmessage also displays. Themalfunction light and DIC warningmessage come on at each ignition


Vehicle Care 293

cycle until the problem is corrected.Some of the conditions that cancause these to come on are:

. One of the road tires has beenreplaced with the spare tire. Thespare tire does not have aTPMS sensor. The malfunctionlight and DIC message shouldgo off after the road tire isreplaced and the sensormatching process is performedsuccessfully. See “TPMS SensorMatching Process” later in thissection.

. The TPMS sensor matchingprocess was not done or notcompleted successfully afterrotating the tires. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage should go off aftersuccessfully completing thesensor matching process. See"TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess" later in this section.

. One or more TPMS sensors aremissing or damaged. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage should go off when theTPMS sensors are installed and

the sensor matching process isperformed successfully. Seeyour dealer for service.

. Replacement tires or wheels donot match the original equipmenttires or wheels. Tires and wheelsother than those recommendedcould prevent the TPMS fromfunctioning properly. See BuyingNew Tires 0 297.

. Operating electronic devices orbeing near facilities using radiowave frequencies similar to theTPMS could cause the TPMSsensors to malfunction.

If the TPMS is not functioningproperly it cannot detect or signal alow tire pressure condition. Seeyour dealer for service if the TPMSmalfunction light and DIC messagecome on and stay on.

Tire Fill Alert (If Equipped)

This feature provides visual andaudible alerts outside the vehicle tohelp when inflating an underinflatedtire to the recommended cold tirepressure.

When the low tire pressure warninglight comes on:

1. Park the vehicle in a safe, levelplace.

2. Set the parking brake firmly.

3. Place the vehicle in P (Park).

4. Add air to the tire that isunderinflated. The turn signallamp will flash.

When the recommendedpressure is reached, the hornsounds once and the turnsignal lamp will stop flashingand briefly turn solid.

Repeat these steps for allunderinflated tires that haveilluminated the low tire pressurewarning light.

{ Warning

Overinflating a tire could causethe tire to rupture and you orothers could be injured. Do notexceed the maximum pressure

(Continued)


294 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)

listed on the tire sidewall. SeeTire Sidewall Labeling 0 283 andVehicle Load Limits 0 177.

If the tire is overinflated by morethan 35 kPa (5 psi), the horn willsound multiple times and the turnsignal lamp will continue to flash forseveral seconds after filling stops.To release and correct the pressure,while the turn signal lamp is stillflashing, briefly press the center ofthe valve stem. When therecommended pressure is reached,the horn sounds once.

If the turn signal lamp does not flashwithin 15 seconds after starting toinflate the tire, the tire fill alert hasnot been activated or is not working.

If the hazard warning flashers areon, the tire fill alert visual feedbackwill not work properly.

The TPMS will not activate the tirefill alert properly under the followingconditions:

. There is interference from anexternal device or transmitter.

. The air pressure from theinflation device is not sufficientto inflate the tire.

. There is a malfunction inthe TPMS.

. There is a malfunction in thehorn or turn signal lamps.

. The identification code of theTPMS sensor is not registered tothe system.

. The battery of the TPMS sensoris low.

If the tire fill alert does not operatedue to TPMS interference, move thevehicle about 1 m (3 ft) back orforward and try again. If the tire fillalert feature is not working, use atire pressure gauge.

TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess

Each TPMS sensor has a uniqueidentification code. The identificationcode needs to be matched to a newtire/wheel position after rotating the

vehicle’s tires or replacing one ormore of the TPMS sensors. TheTPMS sensor matching processshould also be performed afterreplacing a spare tire with a roadtire containing the TPMS sensor.The malfunction light and the DICmessage should go off at the nextignition cycle. The sensors arematched to the tire/wheel positions,using a TPMS relearn tool, in thefollowing order: driver side front tire,passenger side front tire, passengerside rear tire, and driver side rear.See your dealer for service or topurchase a relearn tool. A TPMSrelearn tool can also be purchased.See Tire Pressure Monitor SensorActivation Tool atwww.gmtoolsandequipment.com orcall 1-800-GM TOOLS(1-800-468-6657).

There are two minutes to match thefirst tire/wheel position, andfive minutes overall to match all fourtire/wheel positions. If it takeslonger, the matching process stopsand must be restarted.


Vehicle Care 295

The TPMS sensor matchingprocess is:

1. Set the parking brake.

2. Place the vehicle in ServiceMode. See Ignition Positions0 181.

3. Make sure the Tire Pressureinfo page option is turned on.The info pages on the DIC canbe turned on and off throughthe Options menu. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 133.

4. Use the DIC controls on theright side of the steering wheelto scroll to the Tire Pressurescreen under the DICinfo page.

5. Press and hold V in the centerof the DIC controls.

The horn sounds twice tosignal the receiver is in relearnmode and the TIRELEARNING ACTIVE messagedisplays on the DIC screen.

6. Start with the driver sidefront tire.

7. Place the relearn tool againstthe tire sidewall, near the valvestem. Then press the button toactivate the TPMS sensor.A horn chirp confirms that thesensor identification code hasbeen matched to this tire andwheel position.

8. Proceed to the passenger sidefront tire, and repeat theprocedure in Step 7.

9. Proceed to the passenger siderear tire, and repeat theprocedure in Step 7.

10. Proceed to the driver side reartire, and repeat the procedurein Step 7. The horn sounds twotimes to indicate the sensoridentification code has beenmatched to the driver side reartire, and the TPMS sensormatching process is no longeractive. The TIRE LEARNINGACTIVE message on the DICdisplay screen goes off.


12. Set all four tires to therecommended air pressurelevel as indicated on the Tireand Loading Information label.

Tire InspectionWe recommend that the tires,including the spare tire, if thevehicle has one, be inspectedfor signs of wear or damage atleast once a month.

Replace the tire if:

. The indicators at three ormore places around the tirecan be seen.

. There is cord or fabricshowing through the tire'srubber.

. The tread or sidewall iscracked, cut, or snaggeddeep enough to show cord orfabric.

. The tire has a bump, bulge,or split.


296 Vehicle Care

. The tire has a puncture, cut,or other damage that cannotbe repaired well because ofthe size or location of thedamage.

Tire RotationTires should be rotated every12 000 km (7,500 mi). SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 328.

Tires are rotated to achieve auniform wear for all tires. Thefirst rotation is the mostimportant.

Anytime unusual wear isnoticed, rotate the tires as soonas possible, check for proper tireinflation pressure, and check fordamaged tires or wheels. If theunusual wear continues after therotation, check the wheelalignment. See When It Is Timefor New Tires 0 297 andWheel Replacement 0 301.

Use this rotation pattern whenrotating the tires.

If the vehicle has a compactspare tire, do not include it in thetire rotation.

Adjust the front and rear tires tothe recommended inflationpressure on the Tire andLoading Information label afterthe tires have been rotated. SeeTire Pressure 0 289 andVehicle Load Limits 0 177.

Reset the Tire Pressure MonitorSystem. See Tire PressureMonitor Operation 0 291.

Check that all wheel nuts areproperly tightened. See “WheelNut Torque” under Capacitiesand Specifications 0 341.

{ Warning

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on theparts to which it is fastened, canmake wheel nuts become looseafter time. The wheel could comeoff and cause a crash. Whenchanging a wheel, remove anyrust or dirt from places where thewheel attaches to the vehicle. Inan emergency, a cloth or a papertowel can be used; however, usea scraper or wire brush later toremove all rust or dirt.

Lightly coat the inner diameter ofthe wheel hub opening withwheel bearing grease after awheel change or tire rotation toprevent corrosion or rustbuild-up. Do not get grease onthe wheel mounting surface oron the wheel nuts or bolts.


Vehicle Care 297

When It Is Time for NewTiresFactors such as maintenance,temperatures, driving speeds,vehicle loading, and road conditionsaffect the wear rate of the tires.

Treadwear indicators are one way totell when it is time for new tires.Treadwear indicators appear whenthe tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)or less of tread remaining. See TireInspection 0 295 andTire Rotation 0 296.

The rubber in tires ages over time.This also applies to the spare tire,if the vehicle has one, even if it isnever used. Multiple factorsincluding temperatures, loadingconditions, and inflation pressuremaintenance affect how fast agingtakes place. GM recommends thattires, including the spare ifequipped, be replaced after sixyears, regardless of tread wear. Toidentify the age of a tire, use the tiremanufacture date which is the lastfour digits of the DOT TireIdentification Number (TIN) which ismolded into one side of the tiresidewall. The first two digitsrepresent the week (01–52) and thelast two digits, the year. Forexample, the third week of the year2010 would have a four-digit DOTdate of 0310.

Vehicle Storage

Tires age when stored normallymounted on a parked vehicle. Parka vehicle that will be stored for atleast a month in a cool, dry, cleanarea away from direct sunlight toslow aging. This area should be free

of grease, gasoline, or othersubstances that can deterioraterubber.

Parking for an extended period cancause flat spots on the tires thatmay result in vibrations whiledriving. When storing a vehicle forat least a month, remove the tires orraise the vehicle to reduce theweight from the tires.

Buying New TiresGM has developed and matchedspecific tires for the vehicle. Theoriginal equipment tires installedwere designed to meet GeneralMotors Tire Performance CriteriaSpecification (TPC Spec)system rating. Whenreplacement tires are needed,GM strongly recommendsbuying tires with the same TPCSpec rating.

GM's exclusive TPC Specsystem considers over a dozencritical specifications that impactthe overall performance of the


298 Vehicle Care

vehicle, including brake systemperformance, ride and handling,traction control, and tirepressure monitoringperformance. GM's TPC Specnumber is molded onto the tire'ssidewall near the tire size. If thetires have an all-season treaddesign, the TPC Spec numberwill be followed by MS for mudand snow. See Tire SidewallLabeling 0 283.

GM recommends replacing worntires in complete sets of four.Uniform tread depth on all tireswill help to maintain theperformance of the vehicle.Braking and handlingperformance may be adverselyaffected if all the tires are notreplaced at the same time.If proper rotation andmaintenance have been done,all four tires should wear out atabout the same time. See TireRotation 0 296. However, if it is

necessary to replace only oneaxle set of worn tires, place thenew tires on the rear axle.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipmenttires may not be available for H,V, W, Y and ZR speed ratedtires. Never exceed the wintertires’ maximum speed capabilitywhen using winter tires with alower speed rating.

{ Warning

Tires could explode duringimproper service. Attemptingto mount or dismount a tirecould cause injury or death.Only your dealer or authorizedtire service center shouldmount or dismount the tires.

{ Warning

Mixing tires of different sizes,tread patterns, or types on thesame axle may cause loss ofcontrol of the vehicle, resultingin a crash or other vehicledamage. Use the same size,load range, and type of tiresas the original tires.

{ Warning

Using bias-ply tires on thevehicle may cause the wheelrim flanges to develop cracksafter many miles of driving.A tire and/or wheel could failsuddenly and cause a crash.Use only radial-ply tires withthe wheels on the vehicle.

If the vehicle tires must bereplaced with a tire that does nothave a TPC Spec number, make


Vehicle Care 299

sure they are the same size,load range, speed rating, andconstruction (radial) as theoriginal tires.

Vehicles that have a tirepressure monitoring systemcould give an inaccuratelow-pressure warning if non-TPCSpec rated tires are installed.See Tire Pressure MonitorSystem 0 290.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label indicates theoriginal equipment tires on thevehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits0 177.

Different Size Tires andWheelsIf wheels or tires are installed thatare a different size than the originalequipment wheels and tires, vehicleperformance, including its braking,ride and handling characteristics,stability, and resistance to rollovermay be affected. If the vehicle haselectronic systems such as antilock

brakes, rollover airbags, tractioncontrol, electronic stability control,or All-Wheel Drive, the performanceof these systems can also beaffected.

{ Warning

If different sized wheels are used,there may not be an acceptablelevel of performance and safety iftires not recommended for thosewheels are selected. Thisincreases the chance of a crashand serious injury. Only use GMspecific wheel and tire systemsdeveloped for the vehicle, andhave them properly installed by aGM certified technician.

See Buying New Tires 0 297 andAccessories and Modifications0 248.

Uniform Tire QualityGradingThe following information relatesto the system developed by theUnited States National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA), which grades tires bytreadwear, traction, andtemperature performance. Thisapplies only to vehicles sold inthe United States. The gradesare molded on the sidewalls ofmost passenger car tires. TheUniform Tire Quality Grading(UTQG) system does not applyto deep tread, winter tires,compact spare tires, tires withnominal rim diameters of10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),or to some limited-productiontires.

While the tires available onGeneral Motors passenger carsand light trucks may vary withrespect to these grades, theymust also conform to federal


300 Vehicle Care

safety requirements andadditional General Motors TirePerformance Criteria (TPC)standards.

Quality grades can be foundwhere applicable on the tiresidewall between tread shoulderand maximum section width. Forexample:

Treadwear 200 Traction AATemperature A

All Passenger Car Tires MustConform to Federal SafetyRequirements In Addition ToThese Grades.

Treadwear

The treadwear grade is acomparative rating based on thewear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on aspecified government testcourse. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one andone-half (1½) times as well onthe government course as a tire

graded 100. The relativeperformance of tires dependsupon the actual conditions oftheir use, however, and maydepart significantly from thenorm due to variations in drivinghabits, service practices anddifferences in roadcharacteristics and climate.

Traction

The traction grades, fromhighest to lowest, are AA, A, B,and C. Those grades representthe tire's ability to stop on wetpavement as measured undercontrolled conditions onspecified government testsurfaces of asphalt andconcrete. A tire marked C mayhave poor traction performance.Warning: The traction gradeassigned to this tire is based onstraight-ahead braking tractiontests, and does not include

acceleration, cornering,hydroplaning, or peak tractioncharacteristics.

Temperature

The temperature grades are A(the highest), B, and C,representing the tire's resistanceto the generation of heat and itsability to dissipate heat whentested under controlledconditions on a specified indoorlaboratory test wheel. Sustainedhigh temperature can cause thematerial of the tire to degenerateand reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can leadto sudden tire failure. The gradeC corresponds to a level ofperformance which allpassenger car tires must meetunder the Federal Motor SafetyStandard No. 109. Grades B andA represent higher levels ofperformance on the laboratorytest wheel than the minimumrequired by law. Warning: The


Vehicle Care 301

temperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that isproperly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuildup and possible tire failure.

Wheel Alignment and TireBalanceThe tires and wheels were alignedand balanced at the factory toprovide the longest tire life and bestoverall performance. Adjustments towheel alignment and tire balancingare not necessary on a regularbasis. Consider an alignment checkif there is unusual tire wear or thevehicle is significantly pulling to oneside or the other. Some slight pull tothe left or right, depending on thecrown of the road and/or other roadsurface variations such as troughsor ruts, is normal. If the vehicle isvibrating when driving on a smooth

road, the tires and wheels may needto be rebalanced. See your dealerfor proper diagnosis.

Wheel ReplacementReplace any wheel that is bent,cracked, or badly rusted orcorroded. If wheel nuts keep comingloose, the wheel, wheel bolts, andwheel nuts should be replaced.If the wheel leaks air, replace it.Some aluminum wheels can berepaired. See your dealer if any ofthese conditions exist.

Your dealer will know the kind ofwheel that is needed.

Each new wheel should have thesame load-carrying capacity,diameter, width, offset, and bemounted the same way as the one itreplaces.

Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheelnuts, or Tire Pressure MonitorSystem (TPMS) sensors with newGM original equipment parts.

{ Warning

Using the wrong replacementwheels, wheel bolts, or wheelnuts can be dangerous. It couldaffect the braking and handling ofthe vehicle. Tires can lose air,and cause loss of control, causinga crash. Always use the correctwheel, wheel bolts, and wheelnuts for replacement.

Caution

The wrong wheel can also causeproblems with bearing life, brakecooling, speedometer orodometer calibration, headlampaim, bumper height, vehicleground clearance, and tire or tirechain clearance to the body andchassis.


302 Vehicle Care

Used Replacement Wheels

{ Warning

Replacing a wheel with a usedone is dangerous. How it hasbeen used or how far it has beendriven may be unknown. It couldfail suddenly and cause a crash.When replacing wheels, use anew GM original equipmentwheel.

Tire Chains

{ Warning

If the vehicle has a tire size otherthan 255/65R18, do not use tirechains. There is not enoughclearance. Tire chains used on avehicle without the proper amountof clearance can cause damageto the brakes, suspension,or other vehicle parts. The areadamaged by the tire chains could

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

cause loss of control and a crash.Use another type of tractiondevice only if its manufacturerrecommends it for the vehicle'stire size combination and roadconditions. Follow thatmanufacturer's instructions. Toavoid vehicle damage, drive slowand readjust or remove thetraction device if it contacts thevehicle. Do not spin the wheels. Iftraction devices are used, installthem on the front tires.

Caution

If the vehicle is equipped with255/65R18 size tires, use tirechains only where legal and onlywhen necessary. Use low profilechains that add no more than12 mm thickness to the tire treadand inner sidewall. Use chains

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

that are the proper size for thetires. Install them on the tires ofthe front axle. Do not use chainson the tires of the rear axle.Tighten them as tightly aspossible with the ends securelyfastened. Drive slowly and followthe chain manufacturer'sinstructions. If the chains contactthe vehicle, stop and retightenthem. If the contact continues,slow down until it stops. Drivingtoo fast or spinning the wheelswith chains on will damage thevehicle.

If a Tire Goes FlatIt is unusual for a tire to blow outwhile driving, especially if the tiresare maintained properly. See Tires0 282. If air goes out of a tire, it ismuch more likely to leak out slowly.But if there ever is a blowout, hereare a few tips about what to expectand what to do:


Vehicle Care 303

If a front tire fails, the flat tirecreates a drag that pulls the vehicletoward that side. Take your foot offthe accelerator pedal and grip thesteering wheel firmly. Steer tomaintain lane position, and thengently brake to a stop, well off theroad, if possible.

A rear blowout, particularly on acurve, acts much like a skid andmay require the same correction asused in a skid. Stop pressing theaccelerator pedal and steer tostraighten the vehicle. It may bevery bumpy and noisy. Gently braketo a stop, well off the road,if possible.

{ Warning

Driving on a flat tire will causepermanent damage to the tire.Re-inflating a tire after it has beendriven on while severelyunderinflated or flat may cause ablowout and a serious crash.Never attempt to re-inflate a tire

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

that has been driven on whileseverely underinflated or flat.Have your dealer or an authorizedtire service center repair orreplace the flat tire as soon aspossible.

{ Warning

Lifting a vehicle and getting underit to do maintenance or repairs isdangerous without theappropriate safety equipment andtraining. If a jack is provided withthe vehicle, it is designed only forchanging a flat tire. If it is used foranything else, you or others couldbe badly injured or killed if thevehicle slips off the jack. If a jackis provided with the vehicle, onlyuse it for changing a flat tire.

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place, well off the road,if possible. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers 0 150.

{ Warning

Changing a tire can bedangerous. The vehicle can slipoff the jack and roll over or fallcausing injury or death. Find alevel place to change the tire. Tohelp prevent the vehicle frommoving:

1. Set the parking brake firmly.

2. Put an automatictransmission in P (Park) or amanual transmission in1 (First) or R (Reverse).

3. Turn off the engine and donot restart while the vehicleis raised.

4. Do not allow passengers toremain in the vehicle.

(Continued)


304 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)

5. Place wheel blocks,if equipped, on both sides ofthe tire at the oppositecorner of the tire beingchanged.

When the vehicle has a flat tire (2),use the following example as aguide to assist in the placement ofthe wheel blocks (1), if equipped.

1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)2. Flat Tire

The following information explainshow to repair or change a tire.

Tire Changing

Removing the Spare Tire andTools

To access the spare tire and tools:

1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate0 21.

2. Lift the load floor.

3. Remove the cargomanagement system. SeeCargo Management System0 100.

4. Turn the wing nut (3)counterclockwise to remove thejack (1) and wheel wrench (2).Place the tool container nearthe tire being changed.

5. Remove the spare tire andplace it next to the tire beingchanged.

Removing the Flat Tire andInstalling the Spare Tire

1. Do a safety check beforeproceeding. See If a Tire GoesFlat 0 302.


Vehicle Care 305

2. Turn the wheel wrenchcounterclockwise to loosen allthe wheel nuts, but do notremove them yet.

3. Place the jack near the flat tire.

Caution

Make sure that the jack lift headis in the correct position or youmay damage your vehicle. Therepairs would not be covered byyour warranty.

4. Position the jack lift head at thejack location nearest theflat tire.

The jacking location isindicated by a half circle notchin the metal flange. The jackmust not be used in any otherposition.

{ Warning

Getting under a vehicle when it islifted on a jack is dangerous.If the vehicle slips off the jack,you could be badly injured or

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

killed. Never get under a vehiclewhen it is supported only bya jack.

{ Warning

Raising the vehicle with the jackimproperly positioned candamage the vehicle and evenmake the vehicle fall. To helpavoid personal injury and vehicledamage, be sure to fit the jack lifthead into the proper locationbefore raising the vehicle.

{ Warning

Lifting a vehicle and getting underit to do maintenance or repairs isdangerous without theappropriate safety equipment andtraining. If a jack is provided with

(Continued)


306 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)

the vehicle, it is designed only forchanging a flat tire. If it is used foranything else, you or others couldbe badly injured or killed if thevehicle slips off the jack. If a jackis provided with the vehicle, onlyuse it for changing a flat tire.

Caution

Using a jack to raise the vehiclewithout positioning it correctlycould damage your vehicle. Whenraising your vehicle on a jack, besure to position it correctly underthe frame and avoid contact withthe plastic molding.

5. Turn the wheel wrenchclockwise to raise the jack lifthead until the slots in the jackhead fit into the metal flangebehind the cut out on theplastic molding. Do not raisethe vehicle yet.

6. Put the compact spare tirenear you.

7. Turn the wrench clockwise inthe jack to raise the vehicle.Raise the vehicle far enoughoff the ground so that there isenough room for the spare tireto fit under the wheel well.

8. Remove all of the wheel nuts.

9. Remove the flat tire.

{ Warning

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on theparts to which it is fastened, canmake wheel nuts become looseafter time. The wheel could comeoff and cause a crash. Whenchanging a wheel, remove anyrust or dirt from places where thewheel attaches to the vehicle. Inan emergency, a cloth or a paper

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 307

Warning (Continued)

towel can be used; however, usea scraper or wire brush later toremove all rust or dirt.

10. Remove any rust or dirt fromthe wheel bolts, mountingsurfaces, and spare wheel.

11. Place the compact spare tireon the wheel-mounting surface.

{ Warning

Never use oil or grease on boltsor nuts because the nuts mightcome loose. The vehicle's wheelcould fall off, causing a crash.

12. Reinstall the wheel nuts.Tighten each nut by hand untilthe wheel is held againstthe hub.

13. Lower the vehicle by turningthe jack handlecounterclockwise.

{ Warning

Wheel nuts that are improperly orincorrectly tightened can causethe wheels to become loose orcome off. The wheel nuts shouldbe tightened with a torque wrenchto the proper torque specificationafter replacing. Follow the torquespecification supplied by theaftermarket manufacturer when

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

using accessory locking wheelnuts. See Capacities andSpecifications 0 341 for originalequipment wheel nut torquespecifications.

Caution

Improperly tightened wheel nutscan lead to brake pulsation androtor damage. To avoid expensivebrake repairs, evenly tighten thewheel nuts in the propersequence and to the propertorque specification. SeeCapacities and Specifications0 341 for the wheel nut torquespecification.


308 Vehicle Care

14. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly ina crisscross sequence, asshown.

15. Lower the jack all the way andremove the jack from under thevehicle.

16. Tighten the wheel nuts firmlywith the wheel wrench.

When reinstalling the wheel cover orcenter cap on the full-size tire,tighten all six plastic caps handsnug with the aid of the wheelwrench and tighten them with thewheel wrench an additionalone-quarter of a turn.

Caution

Wheel covers will not fit on thevehicle's compact spare. If you tryto put a wheel cover on thecompact spare, the cover or thespare could be damaged.

{ Warning

Storing a jack, a tire, or otherequipment in the passengercompartment of the vehicle couldcause injury. In a sudden stop orcollision, loose equipment couldstrike someone. Store all these inthe proper place.

Storing the Flat Tire

1. Liftgate Hinges2. Cable3. Center of the Wheel4. Door Striker

To store the flat tire:


Vehicle Care 309

1. Remove the cable packagefrom under the spare tire, jack,and tools.

2. Remove the small cap bytapping the back of the capwith the extension of the shaft,if the vehicle has aluminumwheels.

3. Put the flat tire in the rearstorage area with the valvestem facing the rear of thevehicle.

4. Pull the cable through the doorstriker and the center of thewheel.

5. Lower the liftgate enough to beable to hook the cable onto theoutside portion of the liftgatehinges.

6. Hook the other end of the cableonto the outside portion of theliftgate hinge on the other sideof the vehicle.

7. Pull on the cable to make sureit is secure.

8. Make sure the metal tube iscentered at the striker. Pushthe tube toward the front of thevehicle.

9. Close the liftgate and makesure it is fully latched.

The compact spare is for temporaryuse only. Replace the compactspare tire with a full-size tire assoon as you can.

Storing the Compact SpareTire and Tools

To store the spare tire and tools:

1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate0 21.


310 Vehicle Care

2. Lift the load floor.

3. Remove the cargomanagement system.

4. Put back the spare tire and alltools as they were stored in therear storage compartment.

5. Install the cargo managementsystem and load floor.

The compact spare is for temporaryuse only. Replace the compactspare tire with a full-size tire assoon as you can.

Compact Spare Tire

{ Warning

Driving with more than onecompact spare tire at a time couldresult in loss of braking andhandling. This could lead to acrash and you or others could beinjured. Use only one compactspare tire at a time.

If this vehicle has a compact sparetire, it was fully inflated when new;however, it can lose air over time.Check the inflation pressureregularly. It should be 420 kPa(60 psi).

Stop as soon as possible and checkthat the spare tire is correctlyinflated after being installed on thevehicle. The compact spare tire isdesigned for temporary use only.The vehicle will perform differentlywith the spare tire installed and it isrecommended that the vehiclespeed be limited to 80 km/h (50mph). To conserve the tread of thespare tire, have the standard tirerepaired or replaced as soon asconvenient and return the spare tireto the storage area.

When using a compact spare tire,the ABS and Traction Controlsystems may engage until the sparetire is recognized by the vehicle,especially on slippery roads. Adjustdriving to reduce possiblewheel slip.

Performance of the All-WheelDrive (AWD) system will beautomatically reduced to protect thesystem when using the compactspare. To restore the AWD andprevent excessive wear on theclutch in the AWD, replace thecompact spare tire with a full-sizetire as soon as possible.

Caution

When the compact spare isinstalled, do not take the vehiclethrough an automatic car washwith guide rails. The compactspare can get caught on the railswhich can damage the tire, wheel,and other parts of the vehicle.

Do not use the compact spare onother vehicles.

Do not mix the compact spare tire orwheel with other wheels or tires.They will not fit. Keep the spare tireand its wheel together.


Vehicle Care 311

Caution

Tire chains will not fit the compactspare. Using them can damagethe vehicle and the chains. Do notuse tire chains on the compactspare.

Jump Starting

Jump Starting - NorthAmericaFor more information about thevehicle battery, see Battery - NorthAmerica 0 265.

If the battery has run down, try touse another vehicle and somejumper cables to start your vehicle.Be sure to use the following steps todo it safely.

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts,terminals, and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds, chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Batteries alsocontain other chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer. WASH HANDS AFTER

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

HANDLING. For more informationgo to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

See California Proposition65 Warning 0 247 and the backcover.

{ Warning

Batteries can hurt you. They canbe dangerous because:

. They contain acid that canburn you.

. They contain gas that canexplode or ignite.

. They contain enoughelectricity to burn you.

If you do not follow these stepsexactly, some or all of thesethings can hurt you.


312 Vehicle Care

Caution

Ignoring these steps could resultin costly damage to the vehiclethat would not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Trying to startthe vehicle by pushing or pulling itwill not work, and it could damagethe vehicle.

1. Discharged BatteryPositive (+) Terminal

2. Discharged Battery RemoteNegative (-) Terminal

3. Good Battery Negative (-)Terminal

4. Good Battery Positive (+)Terminal

The jump start positive (+)Terminal (1) and the negativeremote negative terminal (2) for thedischarged battery are on the driverside of the vehicle.

The jump start positive (+)terminal (4) and negative (-)terminal (3) are on the battery of thevehicle providing the jump start.

The positive jump start connectionfor the discharged battery is under acover. Remove the cover to exposethe terminal.

1. Check the other vehicle.It must have a 12-volt batterywith a negative ground system.

Caution

If the other vehicle does not havea 12-volt system with a negativeground, both vehicles can be

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

damaged. Only use a vehicle thathas a 12-volt system with anegative ground for jump starting.

2. Position the two vehicles sothat they are not touching.

3. Set the parking brake firmlyand put the shift lever inP (Park) with an automatictransmission, or Neutral with amanual transmission. SeeShifting Into Park 0 187.

Caution

If any accessories are left on orplugged in during the jumpstarting procedure, they could bedamaged. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Whenever possible, turnoff or unplug all accessories oneither vehicle when jump starting.


Vehicle Care 313

4. Turn the ignition off. Turn off alllights and accessories in bothvehicles, except the hazardwarning flashers if needed.

{ Warning

An electric fan can start up evenwhen the engine is not runningand can injure you. Keep hands,clothing, and tools away from anyunderhood electric fan.

{ Warning

Using a match near a battery cancause battery gas to explode.People have been hurt doing this,and some have been blinded.Use a flashlight if you need morelight.

Battery fluid contains acid thatcan burn you. Do not get it onyou. If you accidentally get it inyour eyes or on your skin, flushthe place with water and getmedical help immediately.

{ Warning

Fans or other moving engineparts can injure you badly. Keepyour hands away from movingparts once the engine is running.

5. Connect one end of the redpositive (+) cable to thepositive (+) terminal on thedischarged battery.

6. Connect the other end of thered positive (+) cable to thepositive (+) terminal of the goodbattery.

7. Connect one end of the blacknegative (–) cable to thenegative (–) terminal of thegood battery.

8. Connect the other end of theblack negative (–) cable to theremote negative (–) terminal forthe discharged battery.

9. Start the engine in the vehiclewith the good battery and runthe engine at idle speed for atleast four minutes.

10. Try to start the vehicle that hadthe dead battery. If it will notstart after a few tries, itprobably needs service.

Caution

If the jumper cables areconnected or removed in thewrong order, electrical shortingmay occur and damage thevehicle. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Always connect and remove thejumper cables in the correct order,making sure that the cables donot touch each other or othermetal.

Jumper Cable Removal

Reverse the sequence exactly whenremoving the jumper cables.

After starting the disabled vehicleand removing the jumper cables,allow it to idle for several minutes.


314 Vehicle Care

Towing the Vehicle

Caution

Incorrectly towing a disabledvehicle may cause damage. Thedamage would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Do not lashor hook to suspensioncomponents. Use the properstraps around the tires to securethe vehicle. Do not drag a lockedwheel/tire. Use tire skates ordollies under any locked wheel/tire while loading the vehicle. Donot use a sling type lift to tow thevehicle. This could damage thevehicle.

Caution

If the vehicle cannot be shiftedinto Neutral (N), do not use thetow eye to tow the vehicle.Vehicle damage may occur.

GM recommends a flatbed tow truckto transport a disabled vehicle. Useramps to help reduce approachangles, if necessary. A towedvehicle should have its drive wheelsoff the ground. Contact RoadsideAssistance or a professional towingservice if the disabled vehicle mustbe towed.

Front Attachment Points

The vehicle is equipped withspecific attachment points to beused by the towing provider. Theseholes may be used to pull thevehicle from a flat road surface ontothe flatbed tow truck.

Recreational VehicleTowingRecreational vehicle towing meanstowing the vehicle behind anothervehicle – such as behind a motorhome. The two most common typesof recreational vehicle towing areknown as dinghy towing and dollytowing. Dinghy towing is towing thevehicle with all four wheels on theground. Dolly towing is towing thevehicle with two wheels on theground and two wheels up on adevice known as a dolly.

Before recreational vehicle towing,consider:

. Before towing the vehicle,become familiar with the locallaws that apply to recreationalvehicle towing. These laws mayvary by region.

. The towing capacity of thetowing vehicle. Be sure to readthe tow vehicle manufacturer'srecommendations.


Vehicle Care 315. How far the vehicle will be

towed. Some vehicles haverestrictions on how far and howlong they can be towed.

. The proper towing equipment.See your dealer or traileringprofessional for additional adviceand equipmentrecommendations.

. Whether the vehicle is ready tobe towed. Just as preparing thevehicle for a long trip, make surethe vehicle is prepared to betowed.

Caution

Use of a shield mounted in frontof the vehicle grille could restrictairflow and cause damage to thetransmission. The repairs wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. If using a shield, onlyuse one that attaches to thetowing vehicle.

Dinghy Towing

For vehicles being dinghy towed,the vehicle should be run at thebeginning of each day and at eachRV fuel stop for about five minutes.This will ensure proper lubrication oftransmission components. Reinstallthe fuses to start the vehicle.

To tow the vehicle from the frontwith all four wheels on the ground:

1. Position the vehicle that will betowed and secure it to thetowing vehicle.

2. Remove the shift lever boot bypulling up on the rear of thetrim plate.

3. Use a small screwdriver or toolto press and hold the manualrelease button on the rear right.

4. Put the vehicle in N (Neutral).

Caution

If the vehicle is towed withoutperforming each of the stepslisted under “Dinghy Towing,” theautomatic transmission could bedamaged. Be sure to follow allsteps of the dinghy towingprocedure prior to and aftertowing the vehicle.

Caution

If 105 km/h (65 mph) is exceededwhile towing the vehicle, it couldbe damaged. Never exceed105 km/h (65 mph) while towingthe vehicle.


316 Vehicle Care

Once the destination is reached:

1. Shift the vehicle to P (Park).

2. Reinstall the shift lever boot byinserting the front edge andpressing the rear of the trimplate until it snaps into place.

3. Start the engine and let it idlefor more than three minutesbefore driving the vehicle.

Caution

Too much or too little fluid candamage the transmission. Besure that the transmission fluid isat the proper level before towingwith all four wheels on theground.

Caution

Do not tow a vehicle with the frontdrive wheels on the ground if oneof the front tires is a compactspare tire. Towing with two

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

different tire sizes on the front ofthe vehicle can cause severedamage to the transmission.

Dolly Towing

To tow a vehicle from the front withthe rear wheels on the ground:

1. Put the front wheels on a dolly.

2. Move the shift lever to P (Park).See Shifting Into Park 0 187.

3. Set the parking brake.

4. Secure the vehicle to the dolly.

5. Follow the dolly manufacturer'sinstructions for preparing thevehicle and dolly for towing.

6. Release the parking brake.

7. Turn off the vehicle.

Towing the Vehicle fromthe Rear


Vehicle Care 317

Caution

Towing the vehicle from the rearcould damage it. Also, repairswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Never have thevehicle towed from the rear.

Appearance Care

Exterior Care

Locks

Locks are lubricated at the factory.Use a de-icing agent only whenabsolutely necessary, and have thelocks greased after using. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 337.

Washing the Vehicle

To preserve the vehicle's finish,wash it often and out of directsunlight.

Caution

Do not use petroleum-based,acidic, or abrasive cleaningagents as they can damage thevehicle's paint, metal, or plasticparts. If damage occurs, it wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Approved cleaningproducts can be obtained from

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

your dealer. Follow allmanufacturer directions regardingcorrect product usage, necessarysafety precautions, andappropriate disposal of anyvehicle care product.

Caution

Avoid using high-pressurewashes closer than 30 cm (12 in)to the surface of the vehicle. Useof power washers exceeding8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can resultin damage or removal of paintand decals.

Caution

Do not power wash anycomponent under the hood that

has thise symbol.

(Continued)


318 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued)

This could cause damage thatwould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

If using an automatic car wash,follow the car wash instructions. Thewindshield wiper and rear windowwiper, if equipped, must be off.Remove any accessories that maybe damaged or interfere with the carwash equipment.

Rinse the vehicle well, beforewashing and after, to remove allcleaning agents completely. If theyare allowed to dry on the surface,they could stain.

Dry the finish with a soft, cleanchamois or an all-cotton towel toavoid surface scratches and waterspotting.

Finish Care

Application of aftermarket clearcoatsealant/wax materials is notrecommended. If painted surfacesare damaged, see your dealer to

have the damage assessed andrepaired. Foreign materials such ascalcium chloride and other salts, icemelting agents, road oil and tar, treesap, bird droppings, chemicals fromindustrial chimneys, etc., candamage the vehicle's finish if theyremain on painted surfaces. Washthe vehicle as soon as possible.If necessary, use non-abrasivecleaners that are marked safe forpainted surfaces to remove foreignmatter.

Occasional hand waxing or mildpolishing should be done to removeresidue from the paint finish. Seeyour dealer for approved cleaningproducts.

Do not apply waxes or polishes touncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,decals, simulated wood, or flat paintas damage can occur.

Caution

Machine compounding oraggressive polishing on abasecoat/clearcoat paint finishmay damage it. Use onlynon-abrasive waxes and polishesthat are made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish on thevehicle.

To keep the paint finish looking new,keep the vehicle garaged orcovered whenever possible.

Protecting Exterior Bright MetalMoldings

Caution

Failure to clean and protect thebright metal moldings can resultin a hazy white finish or pitting.This damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.


Vehicle Care 319

The bright metal moldings on thevehicle are aluminum, chrome,or stainless steel. To preventdamage always follow thesecleaning instructions:

. Be sure the molding is cool tothe touch before applying anycleaning solution.

. Use only approved cleaningsolutions for aluminum, chrome,or stainless steel. Somecleaners are highly acidic orcontain alkaline substances andcan damage the moldings.

. Always dilute a concentratedcleaner according to themanufacturer’s instructions.

. Do not use cleaners that are notintended for automotive use.

. Use a nonabrasive wax on thevehicle after washing to protectand extend the molding finish.

Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses, Emblems, Decals, andStripes

Use only lukewarm or cold water, asoft cloth, and a car washing soapto clean exterior lamps, lenses,emblems, decals, and stripes.Follow instructions under "Washingthe Vehicle" previously in thissection.

Lamp covers are made of plastic,and some have a UV protectivecoating. Do not clean or wipe themwhen dry.

Do not use any of the following onlamp covers:

. Abrasive or caustic agents

. Washer fluids and other cleaningagents in higher concentrationsthan suggested by themanufacturer

. Solvents, alcohols, fuels,or other harsh cleaners

. Ice scrapers or other hard items

. Aftermarket appearance caps orcovers while the lamps areilluminated, due to excessiveheat generated

Caution

Failure to clean lamps properlycan cause damage to the lampcover that would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Caution

Using wax on low gloss blackfinish stripes can increase thegloss level and create anon-uniform finish. Clean lowgloss stripes with soap andwater only.

Air Intakes

Clear debris from the air intakes,between the hood and windshield,when washing the vehicle.


320 Vehicle Care

Windshield and Wiper Blades

Clean the outside of the windshieldwith glass cleaner.

Clean rubber blades using a lint-freecloth or paper towel soaked withwindshield washer fluid or a milddetergent. Wash the windshieldthoroughly when cleaning theblades. Bugs, road grime, sap, anda buildup of vehicle wash/waxtreatments may cause wiperstreaking.

Replace the wiper blades if they areworn or damaged. Damage can becaused by extreme dustyconditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,snow, and ice.

Weatherstrips

Apply weatherstrip lubricant onweatherstrips to make them lastlonger, seal better, and not stick orsqueak. Lubricate weatherstrips atleast once a year. Hot, dry climatesmay require more frequentapplication. Black marks fromrubber material on painted surfaces

can be removed by rubbing with aclean cloth. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 337.

Tires

Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner toclean the tires.

Caution

Using petroleum-based tiredressing products on the vehiclemay damage the paint finish and/or tires. When applying a tiredressing, always wipe off anyoverspray from all paintedsurfaces on the vehicle.

Wheels and Wheel Trim

Use a soft, clean cloth with mildsoap and water to clean the wheels.After rinsing thoroughly with cleanwater, dry with a soft, clean towel.A wax may then be applied.

Caution

Chrome wheels and chromewheel trim may be damaged if thevehicle is not washed after drivingon roads that have been sprayedwith magnesium chloride orcalcium chloride. These are usedon roads for conditions such asdust and ice. Always wash thechrome with soap and water afterexposure.

Caution

To avoid surface damage onwheels and wheel trim, do notuse strong soaps, chemicals,abrasive polishes, cleaners,or brushes. Use only GMapproved cleaners. Do not drivethe vehicle through an automaticcar wash that uses silicon carbidetire/wheel cleaning brushes.

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 321

Caution (Continued)

Damage could occur and therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Brake System

Visually inspect brake lines andhoses for proper attachment,connections, binding, leaks, cracks,chafing, etc. Inspect disc brakepads for wear and rotors for surfacecondition. Inspect drum brakelinings/shoes for wear or cracks.Inspect all other brake parts forcracks and leaks.

Steering, Suspension, andChassis Components

Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damaged, loose,or missing parts or signs of wear atleast once a year.

Inspect power steering for properelectrical connections, binding,cracks, chafing, etc.

Visually check constant velocity jointboots and axle seals for leaks.

Body Component Lubrication

Lubricate all key lock cylinders,hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and thesteel fuel door hinges, unless thecomponents are plastic. Applyingsilicone grease on weatherstripswith a clean cloth will make themlast longer, seal better, and not stickor squeak.

Underbody Maintenance

At least twice a year, spring and fall,use plain water to flush anycorrosive materials from theunderbody. Take care to thoroughlyclean any areas where mud andother debris can collect.

Do not directly power wash thetransfer case and/or front/rear axleoutput seals. High pressure watercan overcome the seals andcontaminate the fluid. Contaminatedfluid will decrease the life of thetransfer case and/or axles andshould be replaced.

Sheet Metal Damage

If the vehicle is damaged andrequires sheet metal repair orreplacement, make sure the bodyrepair shop applies anti-corrosionmaterial to parts repaired orreplaced to restore corrosionprotection.

Original manufacturer replacementparts will provide the corrosionprotection while maintaining thevehicle warranty.

Finish Damage

Quickly repair minor chips andscratches with touch-up materialsavailable from your dealer to avoidcorrosion. Larger areas of finishdamage can be corrected in yourdealer's body and paint shop.

Chemical Paint Spotting

Airborne pollutants can fall uponand attack painted vehicle surfacescausing blotchy, ring-shapeddiscolorations, and small, irregulardark spots etched into the paintsurface. See “Finish Care”previously in this section.


322 Vehicle Care

Interior CareTo prevent dirt particle abrasions,regularly clean the vehicle's interior.Immediately remove any soils.Newspapers or dark garments cantransfer color to the vehicle’sinterior.

Use a soft bristle brush to removedust from knobs and crevices on theinstrument cluster. Using a mildsoap solution, immediately removehand lotions, sunscreen, and insectrepellent from all interior surfaces orpermanent damage may result.

Use cleaners specifically designedfor the surfaces being cleaned toprevent permanent damage. Applyall cleaners directly to the cleaningcloth. Do not spray cleaners on anyswitches or controls. Removecleaners quickly.

Before using cleaners, read andfollow all safety instructions on thelabel. While cleaning the interior,open the doors and windows to getproper ventilation.

To prevent damage, do not cleanthe interior using the followingcleaners or techniques:

. Never use a razor or any othersharp object to remove soil fromany interior surface.

. Never use a brush with stiffbristles.

. Never rub any surfaceaggressively or with too muchpressure.

. Do not use laundry detergents ordishwashing soaps withdegreasers. For liquid cleaners,use approximately 20 drops per3.8 L (1 gal) of water.A concentrated soap solution willcreate streaks and attract dirt.Do not use solutions that containstrong or caustic soap.

. Do not heavily saturate theupholstery when cleaning.

. Do not use solvents or cleanerscontaining solvents.

Interior Glass

To clean, use a terry cloth fabricdampened with water. Wipe dropletsleft behind with a clean dry cloth.If necessary, use a commercialglass cleaner after cleaning withplain water.

Caution

To prevent scratching, never useabrasive cleaners on automotiveglass. Abrasive cleaners oraggressive cleaning may damagethe rear window defogger.

Cleaning the windshield with waterduring the first three to six monthsof ownership will reduce tendencyto fog.

Speaker Covers

Vacuum around a speaker covergently, so that the speaker will notbe damaged. Clean spots with waterand mild soap.


Vehicle Care 323

Coated Moldings

Coated moldings should be cleaned.

. When lightly soiled, wipe with asponge or soft, lint-free clothdampened with water.

. When heavily soiled, use warmsoapy water.

Fabric/Carpet/Suede

Start by vacuuming the surfaceusing a soft brush attachment. If arotating vacuum brush attachment isbeing used, only use it on the floorcarpet. Before cleaning, gentlyremove as much of the soil aspossible:

. Gently blot liquids with a papertowel. Continue blotting until nomore soil can be removed.

. For solid soils, remove as muchas possible prior to vacuuming.

To clean:

1. Saturate a clean, lint-freecolorfast cloth with water.Microfiber cloth isrecommended to prevent linttransfer to the fabric or carpet.

2. Remove excess moisture bygently wringing until water doesnot drip from the cleaning cloth.

3. Start on the outside edge of thesoil and gently rub toward thecenter. Fold the cleaning clothto a clean area frequently toprevent forcing the soil in to thefabric.

4. Continue gently rubbing thesoiled area until there is nolonger any color transfer fromthe soil to the cleaning cloth.

5. If the soil is not completelyremoved, use a mild soapsolution followed only by plainwater.

If the soil is not completelyremoved, it may be necessary touse a commercial upholsterycleaner or spot lifter. Test a smallhidden area for colorfastness beforeusing a commercial upholsterycleaner or spot lifter. If ringformation occurs, clean the entirefabric or carpet.

After cleaning, use a paper towel toblot excess moisture.

Cleaning High Gloss Surfacesand Vehicle Information andRadio Displays

Use a microfiber cloth on high glosssurfaces or vehicle displays. First,use a soft bristle brush to removedirt that can scratch the surface.Then gently clean by rubbing with amicrofiber cloth. Never use windowcleaners or solvents. Periodicallyhand wash the microfiber clothseparately, using mild soap. Do notuse bleach or fabric softener. Rinsethoroughly and air dry beforenext use.

Caution

Do not attach a device with asuction cup to the display. Thismay cause damage and wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.


324 Vehicle Care

Instrument Panel, Leather,Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces,Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, andNatural Open Pore WoodSurfaces

Use a soft microfiber clothdampened with water to removedust and loose dirt. For a morethorough cleaning, use a softmicrofiber cloth dampened with amild soap solution.

Caution

Soaking or saturating leather,especially perforated leather, aswell as other interior surfaces,may cause permanent damage.Wipe excess moisture from thesesurfaces after cleaning and allowthem to dry naturally. Never useheat, steam, or spot removers. Donot use cleaners that containsilicone or wax-based products.Cleaners containing thesesolvents can permanently change

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

the appearance and feel ofleather or soft trim, and are notrecommended.

Do not use cleaners that increasegloss, especially on the instrumentpanel. Reflected glare can decreasevisibility through the windshieldunder certain conditions.

Caution

Use of air fresheners may causepermanent damage to plasticsand painted surfaces. If an airfreshener comes in contact withany plastic or painted surface inthe vehicle, blot immediately andclean with a soft cloth dampenedwith a mild soap solution.Damage caused by air freshenerswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Cargo Cover andConvenience Net

If equipped, wash with warm waterand mild detergent. Do not usechlorine bleach. Rinse with coldwater, and then dry completely.

Care of Seat Belts

Keep belts clean and dry.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye seat beltwebbing. It may severely weakenthe webbing. In a crash, theymight not be able to provideadequate protection. Clean andrinse seat belt webbing only withmild soap and lukewarm water.Allow the webbing to dry.


Vehicle Care 325

Floor Mats

{ Warning

If a floor mat is the wrong size oris not properly installed, it caninterfere with the pedals.Interference with the pedals cancause unintended accelerationand/or increased stoppingdistance which can cause a crashand injury. Make sure the floormat does not interfere with thepedals.

Use the following guidelines forproper floor mat usage.

. The original equipment floormats were designed for yourvehicle. If the floor mats needreplacing, it is recommendedthat GM certified floor mats bepurchased. Non-GM floor matsmay not fit properly and mayinterfere with the accelerator orbrake pedal. Always check thatthe floor mats do not interferewith the pedals.

. Do not use a floor mat if thevehicle is not equipped with afloor mat retainer on the driverside floor.

. Use the floor mat with thecorrect side up. Do not turnit over.

. Do not place anything on top ofthe driver side floor mat.

. Use only a single floor mat onthe driver side.

. Do not place one floor mat ontop of another.

Button Retainer

Some vehicles have floor mats witha button-type retainer.

Removing and Replacing theFloor Mat

1. Pull up on the rear of the matto unlock and remove.

2. Reinstall the floor mat by liningup the floor mat opening overthe carpet retainer andsnapping into position.

3. Make sure the floor mat isproperly secured. Verify thefloor mat does not interferewith the pedals.


326 Service and Maintenance

Service andMaintenance

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 326

Maintenance ScheduleMaintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 328

Special Application ServicesSpecial Application

Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333

Additional Maintenanceand Care

Additional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

Recommended Fluids,Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337

Maintenance ReplacementParts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

Maintenance RecordsMaintenance Records . . . . . . . . 339

General InformationYour vehicle is an importantinvestment. This section describesthe required maintenance for thevehicle. Follow this schedule to helpprotect against major repairexpenses resulting from neglect orinadequate maintenance. It mayalso help to maintain the value ofthe vehicle if it is sold. It is theresponsibility of the owner to haveall required maintenance performed.

Your dealer has trained technicianswho can perform requiredmaintenance using genuinereplacement parts. They haveup-to-date tools and equipmentfor fast and accurate diagnostics.Many dealers have extendedevening and Saturday hours,courtesy transportation, and onlinescheduling to assist with serviceneeds.

Your dealer recognizes theimportance of providingcompetitively priced maintenanceand repair services. With trainedtechnicians, the dealer is the place

for routine maintenance such as oilchanges and tire rotations andadditional maintenance items liketires, brakes, batteries, and wiperblades.

Caution

Damage caused by impropermaintenance can lead to costlyrepairs and may not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.Maintenance intervals, checks,inspections, recommended fluids,and lubricants are important tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition.

Do not have chemical flushes thatare not approved by GMperformed on the vehicle. Theuse of flushes, solvents, cleaners,or lubricants that are notapproved by GM could damagethe vehicle, requiring expensiverepairs that are not covered bythe vehicle warranty.


Service and Maintenance 327

The Tire Rotation and RequiredServices are the responsibility of thevehicle owner. It is recommended tohave your dealer perform theseservices every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.Proper vehicle maintenance helps tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition, improves fuel economy,and reduces vehicle emissions.

Because of the way people usevehicles, maintenance needs vary.There may need to be morefrequent checks and services. TheAdditional Required Services -Normal are for vehicles that:

. Carry passengers and cargowithin recommended limits onthe Tire and Loading Informationlabel. See Vehicle Load Limits0 177.

. Are driven on reasonable roadsurfaces within legal drivinglimits.

. Use the recommended fuel. SeeRecommended Fuel 0 229.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services - Normal chart.

The Additional Required Services -Severe are for vehicles that are:

. Mainly driven in heavy city trafficin hot weather.

. Mainly driven in hilly ormountainous terrain.

. Frequently towing a trailer.

. Used for high speed orcompetitive driving.

. Used for taxi, police, or deliveryservice.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services - Severe chart.

{ Warning

Performing maintenance work canbe dangerous and can causeserious injury. Performmaintenance work only if therequired information, proper tools,and equipment are available.If they are not, see your dealer to

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

have a trained technician do thework. See Doing Your OwnService Work 0 248.



MaintenanceScheduleOwner Checks and Services

At Each Fuel Stop

. Check the engine oil level. SeeEngine Oil 0 252.

Once a Month

. Check the tire inflationpressures. See Tire Pressure0 289.

. Inspect the tires for wear. SeeTire Inspection 0 295.

. Check the windshield washerfluid level. See Washer Fluid0 262.

Engine Oil Change

When the CHANGE ENGINE OILSOON message displays, have theengine oil and filter changed withinthe next 1 000 km/600 mi. If drivenunder the best conditions, theengine oil life system may notindicate the need for vehicle servicefor up to a year. The engine oil and

filter must be changed at least oncea year and the oil life system mustbe reset. Your trained dealertechnician can perform this work.If the engine oil life system is resetaccidentally, service the vehiclewithin 5 000 km/3,000 mi since thelast service. Reset the oil lifesystem when the oil is changed.See Engine Oil Life System 0 254.

Engine Air Filter Change

When the REPLACE AT NEXT OILCHANGE message displays, theengine air filter should be replacedat the next engine oil change. Whenthe REPLACE ENGINE AIR FILTERSOON message displays, theengine air filter should be replacedat the earliest convenience. Resetthe engine air filter life system afterthe engine air filter is replaced. SeeEngine Air Filter Life System 0 256.

Air Conditioning Desiccant(Replace Every Seven Years)

The air conditioning system requiresmaintenance every seven years.This service requires replacement ofthe desiccant to help the longevity

and efficient operation of the airconditioning system. This servicecan be complex. See your dealer.

Tire Rotation and RequiredServices Every 12 000 km/7,500 mi

Rotate the tires, if recommended forthe vehicle, and perform thefollowing services. See TireRotation 0 296.

. Check engine oil level and oillife percentage. If needed,change engine oil and filter, andreset oil life system. See EngineOil 0 252 andEngine Oil Life System 0 254.

. If equipped with the engine airfilter life system, check the airfilter life percentage.If necessary, replace the engineair filter and reset the engine airfilter life system. See Engine AirFilter Life System 0 256. If thevehicle is not equipped with theengine air filter life system,inspect the engine air cleanerfilter. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 256.


Service and Maintenance 329. Check engine coolant level. See

Cooling System 0 260.

. Check windshield washer fluidlevel. See Washer Fluid 0 262.

. Check tire inflation pressures.See Tire Pressure 0 289.

. Inspect tire wear. See TireInspection 0 295.

. Visually check for fluid leaks.

. Inspect brake system. SeeExterior Care 0 317.

. Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damage,including cracks or tears in therubber boots, loose or missingparts, or signs of wear at leastonce a year. See Exterior Care0 317.

. Inspect power steering forproper electrical connections,binding, cracks, chafing, etc.

. Visually inspect halfshafts anddrive shafts for excessive wear,lubricant leaks, and/or damageincluding: tube dents or cracks,constant velocity joint or

universal joint looseness,cracked or missing boots, looseor missing boot clamps, centerbearing excessive looseness,loose or missing fasteners, andaxle seal leaks.

. Check restraint systemcomponents. See Safety SystemCheck 0 62.

. Visually inspect fuel system fordamage or leaks.

. Visually inspect exhaust systemand nearby heat shields forloose or damaged parts.

. Lubricate body components. SeeExterior Care 0 317.

. Check starter switch. See StarterSwitch Check 0 266.

. Check automatic transmissionshift lock control function. SeeAutomatic Transmission ShiftLock Control Function Check0 266.

. Check parking brake andautomatic transmission parkmechanism. See Park Brake andP (Park) Mechanism Check0 266.

. Check accelerator pedal fordamage, high effort, or binding.Replace if needed.

. Visually inspect gas strut forsigns of wear, cracks, or otherdamage. Check the hold openability of the strut. If the holdopen ability is low, service thegas strut. See Gas Strut(s)0 268.

. Inspect sunroof track and seal,if equipped. See Sunroof 0 36.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional RequiredServices - Normal

12

00

0k

m/7

,50

0m

i

24

00

0k

m/1

5,0

00

mi

36

00

0k

m/2

2,5

00

mi

48

00

0k

m/3

0,0

00

mi

60

00

0k

m/3

7,5

00

mi

72

00

0k

m/4

5,0

00

mi

84

00

0k

m/5

2,5

00

mi

96

00

0k

m/6

0,0

00

mi

10

80

00

km

/67

,50

0m

i

12

00

00

km

/75

,00

0m

i

13

20

00

km

/82

,50

0m

i

14

40

00

km

/90

,00

0m

i

15

60

00

km

/97

,50

0m

i

16

80

00

km

/10

5,0

00

mi

18

00

00

km

/11

2,5

00

mi

19

20

00

km

/12

0,0

00

mi

20

40

00

km

/12

7,5

00

mi

21

60

00

km

/13

5,0

00

mi

22

80

00

km

/14

2,5

00

mi

24

00

00

km

/15

0,0

00

mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services.Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.Change engine oil and filter, if needed. Checkengine air filter life percentage and status.Change engine air filter, if needed.

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @

If the vehicle is not equipped with the engine airfilter life system, replace engine air cleanerfilter. (3)

@ @ @

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wiresand/or boots. @

Change rear axle fluid, if equipped with AWD. (4) @

Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @

Replace brake fluid. (7)

Replace windshield wiper blades. (8) @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace hood and/or body lift support gasstruts. (9) @ @

Replace air conditioning desiccant. (10)



Footnotes — MaintenanceSchedule Additional RequiredServices - Normal

(1) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequentpassenger compartment air filterreplacement may be needed ifdriving in areas with heavy traffic,poor air quality, high dust levels,or environmental allergens.Passenger compartment air filterreplacement may also be needed ifthere is reduced airflow, windowfogging, or odors. Your GM dealercan help determine when to replacethe filter.

(2) Check all fuel and vapor linesand hoses for proper hook-up,routing, and condition.

(3) Or every four years, whichevercomes first. If driving in dustyconditions, inspect the filter at eachoil change or more often as needed.See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 256.

(4) Do not directly power wash thetransfer case and/or front/rear axleoutput seals. High pressure watercan overcome the seals and

contaminate the transfer case fluid.Contaminated fluid will decrease thelife of the transfer case and/or axlesand should be replaced.

(5) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See Cooling System0 260.

(6) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. Inspect for fraying,excessive cracking, or damage;replace, if needed.

(7) Replace brake fluid every fiveyears. See Brake Fluid 0 264.

(8) Or every 12 months, whichevercomes first. See Wiper BladeReplacement 0 267.

(9) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. See Gas Strut(s) 0 268.

(10) Replace air conditioningdesiccant every seven years.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional RequiredServices - Severe

12

00

0k

m/7

,50

0m

i

24

00

0k

m/1

5,0

00

mi

36

00

0k

m/2

2,5

00

mi

48

00

0k

m/3

0,0

00

mi

60

00

0k

m/3

7,5

00

mi

72

00

0k

m/4

5,0

00

mi

84

00

0k

m/5

2,5

00

mi

96

00

0k

m/6

0,0

00

mi

10

80

00

km

/67

,50

0m

i

12

00

00

km

/75

,00

0m

i

13

20

00

km

/82

,50

0m

i

14

40

00

km

/90

,00

0m

i

15

60

00

km

/97

,50

0m

i

16

80

00

km

/10

5,0

00

mi

18

00

00

km

/11

2,5

00

mi

19

20

00

km

/12

0,0

00

mi

20

40

00

km

/12

7,5

00

mi

21

60

00

km

/13

5,0

00

mi

22

80

00

km

/14

2,5

00

mi

24

00

00

km

/15

0,0

00

mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services.Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.Change engine oil and filter, if needed. Checkengine air filter life percentage and status.Change engine air filter, if needed.

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @

If the vehicle is not equipped with the engine airfilter life system, replace engine air cleanerfilter. (3)

@ @ @

Change automatic transmission fluid. @ @ @

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wiresand/or boots. @

Change rear axle fluid, if equipped with AWD. (4) @ @

Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @

Replace brake fluid. (7)

Replace windshield wiper blades. (8) @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace hood and/or body lift support gasstruts. (9) @ @

Replace air conditioning desiccant. (10)



Footnotes — MaintenanceSchedule Additional RequiredServices - Severe

(1) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequentpassenger compartment air filterreplacement may be needed ifdriving in areas with heavy traffic,poor air quality, high dust levels,or environmental allergens.Passenger compartment air filterreplacement may also be needed ifthere is reduced airflow, windowfogging, or odors. Your GM dealercan help determine when to replacethe filter.

(2) Check all fuel and vapor linesand hoses for proper hook-up,routing, and condition.

(3) Or every four years, whichevercomes first. If driving in dustyconditions, inspect the filter at eachoil change or more often as needed.See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 256.

(4) Do not directly power wash thetransfer case and/or front/rear axleoutput seals. High pressure watercan overcome the seals and

contaminate the transfer case fluid.Contaminated fluid will decrease thelife of the transfer case and/or axlesand should be replaced.

(5) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See Cooling System0 260.

(6) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. Inspect for fraying,excessive cracking, or damage;replace, if needed.

(7) Replace brake fluid every fiveyears. See Brake Fluid 0 264.

(8) Or every 12 months, whichevercomes first. See Wiper BladeReplacement 0 267.

(9) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. See Gas Strut(s) 0 268.

(10) Replace air conditioningdesiccant every seven years.

Special ApplicationServices. Severe Commercial Use

Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassiscomponents every oil change.

. Have underbody flushing serviceperformed. See "UnderbodyMaintenance" in Exterior Care0 317.



AdditionalMaintenance and CareYour vehicle is an importantinvestment and caring for it properlymay help to avoid future costlyrepairs. To maintain vehicleperformance, additionalmaintenance services may berequired.

It is recommended that your dealerperform these services — theirtrained dealer technicians knowyour vehicle best. Your dealer canalso perform a thoroughassessment with a multi-pointinspection to recommend when yourvehicle may need attention.

The following list is intended toexplain the services and conditionsto look for that may indicateservices are required.

Battery

The 12-volt battery supplies powerto start the engine and operate anyadditional electrical accessories.

. To avoid break-down or failure tostart the vehicle, maintain abattery with full cranking power.

. Trained dealer technicians havethe diagnostic equipment to testthe battery and ensure that theconnections and cables arecorrosion-free.

Belts

. Belts may need replacing if theysqueak or show signs ofcracking or splitting.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipmentto inspect the belts andrecommend adjustment orreplacement when necessary.

Brakes

Brakes stop the vehicle and arecrucial to safe driving.

. Signs of brake wear may includechirping, grinding, or squealingnoises, or difficulty stopping.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipmentto inspect the brakes andrecommend quality partsengineered for the vehicle.

Fluids

Proper fluid levels and approvedfluids protect the vehicle’s systemsand components. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 337 for GM approvedfluids.

. Engine oil and windshieldwasher fluid levels should bechecked at every fuel fill.

. Instrument cluster lights maycome on to indicate that fluidsmay be low and need to befilled.

Hoses

Hoses transport fluids and shouldbe regularly inspected to ensurethat there are no cracks or leaks.With a multi-point inspection, yourdealer can inspect the hoses andadvise if replacement is needed.



Lamps

Properly working headlamps,taillamps, and brake lamps areimportant to see and be seen onthe road.

. Signs that the headlamps needattention include dimming, failureto light, cracking, or damage.The brake lamps need to bechecked periodically to ensurethat they light when braking.

. With a multi-point inspection,your dealer can check the lampsand note any concerns.

Shocks and Struts

Shocks and struts help aid in controlfor a smoother ride.

. Signs of wear may includesteering wheel vibration, bounce/sway while braking, longerstopping distance, or uneventire wear.

. As part of the multi-pointinspection, trained dealertechnicians can visually inspectthe shocks and struts for signs

of leaking, blown seals,or damage, and can advisewhen service is needed.

Tires

Tires need to be properly inflated,rotated, and balanced. Maintainingthe tires can save money and fuel,and can reduce the risk of tirefailure.

. Signs that the tires need to bereplaced include three or morevisible treadwear indicators; cordor fabric showing through therubber; cracks or cuts in thetread or sidewall; or a bulge orsplit in the tire.

. Trained dealer technicians caninspect and recommend the righttires. Your dealer can alsoprovide tire/wheel balancingservices to ensure smoothvehicle operation at all speeds.Your dealer sells and servicesname brand tires.

Vehicle Care

To help keep the vehicle looking likenew, vehicle care products areavailable from your dealer. Forinformation on how to clean andprotect the vehicle’s interior andexterior, see Interior Care 0 322 andExterior Care 0 317.

Wheel Alignment

Wheel alignment is critical forensuring that the tires deliveroptimal wear and performance.

. Signs that the alignment mayneed to be adjusted includepulling, improper vehiclehandling, or unusual tire wear.

. Your dealer has the requiredequipment to ensure properwheel alignment.

Windshield

For safety, appearance, and thebest viewing, keep the windshieldclean and clear.

. Signs of damage includescratches, cracks, and chips.


336 Service and Maintenance. Trained dealer technicians can

inspect the windshield andrecommend proper replacementif needed.

Wiper Blades

Wiper blades need to be cleanedand kept in good condition toprovide a clear view.

. Signs of wear include streaking,skipping across the windshield,and worn or split rubber.

. Trained dealer technicians cancheck the wiper blades andreplace them when needed.



Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants

Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Automatic Transmission DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.

Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant.See Cooling System 0 260.

Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE viscositygrade. ACDelco dexos1 full synthetic is recommended. See Engine Oil0 252.

Hood Latch Assembly, SecondaryLatch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and

Release Pawl

Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, inCanada 89021674) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2,Category LB or GC-LB.

Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19353126, inCanada 19353127).

Key Lock Cylinders, Hood and DoorHinges

Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, inCanada 10953474).

Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) orequivalent.

Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protectionrequirements.



Maintenance Replacement PartsReplacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.

Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 23321606 A3212C

Engine Oil Filter 19330000 PF63E

Passenger Compartment Air Filter 13508023 CF185

Spark Plugs 12622561 41-109

Wiper Blades

Front Driver – 60.0 cm (23.6 in) 84580856 —

Front Passenger – 50.0 cm (19.7 in) 84580859 —

Rear – 25.0 cm (9.8 in) 84166522 —



Maintenance RecordsAfter the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and thetype of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.

DateOdometerReading

Serviced By Services Performed


340 Technical Data

Technical Data

Vehicle IdentificationVehicle Identification

Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340Service Parts Identification . . . 340

Vehicle DataCapacities and

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 342

Vehicle Identification

Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

This legal identifier is in the frontcorner of the instrument panel, onthe driver side of the vehicle. It canbe seen through the windshieldfrom outside. The VehicleIdentification Number (VIN) alsoappears on the Vehicle Certificationand Service Parts labels andcertificates of title and registration.

Engine Identification

The eighth character in the VIN isthe engine code. This codeidentifies the vehicle's engine,specifications, and replacement

parts. See “Engine Specifications”under Capacities and Specifications0 341 for the vehicle's engine code.

Service PartsIdentificationThere may be a large barcode onthe certification label on the centerpillar that you can scan for thefollowing information:

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

. Model designation

. Paint information

. Production options

If there is not a large barcode onthis label, then you will find thissame information on a label underthe hatch area on thepassenger side.


Technical Data 341

Vehicle DataCapacities and SpecificationsThe following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 337 for more information.

Application

Capacities

Metric English

Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type andcharge amount, see the refrigerant label under the

hood. See your dealer for more information.

Engine Cooling System*

3.6L V6 Engine Without the V92 towing package 14.6 L 15.4 qt

3.6L V6 Engine With the V92 towing package 14.7 L 15.5 qt

Engine Oil with Filter 5.7 L 6.0 qt

Fuel Tank

Front-Wheel Drive 73.4 L 19.4 gal

All-Wheel Drive 82.1 L 21.7 gal

Wheel Nut Torque 190Y 140 lb ft

All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in thismanual. Recheck fluid level after filling.

*Engine cooling system capacity values are based on the entire cooling system and its components.


342 Technical Data

Engine Specifications

Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap

3.6L V6 Engine (LFY) W Automatic 0.95–1.10 mm (0.030–0.035 in)

Spark plug gaps are preset by the manufacturer. Re-gapping the spark plug is not recommended and can damagethe spark plug.

Engine Drive Belt Routing

3.6L V6 Engine


Customer Information 343

CustomerInformation

Customer InformationCustomer Satisfaction

Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343Customer Assistance

Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345Customer Assistance for Text

Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 346Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . 346GM Mobility Reimbursement

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347Roadside Assistance

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347Scheduling Service

Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349Courtesy Transportation

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 350Publication Ordering

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352Radio Frequency

Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353

Reporting Safety DefectsReporting Safety Defects to

the United StatesGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353

Reporting Safety Defects tothe CanadianGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354

Reporting Safety Defects toGeneral Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355

Cybersecurity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 355OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 357

Customer Information

Customer SatisfactionProcedureYour satisfaction and goodwill areimportant to your dealer and toChevrolet. Normally, any concernswith the sales transaction or theoperation of the vehicle will beresolved by your dealer's sales orservice departments. Sometimes,however, despite the best intentionsof all concerned, misunderstandingscan occur. If your concern has notbeen resolved to your satisfaction,the following steps should be taken:

STEP ONE : Discuss your concernwith a member of dealershipmanagement. Normally, concernscan be quickly resolved at that level.If the matter has already beenreviewed with the sales, service,or parts manager, contact the ownerof your dealership or the generalmanager.

STEP TWO : If after contacting amember of dealership management,it appears your concern cannot be


344 Customer Information

resolved by your dealership withoutfurther help, in the U.S., call theChevrolet Customer AssistanceCenter at 1-800-222-1020. InCanada, call General Motors ofCanada Customer Care Centre at1-800-263-3777 (English),or 1-800-263-7854 (French).

We encourage you to call thetoll-free number in order to give yourinquiry prompt attention. Have thefollowing information available togive the Customer Assistancerepresentative:

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN). This is availablefrom the vehicle registration ortitle, or the plate at the top left ofthe instrument panel and visiblethrough the windshield.

. Dealership name and location.

. Vehicle delivery date andpresent mileage.

When contacting Chevrolet,remember that your concern willlikely be resolved at a dealer'sfacility. That is why we suggestfollowing Step One first.

STEP THREE — U.S. Owners :Both General Motors and yourdealer are committed to makingsure you are completely satisfiedwith your new vehicle. However,if you continue to remain unsatisfiedafter following the procedureoutlined in Steps One and Two, youcan file with the Better BusinessBureau (BBB) Auto Line Program toenforce your rights.

The BBB Auto Line Program is anout-of-court program administeredby the Council of Better BusinessBureaus to settle automotivedisputes regarding vehicle repairs orthe interpretation of the New VehicleLimited Warranty. Although you maybe required to resort to this informaldispute resolution program prior tofiling a court action, use of theprogram is free of charge and yourcase will generally be heard within40 days. If you do not agree with thedecision given in your case, youmay reject it and proceed with anyother venue for relief availableto you.

You may contact the BBB Auto LineProgram using the toll-freetelephone number or write them atthe following address:

BBB Auto Line ProgramCouncil of Better Business Bureaus,Inc.3033 Wilson BoulevardSuite 600Arlington, VA 22201

Telephone: 1-800-955-5100http://www.bbb.org/council/programs-services/dispute-handling-and-resolution/bbb-auto-line

This program is available in all50 states and the District ofColumbia. Eligibility is limited byvehicle age, mileage, and otherfactors. General Motors reservesthe right to change eligibilitylimitations and/or discontinue itsparticipation in this program.

STEP THREE — CanadianOwners : In the event that you donot feel your concerns have beenaddressed after following theprocedure outlined in Steps One



and Two, General Motors of CanadaCompany wants you to be aware ofits participation in a no-chargeMediation/Arbitration Program.General Motors of CanadaCompany has committed to bindingarbitration of owner disputesinvolving factory-related vehicleservice claims. The programprovides for the review of the factsinvolved by an impartial third partyarbiter, and may include an informalhearing before the arbiter. Theprogram is designed so that theentire dispute settlement process,from the time you file your complaintto the final decision, should becompleted in about 70 days. Webelieve our impartial program offersadvantages over courts in mostjurisdictions because it is informal,quick, and free of charge.

For further information concerningeligibility in the Canadian MotorVehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or callthe General Motors Customer CareCentre, 1-800-263-3777 (English),1-800-263-7854 (French),or write to:

The Mediation/Arbitration Programc/o Customer Care CentreGeneral Motors of CanadaCompanyMail Code: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

Your inquiry should be accompaniedby the Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

Customer AssistanceOfficesChevrolet encourages customers tocall the toll-free number forassistance. However, if a customerwishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet,the letter should be addressed to:

United States and Puerto Rico

Chevrolet Motor DivisionChevrolet Customer AssistanceCenterP.O. Box 33170Detroit, MI 48232-5170www.Chevrolet.com

1-800-222-10201-800-833-2438 (For TextTelephone Devices (TTYs))Roadside Assistance:1-800-243-8872

From U.S. Virgin Islands:

1-800-496-9994

Canada

General Motors of CanadaCompanyCustomer Care Centre, Mail Code:CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7www.gm.ca

1-800-263-3777 (English)1-800-263-7854 (French)1-800-263-3830 (For Text



Telephone devices (TTYs))Roadside Assistance:1-800-268-6800

Overseas

Please contact the local GeneralMotors Business Unit.

Customer Assistance forText Telephone (TTY)UsersTo assist customers who are deaf,hard of hearing, or speech-impairedand who use Text Telephones(TTYs), Chevrolet has TTYequipment available at its CustomerAssistance Center. Any TTY user inthe U.S. can communicate withChevrolet by dialing:1-800-833-2438. TTY users inCanada can dial 1-800-263-3830.

Online Owner Center

Online Owner Experience(U.S.) my.chevrolet.com

The Chevrolet online ownerexperience allows access to videos,articles, and vehicle health specificto your Chevrolet as well as yourOnStar Account information all inone place.

Membership Benefits

E : Download owner’s manualsand view vehicle-specific how-tovideos.

G : View maintenance schedules,alerts, and Vehicle DiagnosticInformation. Schedule serviceappointments.

I : View and print dealer-recordedservice records and self-recordedservice records.

D : Select a preferred dealer andview locations, maps, phonenumbers, and hours.

r : Track your vehicle’s warrantyinformation.

J : View active recalls by VehicleIdentification Number (VIN). SeeVehicle Identification Number (VIN)0 340.

H : Compare and shop forChevrolet and OnStar plans andServices. View GM Card andSiriusXM information (if equipped).

F : Chat with online helprepresentatives.

See my.chevrolet.com to registeryour vehicle.

Chevrolet Owner Centre(Canada) mychevrolet.ca

Visit the Chevrolet Owner Centre atmychevrolet.ca (English) ormy.chevrolet.ca (French) to accesssimilar benefits to the U.S. site.



GM MobilityReimbursement Program

This program is available toqualified applicants for costreimbursement, up to certain limits,of eligible aftermarket adaptiveequipment required for the vehicle,such as hand controls or awheelchair/scooter lift for thevehicle.

To learn about the GM Mobilityprogram, see www.gmmobility.comor call the GM Mobility AssistanceCenter at 1-800-323-9935. TextTelephone (TTY) users, call1-800-833-9935.

General Motors of Canada also hasa Mobility program. See www.gm.caor call 1-800-GM-DRIVE(800-463-7483) for details. TTYusers call 1-800-263-3830.

Roadside AssistanceProgramFor U.S.-purchased vehicles, call1-800-243-8872. (Text Telephone(TTY): 1-888-889-2438.)

For Canadian-purchased vehicles,call 1-800-268-6800.

Service is available 24 hours a day,365 days a year.

Calling for Assistance

When calling Roadside Assistance,have the following informationready:

. Your name, home address, andhome telephone number

. Telephone number of yourlocation

. Location of the vehicle

. Model, year, color, and licenseplate number of the vehicle

. Odometer reading, VehicleIdentification Number (VIN), anddelivery date of the vehicle

. Description of the problem

Coverage

Services are provided for theduration of the vehicle’s powertrainwarranty.

In the U.S., anyone driving thevehicle is covered. In Canada, aperson driving the vehicle withoutpermission from the owner is notcovered.

Roadside Assistance is not a part ofthe New Vehicle Limited Warranty.General Motors North America andChevrolet reserve the right to makeany changes or discontinue theRoadside Assistance program atany time without notification.

General Motors North America andChevrolet reserve the right to limitservices or payment to an owner ordriver if they decide the claims aremade too often, or the same type ofclaim is made many times.

Services Provided. Emergency Fuel Delivery:

Delivery of enough fuel for thevehicle to get to the nearestservice station.


348 Customer Information. Lock-Out Service: Service to

unlock the vehicle if you arelocked out. A remote unlock maybe available if you have OnStar.For security reasons, the drivermust present identificationbefore this service is given.

. Emergency Tow from a PublicRoad or Highway: Tow to thenearest Chevrolet dealer forwarranty service, or if the vehiclewas in a crash and cannot bedriven. Assistance is not givenwhen the vehicle is stuck in thesand, mud, or snow.

. Flat Tire Change: Service tochange a flat tire with the sparetire. The spare tire, if equipped,must be in good condition andproperly inflated. It is the owner'sresponsibility for the repair orreplacement of the tire if it is notcovered by the warranty.

. Battery Jump Start: Service tojump start a dead battery.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andAssistance: If your trip isinterrupted due to a warranty

event, incidental expenses maybe reimbursed within thePowertrain warranty period.Items considered are reasonableand customary hotel, meals,rental car, or a vehicle beingdelivered back to the customer,up to 500 miles.

Services Not Included inRoadside Assistance. Impound towing caused by

violation of any laws

. Legal fines

. Mounting, dismounting,or changing of snow tires,chains, or other traction devices

Service is not provided if a vehicleis in an area that is not accessibleto the service vehicle or is not aregularly traveled or maintainedpublic road, which includes ice andwinter roads. Off-road use is notcovered.

Services Specific toCanadian-Purchased Vehicles. Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement

is up to 7 liters. If available,diesel fuel delivery may berestricted. Propane and otherfuels are not provided throughthis service.

. Lock-Out Service: Vehicleregistration is required.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andAssistance: Must be over150 km from where your trip wasstarted to qualify.Pre-authorization, originaldetailed receipts, and a copy ofthe repair orders are required.Once authorization has beenreceived, the RoadsideAssistance advisor will help tomake arrangements and explainhow to receive payment.

. Alternative Service: Ifassistance cannot be providedright away, the RoadsideAssistance advisor may givepermission to get localemergency road service. You will



receive payment, up to $100,after sending the original receiptto Roadside Assistance.Mechanical failures may becovered, however any cost forparts and labor for repairs notcovered by the warranty are theowner responsibility.

Scheduling ServiceAppointmentsWhen the vehicle requires warrantyservice, contact your dealer andrequest an appointment. Byscheduling a service appointmentand advising the service consultantof your transportation needs, yourdealer can help minimize yourinconvenience.

If the vehicle cannot be scheduledinto the service departmentimmediately, keep driving it until itcan be scheduled for service,unless, of course, the problem issafety related. If it is, please callyour dealership, let them know this,and ask for instructions.

If your dealer requests you to bringthe vehicle for service, you areurged to do so as early in the workday as possible to allow forsame-day repair.

Courtesy TransportationProgramTo enhance your ownershipexperience, we and our participatingdealers are proud to offer CourtesyTransportation, a customer supportprogram for vehicles with theBumper-to-Bumper (Base WarrantyCoverage period in Canada),extended powertrain, and/orhybrid-specific warranties in boththe U.S. and Canada.

Several Courtesy Transportationoptions are available to assist inreducing inconvenience whenwarranty repairs are required.

Courtesy Transportation is not apart of the New Vehicle LimitedWarranty. A separate bookletentitled “Limited Warranty andOwner Assistance Information”

furnished with each new vehicleprovides detailed warranty coverageinformation.

Transportation Options

Warranty service can generally becompleted while you wait. However,if you are unable to do so, yourdealer may offer the followingtransportation options:

Shuttle Service

This includes one-way or round-tripshuttle service within reasonabletime and distance parameters ofyour dealer's area.

Public Transportation or FuelReimbursement

If overnight warranty repairs areneeded, and public transportation isused, the expense must besupported by original receipts andwithin the maximum amount allowedby GM. If U.S. customers arrangetheir own transportation, limitedreimbursement for reasonable fuelexpenses may be available. Claimamounts should reflect actual costs



and be supported by originalreceipts. See your dealer forinformation.

Courtesy Rental Vehicle

For an overnight warranty repair, thedealer may provide an availablecourtesy rental vehicle or provide forreimbursement of a rental vehicle.Reimbursement is limited and mustbe supported by original receipts aswell as a signed and completedrental agreement and meet state/provincial, local, and rental vehicleprovider requirements.Requirements vary and may includeminimum age requirements,insurance coverage, credit card, etc.Additional fees such as fuel, rentalvehicle insurance, taxes, levies,usage fees, excessive mileage,or rental usage beyond thecompletion of the repair are alsoyour responsibility.

It may not be possible to provide alike vehicle as a courtesy rental.

Additional ProgramInformation

All program options, such as shuttleservice, may not be available atevery dealer. Contact your dealerfor specific availability.

General Motors reserves the right tounilaterally modify, change,or discontinue CourtesyTransportation at any time and toresolve all questions of claimeligibility pursuant to the terms andconditions described herein at itssole discretion.

Collision Damage RepairIf the vehicle is involved in acollision and it is damaged, have thedamage repaired by a qualifiedtechnician using the properequipment and quality replacementparts. Poorly performed collisionrepairs diminish the vehicle resalevalue, and safety performance canbe compromised in subsequentcollisions.

Collision Parts

Genuine GM Collision parts are newparts made with the same materialsand construction methods as theparts with which the vehicle wasoriginally built. Genuine GMCollision parts are the best choice toensure that the vehicle's designedappearance, durability, and safetyare preserved. The use of GenuineGM parts can help maintain the GMNew Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Recycled original equipment partsmay also be used for repair. Theseparts are typically removed fromvehicles that were total losses inprior crashes. In most cases, theparts being recycled are fromundamaged sections of the vehicle.A recycled original equipment GMpart may be an acceptable choice tomaintain the vehicle's originallydesigned appearance and safetyperformance; however, the history ofthese parts is not known. Such partsare not covered by the GM NewVehicle Limited Warranty, and anyrelated failures are not covered bythat warranty.



Aftermarket collision parts are alsoavailable. These are made bycompanies other than GM and maynot have been tested for the vehicle.As a result, these parts may fitpoorly, exhibit premature durability/corrosion problems, and may notperform properly in subsequentcollisions. Aftermarket parts are notcovered by the GM New VehicleLimited Warranty, and any vehiclefailure related to such parts is notcovered by that warranty.

Repair Facility

GM also recommends that youchoose a collision repair facility thatmeets your needs before you everneed collision repairs. Your dealermay have a collision repair centerwith GM-trained technicians andstate-of-the-art equipment, or beable to recommend a collision repaircenter that has GM-trainedtechnicians and comparableequipment.

Insuring the Vehicle

Protect your investment in the GMvehicle with comprehensive andcollision insurance coverage. Thereare significant differences in thequality of coverage afforded byvarious insurance policy terms.Many insurance policies providereduced protection to the GMvehicle by limiting compensation fordamage repairs through the use ofaftermarket collision parts. Someinsurance companies will notspecify aftermarket collision parts.When purchasing insurance, werecommend that you ensure that thevehicle will be repaired with GMoriginal equipment collision parts.If such insurance coverage is notavailable from your currentinsurance carrier, consider switchingto another insurance carrier.

If the vehicle is leased, the leasingcompany may require you to haveinsurance that ensures repairs withGenuine GM Original EquipmentManufacturer (OEM) parts orGenuine Manufacturer replacement

parts. Read the lease carefully, asyou may be charged at the end ofthe lease for poor quality repairs.

If a Crash Occurs

If there has been an injury, callemergency services for help. Do notleave the scene of a crash until allmatters have been taken care of.Move the vehicle only if its positionputs you in danger, or you areinstructed to move it by a policeofficer.

Give only the necessary informationto police and other parties involvedin the crash.

For emergency towing seeRoadside Assistance Program0 347.

Gather the following information:

. Driver name, address, andtelephone number

. Driver license number

. Owner name, address, andtelephone number

. Vehicle license plate number


352 Customer Information. Vehicle make, model, and

model year

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

. Insurance company and policynumber

. General description of thedamage to the other vehicle

Choose a reputable repair facilitythat uses quality replacement parts.See “Collision Parts” earlier in thissection.

If the airbag has inflated, see WhatWill You See after an AirbagInflates? 0 69.

Managing the Vehicle DamageRepair Process

In the event that the vehicle requiresdamage repairs, GM recommendsthat you take an active role in itsrepair. If you have a pre-determinedrepair facility of choice, take thevehicle there, or have it towed there.Specify to the facility that anyrequired replacement collision partsbe original equipment parts, eithernew Genuine GM parts or recycled

original GM parts. Remember,recycled parts will not be covered bythe GM vehicle warranty.

Insurance pays the bill for the repair,but you must live with the repair.Depending on your policy limits,your insurance company mayinitially value the repair usingaftermarket parts. Discuss this withthe repair professional, and insist onGenuine GM parts. Remember,if the vehicle is leased, you may beobligated to have the vehiclerepaired with Genuine GM parts,even if your insurance coveragedoes not pay the full cost.

If another party's insurancecompany is paying for the repairs,you are not obligated to accept arepair valuation based on thatinsurance company's collision policyrepair limits, as you have nocontractual limits with that company.In such cases, you can have controlof the repair and parts choices aslong as the cost stays withinreasonable limits.

Publication OrderingInformation

Service Manuals

Service manuals have the diagnosisand repair information on theengine, transmission, axle,suspension, brakes, electricalsystem, steering system, body, etc.

Customer Literature

Owner’s manuals are writtenspecifically for owners and areintended to provide basicoperational information about thevehicle. The owner’s manualincludes the Maintenance Schedulefor all models.

Customer literature publicationsavailable for purchase includeowner’s manuals, warrantymanuals, infotainment manuals, andportfolios. Portfolios include anowner’s manual, warranty manual,infotainment manual, if applicable,and zip lock bag or pouch.



Current and Past Models

Service manuals and customerliterature are available for manycurrent and past model year GMvehicles.

To order, call 1-800-551-4123Monday–Friday, 8:00 a.m.–6:00 p.m.eastern time

For credit card orders only (VISA,MasterCard, or Discover), seeHelm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com.

To order by mail, write to:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170

Make checks payable in U.S. funds.

Radio FrequencyStatementThis vehicle has systems thatoperate on a radio frequency thatcomplies with Part 15/Part 18 of theFederal CommunicationsCommission (FCC) rules and with

Innovation, Science and EconomicDevelopment (ISED) Canada'sRSP-100 / ICES-GEN.

Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:

1. The device may not causeharmful interference.

2. The device must accept anyinterference received, includinginterference that may causeundesired operation of thedevice.

Changes or modifications to any ofthese systems by other than anauthorized service facility could voidauthorization to use this equipment.

Reporting SafetyDefects

Reporting Safety Defectsto the United StatesGovernmentIf you believe that your vehiclehas a defect which could causea crash or could cause injury ordeath, you should immediatelyinform the National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA) in addition to notifyingGeneral Motors.

If NHTSA receives similarcomplaints, it may open aninvestigation, and if it finds thata safety defect exists in a groupof vehicles, it may order a recalland remedy campaign.However, NHTSA cannotbecome involved in individualproblems between you, yourdealer, or General Motors.



To contact NHTSA, you may callthe Vehicle Safety Hotlinetoll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to:

Administrator, NHTSA1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.Washington, D.C. 20590

You can also obtain otherinformation about motor vehiclesafety from http://www.safercar.gov.

Reporting Safety Defectsto the CanadianGovernmentIf you live in Canada, and youbelieve that the vehicle has asafety defect, notify TransportCanada immediately, and notifyGeneral Motors of CanadaCompany. Call TransportCanada at 1-800-333-0510;go to:

www.tc.gc.ca/recalls (English)

www.tc.gc.ca/rappels (French)

or write to:

Transport CanadaMotor Vehicle Safety DirectorateDefect Investigations andRecalls Division80 Noel StreetGatineau, QC J8Z 0A1

Reporting Safety Defectsto General MotorsIn addition to notifying NHTSA (orTransport Canada) in a situation likethis, notify General Motors.

In the U.S., call 1-800-222-1020,or write:

Chevrolet Motor DivisionChevrolet Customer AssistanceCenterP.O. Box 33170Detroit, MI 48232-5170

In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777(English) or 1-800-263-7854(French), or write:

General Motors of CanadaCompanyCustomer Care Centre, Mail Code:CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

In Mexico, call 01-800-466-0811 or01-800-508-0000.

In other Central America andCaribbean Countries, call52-722-236-0680.



Vehicle DataRecording andPrivacyThe vehicle has a number ofcomputers that record informationabout the vehicle’s performance andhow it is driven or used. Forexample, the vehicle uses computermodules to monitor and controlengine and transmissionperformance, to monitor theconditions for airbag deploymentand deploy them in a crash, and,if equipped, to provide antilockbraking to help the driver control thevehicle. These modules may storedata to help the dealer technicianservice the vehicle or to help GMimprove safety or features. Somemodules may also store data abouthow the vehicle is operated, such asrate of fuel consumption or averagespeed. These modules may retainpersonal preferences, such as radiopresets, seat positions, andtemperature settings.

CybersecurityGM collects information about theuse of your vehicle includingoperational and safety relatedinformation. We collect thisinformation to provide, evaluate,improve, and troubleshoot ourproducts and services and todevelop new products and services.The protection of vehicle electronicssystems and customer data fromunauthorized outside electronicaccess or control is important toGM. GM maintains appropriatesecurity standards, practices,guidelines and controls aimed atdefending the vehicle and thevehicle service ecosystem againstunauthorized electronic access,detecting possible malicious activityin related networks, and respondingto suspected cybersecurity incidentsin a timely, coordinated and effectivemanner. Security incidents couldimpact your safety or compromiseyour private data. To minimizesecurity risks, please do not connectyour vehicle electronic systems tounauthorized devices or connect

your vehicle to any unknown oruntrusted networks (such asBluetooth, WIFI or similartechnology). In the event yoususpect any security incidentimpacting your data or the safeoperation of your vehicle, pleasestop operating your vehicle andcontact your dealer.

Event Data RecordersThis vehicle is equipped with anevent data recorder (EDR). Themain purpose of an EDR is torecord, in certain crash or nearcrash-like situations, such as an airbag deployment or hitting a roadobstacle, data that will assist inunderstanding how a vehicle’ssystems performed. The EDR isdesigned to record data related tovehicle dynamics and safetysystems for a short period of time,typically 30 seconds or less. TheEDR in this vehicle is designed torecord such data as:

. How various systems in yourvehicle were operating;


356 Customer Information. Whether or not the driver and

passenger safety belts werebuckled/fastened;

. How far (if at all) the driver wasdepressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,

. How fast the vehicle wastraveling.

These data can help provide abetter understanding of thecircumstances in which crashes andinjuries occur.

NoteEDR data are recorded by yourvehicle only if a non-trivial crashsituation occurs; no data arerecorded by the EDR under normaldriving conditions and no personaldata (e.g., name, gender, age, andcrash location) are recorded.However, other parties, such as lawenforcement, could combine theEDR data with the type ofpersonally identifying data routinelyacquired during a crashinvestigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR,special equipment is required, andaccess to the vehicle or the EDR isneeded. In addition to the vehiclemanufacturer, other parties, such aslaw enforcement, that have thespecial equipment, can read theinformation if they have access tothe vehicle or the EDR.

GM will not access these data orshare it with others except: with theconsent of the vehicle owner or,if the vehicle is leased, with theconsent of the lessee; in responseto an official request by police orsimilar government office; as part ofGM's defense of litigation throughthe discovery process; or, asrequired by law. Data that GMcollects or receives may also beused for GM research needs or maybe made available to others forresearch purposes, where a need isshown and the data is not tied to aspecific vehicle or vehicle owner.

OnStarIf the vehicle is equipped withOnStar and has an active serviceplan, additional data may becollected and transmitted throughthe OnStar system. This includesinformation about the vehicle’soperation; collisions involving thevehicle; the use of the vehicle andits features, including infotainment;and the location and approximateGPS speed of the vehicle. Refer tothe OnStar Terms and Conditionsand Privacy Statement on theOnStar website.

See OnStar Additional Information0 360.



Infotainment SystemIf the vehicle is equipped with anavigation system as part of theinfotainment system, use of thesystem may result in the storage ofdestinations, addresses, telephonenumbers, and other trip information.See the infotainment manual forinformation on stored data and fordeletion instructions.


358 OnStar

OnStar

OnStar OverviewOnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358

OnStar ServicesEmergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360

OnStar Additional InformationOnStar Additional

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360

OnStar Overview

= Voice Command Button

Q Blue OnStar Button

> Red Emergency Button

This vehicle may be equipped with acomprehensive, in-vehicle systemthat can connect to an OnStarAdvisor for Emergency, Security,Navigation, Connections, andDiagnostics Services. OnStarservices may require a paid serviceplan and data plan. OnStar requiresthe vehicle battery and electricalsystem, cellular service, and GPSsatellite signals to be available andoperating. OnStar acts as a link toexisting emergency serviceproviders. OnStar may collectinformation about you and yourvehicle, including locationinformation. See OnStar User

Terms, Privacy Statement, andSoftware Terms for more detailsincluding system limitations atwww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

The OnStar system status light isnext to the OnStar buttons. If thestatus light is:

. Solid Green: System is ready.

. Flashing Green: On a call.

. Red: Indicates a problem.

. Off: System is off. Press Qtwice to speak with an OnStarAdvisor.

PressQ or call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) to speak to anAdvisor.

Functionality of the Voice Commandbutton may vary by vehicle andregion.


OnStar 359

Press= to:

. Open the OnStar app on theinfotainment display. See theinfotainment manual forinformation on how to use theOnStar app.

Or

. Give OnStar Turn-by-TurnNavigation voice commands.

. Obtain and customize the Wi-Fihotspot name or SSID andpassword, if equipped.

PressQ to connect to anAdvisor to:

. Verify account information orupdate contact information.

. Get driving directions.

. Receive a Diagnostic check ofthe vehicle's key operatingsystems.

. Receive Roadside Assistance.

. Manage Wi-Fi Settings,if equipped.

Press> to get a priority connectionto an OnStar Advisor available 24/7 to:

. Get help for an emergency.

. Be a Good Samaritan orrespond to an AMBER Alert.

. Get assistance in severeweather or other crisis situationsand find evacuation routes.

OnStar Services

EmergencyEmergency Services require anactive safety and security plan. WithAutomatic Crash Response, built-insensors can automatically alert aspecially trained OnStar Advisorwho is immediately connected in tothe vehicle to help.

Press> for a priority connection toan OnStar Advisor who can contactemergency service providers, directthem to your exact location, andrelay important information.

With OnStar Crisis Assist, speciallytrained Advisors are available24 hours a day, 7 days a week, toprovide a central point of contact,assistance, and information during acrisis.

With Roadside Assistance, Advisorscan locate a nearby service providerto help with a flat tire, a batteryjump, or an empty gas tank.


360 OnStar

SecurityIf equipped, OnStar provides theseservices:

. With Stolen Vehicle Assistance,OnStar Advisors can use GPS topinpoint the vehicle and helpauthorities quickly recover it.

. With Remote Ignition Block,if equipped, OnStar can blockthe engine from being restarted.

. With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown,if equipped, OnStar can workwith law enforcement togradually slow the vehicle down.

Theft Alarm Notification

If equipped, if the doors are lockedand the vehicle alarm sounds, anotification by text, e-mail, or phonecall will be sent. If the vehicle isstolen, an OnStar Advisor can workwith authorities to recover thevehicle.

OnStar AdditionalInformationIn-Vehicle Audio Messages

Audio messages may play importantinformation at the following times:

. Prior to vehicle purchase.PressQ to set up an account.

. After change in ownership andat 90 days.

Transferring Service

PressQ to request account transfereligibility information. The Advisorcan cancel or change accountinformation.

Selling/Transferring theVehicle

Call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) immediately toterminate your OnStar or connectedservices if the vehicle is disposedof, sold, transferred, or if thelease ends.

Reactivation for SubsequentOwners

PressQ and follow the prompts tospeak to an Advisor as soon aspossible. The Advisor will updatevehicle records and explain OnStaror connected service options.

How OnStar Service Works

Automatic Crash Response,Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,Stolen Vehicle Assistance, RemoteServices, and Roadside Assistanceare available on most vehicles. Notall OnStar services are availableeverywhere or on all vehicles. Formore information, a full descriptionof OnStar services, systemlimitations, and OnStar User Terms,Privacy Statement, and SoftwareTerms:

. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827).

. See www.onstar.com (U.S.).

. See www.onstar.ca (Canada).

. Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.


OnStar 361

. PressQ to speak with anAdvisor.

OnStar or connected servicescannot work unless the vehicle is ina place where OnStar has anagreement with a wireless serviceprovider for service in that area. Thewireless service provider must alsohave coverage, network capacity,reception, and technologycompatible with OnStar orconnected services. Serviceinvolving location information aboutthe vehicle cannot work unless GPSsignals are available, unobstructed,and compatible with the OnStarhardware. OnStar or connectedservices may not work if the OnStarequipment is not properly installedor it has not been properlymaintained. If equipment or softwareis added, connected, or modified,OnStar or connected services maynot work. Other problems beyondthe control of OnStar — such ashills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather,electrical system design andarchitecture of the vehicle, damage

to the vehicle in a crash, or wirelessphone network congestion orjamming — may prevent service.


Services for People withDisabilities

Advisors provide services to helpwith physical disabilities andmedical conditions.

PressQ to help:

. Locate a gas station with anattendant to pump gas.

. Find a hotel, restaurant, etc.,that meets accessibility needs.

. Provide directions to the closesthospital or pharmacy in urgentsituations.

TTY Users

OnStar has the ability tocommunicate to deaf,hard-of-hearing, or speech-impairedcustomers while in the vehicle. Theavailable dealer-installed TTYsystem can provide in-vehicle

access to all OnStar services,except Virtual Advisor and OnStarTurn-by-Turn Navigation.

If equipped, TTY mode can beturned on or off by touchingSettings, then Apps, and thenPhone. When TTY mode is on,phone calls can be made orreceived with OnStar using theinfotainment display.

OnStar Personal IdentificationNumber (PIN)

A PIN is needed to access someOnStar services. The PIN will needto be changed the first time whenspeaking with an Advisor. Tochange the OnStar PIN, contact anOnStar Advisor by pressingQ orcalling 1-888-4ONSTAR.

Warranty

OnStar equipment may bewarranted as part of the vehiclewarranty.


362 OnStar

Languages

The vehicle can be programmed torespond in multiple languages.PressQ and ask for an Advisor.Advisors are available in English,Spanish, and French. Availablelanguages may vary by country.

Potential Issues

OnStar cannot perform RemoteDoor Unlock or Stolen VehicleAssistance after the vehicle hasbeen off continuously for 10 dayswithout an ignition cycle. If thevehicle has not been started for10 days, OnStar can contactRoadside Assistance or a locksmithto help gain access to the vehicle.

Global PositioningSystem (GPS). Obstruction of the GPS can

occur in a large city with tallbuildings; in parking garages;around airports; in tunnels andunderpasses; or in an area withvery dense trees. If GPS signalsare not available, the OnStarsystem should still operate to

call OnStar. However, OnStarcould have difficulty identifyingthe exact location.

. In emergency situations, OnStarcan use the last stored GPSlocation to send to emergencyresponders.

A temporary loss of GPS can causeloss of the ability to send aTurn-by-Turn Navigation route. TheAdvisor may give a verbal route ormay ask for a call back after thevehicle is driven into an open area.

Cellular and GPS Antennas

Cellular reception is required forOnStar to send remote signals tothe vehicle. Do not place items overor near the antenna to preventblocking cellular and GPS signalreception.

Unable to Connect to OnStarMessage

If there is limited cellular coverageor the cellular network has reachedmaximum capacity, this message

may come on. PressQ to try thecall again or try again after driving afew miles into another cellular area.

Vehicle and Power Issues

OnStar services require a vehicleelectrical system, wireless service,and GPS satellite technologies to beavailable and operating for featuresto function properly. These systemsmay not operate if the battery isdischarged or disconnected.

Add-on Electrical Equipment

The OnStar system is integratedinto the electrical architecture of thevehicle. Do not add any electricalequipment. See Add-On ElectricalEquipment 0 245. Added electricalequipment may interfere with theoperation of the OnStar system andcause it to not operate.

Vehicle Software Updates

OnStar or GM may remotely deliversoftware updates or changes to thevehicle without further notice orconsent. These updates or changesmay enhance or maintain safety,


OnStar 363

security, or the operation of thevehicle or the vehicle systems.Software updates or changes mayaffect or erase data or settings thatare stored in the vehicle, such assaved navigation destinations orpre-set radio stations. NeitherOnStar nor GM is responsible forany affected or erased data orsettings. These updates or changesmay also collect personalinformation. Such collection isdescribed in the OnStar privacystatement or separately disclosed atthe time of installation. Theseupdates or changes may also causea system to automaticallycommunicate with GM servers tocollect information about vehiclesystem status, identify whetherupdates or changes are available,or deliver updates or changes. Anactive OnStar agreement constitutesconsent to these software updatesor changes and agreement thateither OnStar or GM may remotelydeliver them to the vehicle.

Privacy

The complete OnStar PrivacyStatement may be found atwww.onstar.com (U.S.),or www.onstar.ca (Canada). Werecommend that you review it. If youhave any questions, call1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)or pressQ to speak with anAdvisor. Users of wirelesscommunications are cautioned thatthe privacy of any information sentvia wireless cellular communicationscannot be assured. Third partiesmay unlawfully intercept or accesstransmissions and privatecommunications without consent.

OnStar - SoftwareAcknowledgements

Certain OnStar components includelibcurl and unzip software and otherthird party software. Below are thenotices and licenses associated withlibcurl and unzip and for other thirdparty software please see http://opensource.lge.com/index

www.onstar.com/us/en/

libcurl:

COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSIONNOTICE

Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, DanielStenberg, <[email protected]>.

All rights reserved.

Permission to use, copy, modify,and distribute this software for anypurpose with or without fee ishereby granted, provided that theabove copyright notice and thispermission notice appear in allcopies.

THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED“AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OFANY KIND, EXPRESS ORIMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOTLIMITED TO THE WARRANTIESOF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESSFOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSEAND NONINFRINGEMENT OFTHIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NOEVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS ORCOPYRIGHT HOLDERS BELIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,WHETHER IN AN ACTION OFCONTRACT, TORT OR


364 OnStar

OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTIONWITH THE SOFTWARE OR THEUSE OR OTHER DEALINGS INTHE SOFTWARE.

Except as contained in this notice,the name of a copyright holder shallnot be used in advertising orotherwise to promote the sale, useor other dealings in this Softwarewithout prior written authorization ofthe copyright holder.

unzip:

This is version 2005-Feb-10 of theInfo-ZIP copyright and license. Thedefinitive version of this documentshould be available at ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/license.html indefinitely.

Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. Allrights reserved.

For the purposes of this copyrightand license, “Info-ZIP” is defined asthe following set of individuals:

Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed

Gordon, Ian Gorman, ChrisHerborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden,Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller,Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, KaiUwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta,Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren,Rich Wales, Mike White.

This software is provided “as is,”without warranty of any kind,express or implied. In no event shallInfo-ZIP or its contributors be heldliable for any direct, indirect,incidental, special or consequentialdamages arising out of the use of orinability to use this software.

Permission is granted to anyone touse this software for any purpose,including commercial applications,and to alter it and redistribute itfreely, subject to the followingrestrictions:

1. Redistributions of source codemust retain the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer,and this list of conditions.

2. Redistributions in binary form(compiled executables) mustreproduce the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer,and this list of conditions indocumentation and/or othermaterials provided with thedistribution. The sole exceptionto this condition is redistributionof a standard UnZipSFX binary(including SFXWiz) as part of aself-extracting archive; that ispermitted without inclusion ofthis license, as long as thenormal SFX banner has notbeen removed from the binaryor disabled.

3. Altered versions–including, butnot limited to, ports to newoperating systems, existingports with new graphicalinterfaces, and dynamic,shared, or static libraryversions–must be plainlymarked as such and must not


OnStar 365

be misrepresented as beingthe original source. Suchaltered versions also must notbe misrepresented as beingInfo-ZIP releases–including,but not limited to, labeling ofthe altered versions with thenames “Info-ZIP” (or anyvariation thereof, including, butnot limited to, differentcapitalizations), “PocketUnZip,” “WiZ” or “MacZip”without the explicit permissionof Info-ZIP. Such alteredversions are further prohibitedfrom misrepresentative use ofthe Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mailaddresses or of theInfo-ZIP URL(s).

4. Info-ZIP retains the right to usethe names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”and “MacZip” for its ownsource and binary releases.


366 Connected Services

ConnectedServices

Connected ServicesNavigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368

Connected Services

NavigationNavigation requires a specificOnStar or connected service plan.

PressQ to receive Turn-by-Turndirections or have them sent to thevehicle’s navigation screen,if equipped.

Turn-by-Turn Navigation

1. PressQ to connect to anAdvisor.

2. Request directions to bedownloaded to the vehicle.

3. Follow the voice-guidedcommands.

Using Voice CommandsDuring a Planned Route

Functionality of the Voice Commandbutton, if equipped, may vary byvehicle and region. For somevehicles, press= to open the

OnStar app on the infotainmentdisplay. For other vehicles press=as follows.

Cancel Route

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

2. Say “Cancel route.” Systemresponds: “Do you want tocancel directions?”

3. Say “Yes.” System responds:“OK, request completed, thankyou, goodbye.”

Route Preview


2. Say “Route preview.” Systemresponds with the next threemaneuvers.

Repeat



Connected Services 367

2. Say “Repeat.” Systemresponds with the last directiongiven, then responds with“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

Get My Destination


2. Say “Get my destination.”System responds with theaddress and distance to thedestination, then responds with“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

Send Destination to Vehicle

Directions can be sent to thevehicle’s navigation screen,if equipped.

PressQ, then ask the Advisor todownload directions to the vehicle’snavigation system, if equipped. Afterthe call ends, the navigation screenwill provide prompts to begin drivingdirections. Routes that are sent tothe navigation screen can only becanceled through the navigationsystem.

See www.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

ConnectionsThe following services help withstaying connected.

For coverage maps, seewww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

Ensuring Security

. Change the default passwordsfor the Wi-Fi hotspot andmyChevrolet mobile application.Make these passwords differentfrom each other and use acombination of letters, numbers,and symbols to increase thesecurity.

. Change the default name of theSSID (Service Set Identifier).This is your network’s name thatis visible to other wirelessdevices. Choose a unique nameand avoid family names orvehicle descriptions.

Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped)

The vehicle may have a built-inWi-Fi hotspot that provides accessto the Internet and web content at4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobiledevices can be connected. A dataplan is required. Use the in-vehiclecontrols only when it is safe todo so.

1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspotinformation, press= to openthe OnStar app on theinfotainment display, thenselect Wi-Fi Hotspot. On somevehicles, touch Wi-Fi or Wi-FiSettings on the screen.

2. The Wi-Fi settings will displaythe Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID),password, and on somevehicles, the connection type(no Internet connection, 3G,4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality(poor, good, excellent).

3. To change the SSID orpassword, pressQ or call1-888-4ONSTAR to connectwith an Advisor. On some


368 Connected Services

vehicles, the SSID andpassword can be changed inthe Wi-Fi Hotspot menu.

After initial set-up, your vehicle’sWi-Fi hotspot will connectautomatically to your mobiledevices. Manage data usage byturning Wi-Fi on or off on yourmobile device, using themyChevrolet mobile app, or bycontacting an OnStar Advisor.On some vehicles, Wi-Fi can alsobe managed from the Wi-FiHotspot menu.

MyChevrolet Mobile App (IfAvailable)

Download the myChevrolet mobileapp to compatible Apple andAndroid smartphones. Chevroletusers can access the followingservices from a smartphone:

. Remotely start/stop the vehicle,if factory-equipped.

. Lock/unlock doors, if equippedwith automatic locks.

. Activate the horn and lamps.

. Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oillife, or tire pressure,if factory-equipped with the TirePressure Monitor System.

. Send destinations to the vehicle.

. Locate the vehicle on a map(U.S. market only).

. Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspoton/off, manage settings, andmonitor data consumption,if equipped.

. Locate a dealer and scheduleservice.

. Request roadside assistance.

. Set a parking reminder with pindrop, take a photo, make a note,and set a timer.

. Connect with Chevrolet on socialmedia.

Features are subject to change. FormyChevrolet mobile app informationand compatibility, seemy.chevrolet.com.

An active OnStar or connectedservice plan may be required.A compatible device,

factory-installed remote start, andpower locks are required. Data ratesapply. See www.onstar.com fordetails and system limitations.

Remote Services

Contact an OnStar Advisor tounlock the doors or sound the hornand flash the lamps.

Marketplace

OnStar Advisors can provide offersfrom restaurants and retailers onyour route, help locate hotels,or book a room. These servicesvary by market.

DiagnosticsBy monitoring and reporting on thevehicle's key systems, OnStarAdvanced Diagnostics, if equipped,provides a way to keep up onmaintenance. Capabilities vary bymodel. See www.onstar.com fordetails and system limitations.Features are subject to change. Forupdates on feature capabilities, seemy.chevrolet.com. Message anddata rates may apply.


Index 369

Index AAccessories and

Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . . . 204Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 245Additional Information

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360Additional Maintenance

and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334Adjustments

Lumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . .42Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 256Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . .156, 160Air Filter

Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256Air Filter, Passenger

Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Airbag System

Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76How Does an Airbag

Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68Passenger Sensing System . . . .70What Makes an Airbag

Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68What Will You See after an

Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69

Airbag System (cont'd)When Should an Airbag

Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . .66

AirbagsAdding Equipment to the

Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75Passenger Status Indicator . . . 122Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Servicing Airbag-Equipped

Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64

AlarmVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28

AlertLane Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . . 224

All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . .193, 266Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 194

Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Appearance Care

Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322

Assistance Program,Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347

Assistance Systems forDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218


370 Index

Assistance Systems forParking and Backing . . . . . . . . . . 214

Auto StopStop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

AutomaticDimming Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19Emergency Braking (AEB) . . . . 220Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . 255

Automatic TransmissionManual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192Shift Lock Control Function

Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266

BBattery

Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . 153Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Battery - North America . . . . 265, 311Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 267Brake

Parking, Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195System Warning Light . . . . . . . . 126

Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

Brakes (cont'd)Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167Automatic

Emergency (AEB) . . . . . . . . . . . 220Braking System

Front Pedestrian (FPB) . . . . . . . 222Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 181Bulb Replacement

Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270Headlamps, Front Turn

Signal, and Sidemarker . . . . . 270High Intensity Discharge

(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . 271

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

CCalibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

CaliforniaPerchlorate Materials

Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248California

Proposition65 Warning . . . . . . . . . .247, 265, 311,

Back CoverCanadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . 2Capacities and

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341Carbon Monoxide

Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

CargoManagement System . . . . . . . . . 100

Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 2Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 100Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302Charging

Wireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 123Check

Engine Light (MalfunctionIndicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Child RestraintsInfants and Young Children . . . . .78


Index 371

Child Restraints (cont'd)Lower Anchors and Tethers

for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93, 95Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80

Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273Cleaning

Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322

Climate Control SystemsDual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . 114, 117Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . 350Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 310Compartments

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Connected Services

Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366

ConnectionsConnected Services . . . . . . . . . . 367

ControlTraction and Electronic

Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Coolant

Engine Temperature Gauge . . 121Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156, 160Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Courtesy Transportation

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Cruise Control, Adaptive . . . . . . . . 204Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 346

Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345Text Telephone (TTY)

Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346Customer Information

Publications OrderingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352

Customer SatisfactionProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343

Cybersecurity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355

DDamage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . 350Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 2Data Collection

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 357OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356

Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 355Daytime Running

Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Diagnostics

Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . 368Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Door

Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19

Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . 342Drive Systems

All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . 193, 266Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . 212Driver Information

Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 199


372 Index

DrivingAssistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 218Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . . . 165Characteristics and

Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 174If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 176Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 168Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 177Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

Dual Automatic ClimateControl System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

EElectric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . 195Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . 126Electrical Equipment,

Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245Electrical System

Engine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273

Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 273

Electrical System (cont'd)Instrument Panel Fuse

Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272Rear Compartment Fuse

Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279Emergency

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359Engine

Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256Check Light (Malfunction

Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 251Coolant Temperature

Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . 342Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 189Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

Engine Air Filter Life System . . . . 256Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 355Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188Extender, Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 146Exterior Lighting Battery

Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

FFilter,

Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 256Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 150Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302

Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325Fluid

Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 255Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Forward Collision Alert

(FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218Frequency Statement

Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353Front Fog Lamp

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131


Index 373

Front Pedestrian Braking(FPB) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

Front SeatsAdjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41Heated and Ventilated . . . . . . . . . .47

FuelAdditives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229Economy, Driving for Better . . . 165Filling a Portable Fuel

Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . 229Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Low Fuel Warning

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130, 131Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229Recommended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229Top Tier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228

FusesEngine Compartment Fuse

Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 273Instrument Panel Fuse

Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277Rear Compartment Fuse

Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279

GGarage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268Gauges

Engine CoolantTemperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119Warning Lights and

Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113General Information

Service and Maintenance . . . . . 326Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247

Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99GM Mobility Reimbursement

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347

HHazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 150Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Headlamps

Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

Headlamps (cont'd)Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 270Daytime Running

Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148High Intensity Discharge

(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 131High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 148Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 132

HeatedRear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Heater

Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156, 160High Voltage Devices and

Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 131High-Speed Operation . . . . . . . . . . 290Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 174Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . 196Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106


374 Index

How to Wear Seat BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156, 160

IIgnition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29Indicator

Pedestrian Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Infants and Young Children,Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

InformationPublication Ordering . . . . . . . . . . 352

Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . 357Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . 114, 117Instrument Panel

Storage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . . . 5Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 31Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

JJump Starting - North

America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311

KKeyless Entry

Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . . . 8Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

LLabeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . 283Lamps

Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . 148Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Exterior Lighting Battery

Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271Malfunction Indicator

(Check Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . 224Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . . 226Lane Keep Assist Light . . . . . . . . . 127Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58LATCH System

Replacing Parts after aCrash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93

LATCH, Lower Anchors andTethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Lighting

Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 151LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270

LightsAirbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Antilock Brake System

(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Brake System Warning . . . . . . . 126Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Check Engine (Malfunction

Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . 126Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . 130Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 148Lane Keep Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . 130, 131Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . 121Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131


Index 375

Lights (cont'd)Service Electric Parking

Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126StabiliTrak OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Traction Control System

(TCS)/StabiliTrak . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

LocksAutomatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20

Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168Low Fuel Warning Light . . . .130, 131Lower Anchors and Tethers

for Children (LATCHSystem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42

MMaintenance

Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339

Maintenance and CareAdditional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . 328Recommended Fluids and

Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 124Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Messages

Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

MirrorRear Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32

MirrorsAutomatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . .31Automatic Dimming

Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31

Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . 31Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

Driver Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

Monitor System, TirePressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290

NNavigation

Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . 366New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 181

OOdometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

OilEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 254Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . 76Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . 346OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356OnStar Additional

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360OnStar Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358OnStar Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360Operation

Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150


376 Index

OutletsPower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 261Overview

Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

PPark

Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188Park Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214Parking

Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 266

Extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 188

Parking or BackingAssistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 214

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

Passenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 70Pedestrian Ahead Indicator . . . . . 128Perchlorate Materials

Requirements, California . . . . . . 248Personalization

Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

PowerDoor Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 154Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 186Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34

Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts . . . . 61Privacy

Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 355Program

Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . 349Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229Proposition

65 Warning,California . . . . . . . . . . . .247, 265, 311,

Back CoverPublication Ordering

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352

RRadio Frequency Statement . . . . 353Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152Rear Camera Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32Rear Climate Control System . . . 160Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51

Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 214Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . 107Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . .31Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Recommended

Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229Recommended Fluids and

Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337Records

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 314Reimbursement Program,

GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Replacement Parts

Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 76Replacing LATCH System

Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93Replacing Seat Belt System

Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63Reporting Safety Defects

Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 354General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354


Index 377

Reporting Safety Defects (cont'd)U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353

RestraintsWhere to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Roads

Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Roadside Assistance

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347Roof

Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . 342Running the Vehicle While

Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

SSafety Defects Reporting

Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 354General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353

Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 62Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . 349Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Seat Belts (cont'd)Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62How to Wear Seat Belts

Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . .63Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . .61

SeatsAdjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39Heated and Ventilated Front . . . .47Heated, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . .42Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . .41Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . .42Third Row Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52

Securing Child Restraints . . . . 93, 95Security

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28

Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Service (cont'd)Accessories and

Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 248Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 339Maintenance, General

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . 340Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 349

Service Electric ParkingBrake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

ServicesSpecial Application . . . . . . . . . . . 333

Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74Shift Lock Control Function

Check, AutomaticTransmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266

ShiftingInto Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . 224Signals, Turn and

Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Spare Tire

Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310Special Application Services . . . . 333Specifications and

Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341


378 Index

Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119StabiliTrak

OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Start Assist, Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . 15Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . 266Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

Stop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184Storage Areas

Cargo ManagementSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . 99Struts

Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3System

Engine Air Filter Life . . . . . . . . . . 256

System (cont'd)Forward Collision

Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155, 357Roof Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

SystemsDriver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

TTachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 346Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . 29

Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29Third-Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 302Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289, 290Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Pressure Monitor Operation . . 291

Tires (cont'd)Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 290Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283Terminology and Definitions . . 286Uniform Tire Quality

Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299Wheel Alignment and Tire

Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 301When It Is Time for New

Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283

Top Tier Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . . 127Towing

Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . . 232Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240General Information . . . . . . . . . . 232Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 314Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . 243Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314

TractionControl System

(TCS)/StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . 129Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128


Index 379

Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

TrailerSway Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . . 243Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

TransmissionAutomatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255

Transportation Program,Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349

Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Turn and Lane-Change

Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

UUniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 299Universal Remote System . . . . . . 142

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

VVehicle

Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167Identification Number (VIN) . . . 340Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Vehicle (cont'd)Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314

Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . 128Vehicle Care

Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289Vehicle Data Recording and

Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Voltage Devices and Wiring . . . . 272

WWarning

Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . 126Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

WarningsHazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262Wheels

Alignment and Tire Balance . . 301Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301

When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . 82Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34Windshield

Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

WinterDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 267Wipers

Rear Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110Wiring, High Voltage Devices . . . 272

TraverseOwner’s Manual

84337754 Achevrolet.com (U.S.)chevrolet.ca (Canada)

2020 Traverse

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K

20_CHEV_Traverse_COV_en_US_84337754A_2019APR18.ai 1 4/4/2019 9:42:08 AM20_CHEV_Traverse_COV_en_US_84337754A_2019APR18.ai 1 4/4/2019 9:42:08 AM

2020 Chevrolet Traverse Owner's Manual

Documents

Transcript of 2020 Chevrolet Traverse Owner's Manual